  BAR S2141 2010: Pharmacy and Medicine in Ancient Egypt Proceedings of the conferences held in Cairo (2007) and Manchester (2008) edited by Jenefer Cockitt and Rosalie David. ISBN 9781407306827. £34.00. iv+147 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This monograph comprises the Proceedings of The Pharmacy and Medicine in Ancient Egypt Conferences, jointly organised by The University of Manchester, Britain, and the National Research Centre, Cairo, Egypt, and held at The National Research Centre (March 19-21, 2007) and The University of Manchester (September 1-3, 2008). Contents; 1) The ‘Pharmacy in Ancient Egypt Project’ at the KNH centre for biomedical Egyptology (A.R. David); 2) Complementary medicine in ancient and modern Egypt (R. Baligh); 3) How the success of the ancient Egyptians depended on plants (J. Bellinger); 4) Do the formulations of ancient Egyptian prescriptions stand up to pharmaceutical scrutiny? (J.M. Campbell, J.R. Campbell and A.R. David); 5) The application of archaeobotany, phytogeography and pharmacognosy to confirm the pharmacopoeia of ancient Egypt 1850 -1200 BC) (J.M. Campbell and A.R. David); 6) A reassessment of Warren Dawson’s ‘Studies in Ancient Egyptian Medical Texts’ 1926-1934 in the light of archaeobotanical and pharmacological evidence (J.M. Campbell, E. El Saeed and A.R. David); 7) A grain of truth? determining the diet of the ancient Egyptians (J.A. Cockitt); 8) Supporting evidence: the potential role of stable isotope data in investigating the ancient Egyptian pharmaceutical tradition (J.A. Cockitt); 9) The x-ray plates of Tutankhamen: a reassessment of their meaning and significance (R.C. Connolly); 10) Blue lotus: ancient Egyptian narcotic and aphrodisiac? (D.J. Counsell); 11) Cocaine and nicotine in ancient Egypt? (D.J. Counsell); 12) Dead men tell tales: what we can learn from the courtier skeleton. A multidisciplinary study (B.L. Dement); 13) Histological examination of ancient pomegranate and wheat (J. Denton and S. Wassef); 14) Porotic hyperostosis in ancient Egyptians from the Bahriyah Oasis, Graeco-Roman period (M.Erfan Zaki, A. El-Sawaf, M. Al-Tohamy Soliman and A. Azab); 15) Were the dentists in ancient Egypt operative dental surgeons or were they pharmacists? (R.J. Forshaw); 16) Skull injuries discovered in the tomb of Djehutimes, Thebes (tt 32) (E. Fóthi and Z. Bernert); 17) Jdt rnpt or the ‘pestilence of the year’ (H. Győry); 18) Similarity of fracture treatment of workers and high officials of the pyramid Builders (F. Hussien, R. El Banna, W. Kandeel and A. Sarry El Din); 19) A study of punica granatum l. (pomegranates) (S.W.Y. Lee); 20) The man who knows bulls – veterinary practice in ancient Egypt (C. Lord); 21) A primacy in history: the doctors of the pharaohs (S. Malgora); 22) A cure for baldness: ancient Egyptian pharmacological remedies for the hair and scalp (N.N. McCreesh, A.P. Gize and A.R David); 23) Good for what ales you – a prospective study into the role of beer in ancient Egyptian medicine (R.J. Metcalfe); 24) Molecular methods for the study of ancient pharmacy (R.J. Metcalfe); 25) Palaeopathological - radiological evidence for cerebral palsy in an ancient Egyptian female mummy from a 13th dynasty tomb (A.G. Nerlich, S. Panzer, E. Hower-Tilmann and S. Lösch); 26) Surgery in ancient Egypt – palaeopathological evidence for successful medical treatment by surgery (A.G. Nerlich, S. Panzer and S. Lösch); 27) ‘Other than’ - Egyptology as science? A selective history (P.T. Nicholson); 28) Ancient Egyptian headaches: ichthyo - or electrotherapy? (R. Park); 29) Healing measures: dja and oipe in ancient egyptian pharmacy and medicine (T. Pommerening); 30) The historical treatment of mummies and the impact upon museums today. (G. Scott); 31) Stomatological investigation of Egyptian mummies from the Ptolemaic period in Hungary (I. Szikossy, H. Győry, B. Tolnai and I. Pap); 32) The Ebers Papyrus’ treatise on tumours 857-877 and the phyto-pharmacopoeia prescribed (P.A. Veiga).
BAR S2140 2010: Pithoi Technology and history of storage vessels through the ages by Mimika Giannopoulou. ISBN 9781407306810. £60.00. 296 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white.
This major study of pithoi storage vessels has two aims: To present in detail the technology of making storage vases without the use of a potter’s wheel, as this survived in the area of the Gulf of Messenia (SW Greece), and to compare it with other techniques which have been used to make storage vases over time. Data from original fieldwork by the author on the subject of storage vases are presented also from Crete, Chios and Siphnos. The other aim is to present the technology and dating of the sherds coming from storage vases found in ancient Messene. To facilitate an understanding of the subject, the author gives an historical retrospection on the presence and use of storage vases in different periods, through citing indicative examples. The analytical presentation of the technology of storage vases starts from the types of workshops, the kinds of clays, the techniques of extracting, processing and preparing the raw materials, the different techniques of making, decorating and firing the vases. The study focuses on the presence of non-plastic materials (temper) as integral elements of the technology of large storage vases. The study then goes on to present, date and comment on the technology or the material from ancient Messene, as well as material from other regions of Greece for which there is technological commentary. This is followed by the presentation of the results of research in the Gulf of Messenia, which focuses on the manmade and the natural environment, the technology of making the vases and the ways in which they are distributed. The resultant data, in combination with the presentation of the techniques, sketch all the facets of the climax and decline of vase making activity, while the technological choices and the differentiations in the storage vases in the specific place and time are evaluated and interpreted.
BAR S2139 2010: Pastoralists, Warriors and Colonists: The Archaeology of Southern Madagascar by Mike Parker Pearson with Karen Godden, Ramilisonina, Retsihisatse, Jean-Luc Schwenninger, Georges Heurtebize, Chantal Radimilahy and Helen Smith. With contributions by Irene de Luis, David Barker, Seth Priestman, Lucien Rakotozafy, Bako Rasoarifetra, Alan. ISBN 9781407306803. £95.00. xxxv+725 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This book presents the results of archaeological research in the extreme south of Madagascar between 1991 and 2003, and provides a synthesis of the region’s archaeology. Madagascar is an island with many unique species of fauna and flora; its extreme south is a semi-arid region with remarkable vegetational adaptations. Before the arrival of humans, there were many species of megafauna of which the most extraordinary were the flightless elephant birds, the largest avian species in the world. Today the inhabitants of the south have adapted to this aridity with a vibrant culture and strong traditions. The dating of the first colonisation of Madagascar is not certain, but certain sites in the southwest have provided radiocarbon dates towards the end of the first millennium BC. From the tenth to thirteenth century, there was a well-developed civilisation in the south. During the fourteenth century, population numbers fell in the far south and the majority of settlements from this period are found in locations chosen for their defensive aspects. The way of life that evolved in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries is similar to that of recent times and today. Europeans arrived at the beginning of the sixteenth century and, by the mid-seventeenth century, the French had established a colony at Fort-Dauphin on the southeast coast. The people of the south are well known today for their large and elaborate stone tombs and standing stones. However, this is not a particularly ancient tradition. Before the appearance of these monumental funerary constructions, burials were marked by arrangements of small stone uprights or by wooden palisades. The large stone tombs that are such a dominant feature of today’s landscape have their origins in standing-stone monuments around the end of the eighteenth century.
BAR S2138 2010: Anthropomorphic and Zoomorphic Miniature Figures in Eurasia, Africa and Meso-America Morphology, materiality, technology, function and context edited by Dragos Gheorghiu and Ann Cyphers. ISBN 9781407306797. £35.00. vi+158 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The present volume is mainly the result of two symposia held at the European Archaeological Association meetings in Krakow (2006) and Zadar (2007), respectively, which gathered studies on the function, morphology, materiality, technology, ritual, function and context of figurines, whether made of clay, wood, metal, stone, bone or shell. Contents: Introduction: Small Worlds (Dragos Gheorghiu and Ann Cyphers); 1) Beyond ‘Venus’ figurines: technical production and social practice in Pavlovian portable art (Rebecca A. Farbstein); 2) Dissentions: magnitude, usability and the oddness of Neolithic figures (Christina Marangou); 3) Neolithic ceramic figurines in the shape of a woman–house from the Republic of Macedonia (Nikos Chausidis); 4) Cult artifacts from the Neolithic and chalcolithic settlement of Leceia, Oeiras, Portugal (João Luís Cardoso); 5) The ‘god-dolly’ wooden figurine from the Somerset levels, Britain: the context, the place and its meaning (Clive Jonathon Bond); 6) Anthropomorphic antler sculptures in Abora Neolithic settlement (lake Lubāns wetland, Latvia) (Ilze Biruta Loze); 7) Ritual technology: an experimental approach to Cucuteni-Tripolye chalcolithic figurines (Dragos Gheorghiu); 8) Problems of identity for Mycenaean figurines (Andrea Vianello); 9) Go figure! Creating intertwined worlds in the Scandinavian late Iron Age (AD 550–1050) (Ing-Marie Back Danielsson); 10) A cognitive approach to variety in the facial and bodily features of prehistoric Japanese figurines (Naoko Matsumoto and Hideaki Kawabata); 11) Fragmentation practices in central Japan: middle Jōmon clay figurines at Shakadō (Ilona Bausch); 12) Awaking the symbolic calendar: animal figurines and the conceptualisation of the natural world in the Jomon of northern Japan (Liliana Janik); 13) Can clues from Egypt’s dynastic period shed light on its predynastic figurines? (Aloisia de Trafford); 14) Artificial cranial vault modification in Olmec figurines: identity, ancestry and politics in early Mesoamerica (Ann Cyphers); 15) The solid terracotta and stone figurines from central region of the Bolaños Canyon in the state of Jalisco, Mexico (Ma. Teresa Cabrero); 16) Figurines in the heart of the Aztec Empire (Cynthia L. Otis Charlton and Thomas H. Charlton).
BAR S2137 2010: Die Funktion und Bedeutung der Reiter-und Pferdeführerdarstellungen auf attischen Grab- und Weihreliefs des 5. und 4. Jhs. v. Chr. by Angelos Tillios. ISBN 9781407306780. £36.00. ix+170 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. With catalogue. In German.
The present study aims to define the function and meaning of images of horsemen and horse leaders on Attic grave and votive reliefs in the religious, political and social context of Attica in the fifth and fourth century B.C. The funerary reliefs are examined within the context of the socio-political development of the image and mentality of the equestrians. Beyond their social and religious dimensions, these reliefs convey the anthropological dimension of death and illustrate positive social roles and ideals. The image of the horseman is signified semantically and generalized to represent the body of citizens collectively on the basis of the ideal of Athenian citizenship as formulated by the city-state and accepted by the Athenian citizens. The image of the horse is herein revealed as a special semiotic and iconographical element of Attic imagery which can be fully understood only when examined within its operational context. Therefore, it may serve to designate public space, represent democratic values and ideals of both the polis and of conflicting social groups, display the integration of horsemen in Athenian citizenship, or indicate particular religious beliefs of hero cult.
BAR S2136 2010: Ancient and Modern Bone Artefacts from America to Russia Cultural, technological and functional signature . ISBN 9781407306773. £53.00. ix+324 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Contents: Introduction (Alexandra Legrand-Pineau and Isabelle Sidera); 1) Down to the Bone: Tracking Prehistoric Bone Technology in Southern Patagonia (Vivian Scheinsohn); 2) The Impact of Insularity on Morphologies and Techniques. The Aceramic Neolithic Bone Tools from Khirokitia (Cyprus) (Alexandra Legrand-Pineau); 3) The Neolithization in Southern Levant: Impact of Animal Herding on the Exploitation of Bone Materials, from Reticence to Adoption of Domestic Herds (Gaëlle Le Dosseur); 4) Worked Bone, Tooth and Antler Objects from the Early Neolithic Site of Asparn/Zaya-Schletz (Lower Austria) (Daniela Fehlmann); 5) Bone Artefacts from the Neolithic and Medieval Site of Karancsság – Alsó-rét (Northern Hungary) (Erika Gal); 6) Worked Bone Remains from Godin Tepe, Iran - Chalcolithic to Iron Age (Pam Crabtree and Douglas V. Campana); 7) Bone-Working in Roman Dacia (Lóránt Vass); 8) Socio-economic and Cultural Implications in Medieval Society: the Unpublished Collections of the Region of Douai (France) (Dorothée Chaoui-Derieux); 9) Iroquoian Bone Artifacts: Characteristics and Problems (Christian Gates St-Pierre); 10) Bone Working and Productions in the Medieval Castle of Guetrat (Salzburg) (Felix Lang); 11) Tortoiseshell in the 17th and 18th Century Dutch Republic (Marloes Rijkelijkhuizen); 12) Technological Signature Non-Utilitarian Transformation of Horse Mandibles. Magdalenian Examples from Pekárna (Moravia, Czech Republic) and La Vache (Ariège, France) ( Martina Lázničková-Galetová); 13) Palaeolithic Portable Art and its Relation to Ungulate Bones (Metapods) (Éva David); 14) Mesolithic Zoomorphic Perforated Antler Staff Heads from Central Russia and Eastern Urals: Ceremonial Weapons or Shaman’s Staves? (Mikhail Zhilin); 15) Experiments on Manufacturing Techniques of Mesolithic and Early Neolithic Slotted Bone Projectile Points from Eastern Urals (Svetlana Savchenko); 16) Ribs as a Raw Material in Roman Bone Artefacts from Virunum (Southern Austria) (Kordula Gostenčnik); 17) Antler Manufacturing in the Eastern Carpathian Regions in the Time of Sântana de Mureş-Černjachov Culture (Late Roman Period) (Sergiu Musteaţă and Alexandru Popa); 18) Highland Tunes in the Lowlands: a Medieval Vulture Bone Flute from Northern Germany (Hans Christian Küchelmann); 19) Archaeological Evidence of Pre-Industrial Worked Bone Activity in 18th Century Seville, Spain (Marta Moreno-García et al.); 20) Functional Signature. Reconstructing the “Chaîne Opératoire” of Skin Processing in Pavlovian Bone Artifacts from Dolní Věstonice I, Czech Republic (Michaela Rašková Zelinková); 21) Sewing With or Without a Needle in the Upper Palaeolithic? (Penelope Amato); 22) Technology and Use-wear Analysis of the Non-utilitarian Bones Objects from the Russian Upper Paleolithic Site of Byki-7(I) (Natalia Akhmetgaleeva); 23) Testing Functional Hypothesis of Late Holocene Bone Bipoints from the Lower Parana Wetands (Argentina) (Natacha Buc); 24) Early Neolithic and Chalcolithic Crude Adzes. A Technological and Use-wear Focus on an Unknown Artefact Type from Near-East to Western Europe (Isabelle Sidéra); 25) The Complete and Usable Tool: Some Life Histories of Prehistoric Bone Tools in Hungary (Alice M. Choyke and Márta Daróczi-Szabó); 26) Hafted Points and their Functional Interpretation on the Basis of their Horizontal Distribution at the Neolithic Site of Arbon Bleiche 3 (3384 – 3370 BC), Switzerland (Jörg Schibler et al.); 27) Tracing the Function of the Antler “Points” from the Late Bronze Age Fortified Settlement of Asva in Estonia (Heidi Luik); 28) Use-wear or Butchery Marks: a Borderline Case. Bone Objects from Roman Carnuntum, Lower Austria (Günther Karl Kunst); 29) Pierced Metapodials from al-Ândalus: Some Observations Towards their Understanding (Marta Moreno-García and Carlos M. Pimenta); 30) Late Pleistocene Technology in the New World: Bone Artifacts from Cueva del Medio and Other Sites in the Southern Cone of South America (Hugo G. Nami); 31) Functional Analysis of Prehistoric Bone Instruments from the Uruguayan Atlantic Coast (Federica Moreno Rudolph and Ignacio Clemente Conte); 32) The Good, the Bad and the Ugly: Prehispanic Harpoon Heads from Beagle Channel, Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego (Patagonia, Argentina) (Vivian Scheinsohn); 33) Linking Evidences: from Carcass Processing to Bone Technology. The Case of the Lower Paraná Wetlands (Late Holocene, Argentina) (Alejandro Acosta et al.); 34) Bone Technology and Archaeological Interpretation in Prehispanic Colombia (Elizabeth Ramos-Roca).
BAR S2135 2010: Sargonic and Presargonic Texts in The World Museum Liverpool by Eric L. Cripps. ISBN 9781407306766. £33.00. 138 pages; 49 tablet illustrations.
A new study of the Old Akkadian tablets in the collection of the World Museum Liverpool (Liverpool, UK). This presentation comprises three sections. Chapter 1 recounts the modern history of the tablets. It deals with the acquisition of the tablets in the early twentieth century and surveys scholarly treatments of the texts following their first publication in the 1950s and 1960s. Chapter 2 fixes the chronological position of the texts within the context of the history of the Old Akkadian period and offers some interpretations of their historical context from the perspective of the information contained in them. The final section presents the texts themselves. Contents: Chapter 1. The modern history of the Sargonic texts in the World Museum Liverpool (WML): Hon. Arnold Keppel and the Norwich Museum. A first incomplete and unpublished edition. First publications of the WML Old Akkadian tablets. More recent publications of the WML tablets. Three Old Akkadian letters. Land and the ‘completed court case(s)’. Earlier publications of some WML Sargonic tablets. The WML collection and the CDLI. Chapter 2. Sargonic history: a perspective from the Liverpool cuneiform texts. The historical time frame. A brief political history. Aspects of the late Sargonic land economy in Sumer. Agriculture and the harvest. Rations, bread and beer and the Akkadian army in Umma. The corvée and conscription. Other food disbursements. At the temple gate. The Sargonic legal system and a court record. An Old Akkadian gift. Conclusion. Chapter 3. Sargonic and Presargonic texts in the World Museum Liverpool; Autographs, Transliterations, Translations Î a new edition. A note on the metrology of the texts. Concordance with Museum Accession Numbers; Texts 1-49; Indexes of Personal Names, Professions and occupations, Place Names, Names of Deities, Bibliography.
BAR S2134 2010: De Pesués a Pejanda: Arqueología de la Cuenca del Nansa (Cantabria, España) edited by E. Muñoz Fernández and J. Ruiz Cobo. ISBN 9781407306759. £55.00. illustrated throughout with maps, figures, drawings and photographs. In Spanish.
The Nansa Valley, in many ways the westernmost drainage basin in Cantabria (N Spain), has traditionally been a blank page in archaeological terms, an area where only a few particular sites were known. The archaeological surveying carried out by the CAEAP group, both at cave sites and in the open air, has succeeded in showing that its archaeological record is comparable with that of the central valleys in the region. The results of the study of this record, presented in this book, suggest the existence of more or less subtle differences with the eastern part of the region. These divergences vary greatly in the different prehistoric and historic periods. Thus, at some times this valley is seen to form part of a wider area, while at others it displays traits belonging to its own character and appears to be occupied by a single human group. Otherwise, it can be included within the processes of change that affected the rest of the central part of northern Spain, with the diffusion of ideas coming from the south and west, and a powerful influence from the area of the Marina of Cantabria. This volume, a kind of “corpus” of sites, presents a full catalogue of all known sites in the valley, together with a study of the evolution of human settlement in the area. It is the starting point for future, more detailed, studies examining in depth the cultural adaptations developed by the human groups who lived along this river.
BAR S2133 2010: South Asian Archaeology 2007: Proceedings of the 19th Meeting of the European Association of South Asian Archaeology in Ravenna, Italy, July 2007. Volume II: Historic Periods edited by Pierfrancesco Callieri and Luca Colliva. ISBN 9781407306742. £56.00. 375 pages; illustrated throughout.
Proceedings of the 19th Meeting of the European Association of South Asian Archaeology in Ravenna, Italy, July 2007. Volume II: Historic Periods. Contents: 1) Contextualising Bodhgaya: A Study of Settlements and Monastic Sites in the Bodhgaya Region (A.A. Amar); 2) Desert Temples: Archaeology in Present Time (L.A. Babb et al.); 3) Devotional Figures on Buddhist Images from Ancient Mathura (C. BASU); 4) New Element of Fantasy and Rhythm Introduced in Gupta Art (G. Bhattacharya); 5) Cave 2 at Aurangabad: Buddhist Art at the Threshold of the 7th Century (P. Brancaccio); 6) The Evolution of the Goddess with the Cornucopia (M.L. Carter); 7) The Buddha’s Doorways and the rGya.dpag.pa’i lha.khang of Nako (M. Di Mattia); 8) ‘Early Terracotta - Figures from Kanauj: Chessmen?’ (M.A.J. Eder); 9) Hoysaḷa Temples (Karnātaka, Southern India) Built in the Northern Style of Architecture (G. Foekema); 10) Sculptures of Sūrya’s Attendants from Mathurā (M. Frenger); 11) From the Achaemenids to the Sasanians. Dāhān-e Gholāmān, Qal’a-ye Sam, Qal’a-ye Tapa: Archaeology, Settlement and Territory in Sīstān (Iran) (B. Genito); 12) Kantanagar Temple (North-East Bengal): a Carefully Planned Iconographic Universe? (S. Gill); 13) New Epigraphic Data from the Excavations of the Ghaznavid Palace of Mas’ūd III at Ghazni (Afghanistan) (R. Giunta); 14) Bharhut and its Wider Regional Context (J. Hawkes); 15) Conservation, Restoration or Reconstruction? The Case of a Wooden Temple in the Indian Himalayas (Maheshvar Temple at Sungra, Kinnaur, Himachal Pradesh). Preliminary Research 9 A.-C. Juramie); 16) Yaksas or Portraits? A Re-Evaluation of the so-Called ‘Yak•a Statues’ from the Maurya-Śuṅga Period (V. Lefèvre); 17) Parthian Nisa. Some Considerations Based on New Research (C. Lippolis); 18) Unpublished Terracotta Figurines from the Bukhara Oasis (C.L. Muzio); 19) Peculiar and Unknown Iconographies of the Nāyaka Period in Tamil Country (T. Lorenzetti); 20) Newari Influence in Tibetan Paintings between the 11th and 14th Centuries (K. Meahl-Blondal); 21) Hitherto Unidentified Metal Sculptures of the Pañcarak•ā Goddess Mahāsāhasrapramardanī from Nepal and Tibet (G.J.R. Mevissen); 22) Through Ports, Passes and Junctions: Reconsideration of the Excavational Patterns of Minor Buddhist Caves in Western India with Special Reference to Junnar (N. Nakatani et al); 23) 11th Century Wall Paintings of Zhwa lu (H.F. and H.A. Neumann); 24) Aspects of Buddhist Artefacts and Features from the Excavation of Garab-Dzong, District Mustang, Nepal. The case of the Room 2 in House 5 (C. Pohl-Thiblet); 25) Tantra in Asylum – the Veiovis of Monterazzano’s Thunderbolt: Harbinger of Indian Tantric Vajra? (M.A. Polichetti); 26) The Seated Lady and the Gupta King (E.M. Raven): 27) Subsistence and the Samgha: the Rock Cut Monastery at Karāp and its Hinterland (G. Rees); 28) Tracing a Neglected Heritage of Play: Report from a Field Documentation of Engraved Game Boards at the Ancient Site of Vijayanagara, Karnataka, South India (c. AD 1350-1565) (E. Rogersdotter); 29) Marble from the Palace of Mas’ūd III in Ghazni (M. Rugiadi); 30) Dwellings in the Snow: Living Traditions in the Braldu Valley (Baltistan) (I.E. Scerrato); 31) Ongoing Typological Studies of Bodhisattva Images from Greater Gandhāra: Four Jatamukuta Conventions for Images of the Maitreya-type (C.W. Schmidt); 32) Road Networks and Trade Routes in the Golconda Kingdom (AD 1518-1687) (R. Simpkins); 33) Investigations at the Early Historic City of Sisupalgarh, India 2005-07 (M.L. Smith & R.K. Mohanty); 34) Festivity and Sacred Aura Thoughts on the Origins and Meaning of the Garland Moulding in the Ornamentation of Gandhāran stūpas (M. Stoye); 35) A Link between the Darel Valley and Gilgit, the Khanbery Valley. Field Research in Northern Pakistan Tracing Faxian’s Route from Pamir to Darel 2005 & 2006 (H. Tsuchiya); 36) The Citadel of Tissamaharama and the Torrents of Spring (H.-J. Weisshaar & S. Dissanayake); 37) The Purchase of Jetavana in an Amaravati-Relief (M. Zin).
BAR S2132 2010: The Gilund Project: Excavations in Regional Context Proceedings of the 19th Meeting of the European Association of South Asian Archaeology in Ravenna, Italy, July 2007 edited by Teresa P. Raczek and Vasant Shinde. ISBN 9781407306735. £25.00. ii+61 pages; illustrated throughout.
The proceedings of the 19th Meeting of the European Association of South Asian Archaeology in Ravenna, Italy, July 2007. Contents: 1 Introduction: A Review of the Gilund Excavations and Related Research (Vasant Shinde and Teresa P. Raczek); 2) Development from Mesolithic to Chalcolithic in the Mewar Region of Rajasthan: Contribution of Gilund Excavation (Vasant Shinde); 3) An Overview of the Antiquities from the 1999-2005 Excavations at Gilund, A Chalcolithic Site in Southeast Rajasthan (Julie A. Hanlon); 4) Cultural Developments at the Chalcolithic Site of Gilund, Rajasthan (Matthew J. Landt); 5) An Insight into the Economy of the Chalcolithic People of Gilund (Debasri Dasgupta Ghosh); 6) Contextualising Gilund: A Comparative Analysis of Technology (Teresa P. Raczek); 7 Middle Asian Interconnections at the Turn of the Second Millennium BC: Locating the Foreign Elements in the Gilund Seals and Seal Impressions (Marta Ameri); 8) Indices of Interaction: Comparisons between the Ahar-Banas and Ganeshwar Jodhpura Cultural Complex (Uzma Z. Rizvi).
BAR S2131 2010: Commerce and Economy in Ancient Egypt Proceedings of the Third International Congress for Young Egyptologists 25-27 September 2009, Budapest edited by András Hudecz and Máté Petrik. ISBN 9781407306728. £38.00. iv+187 pages; illustrated throughout.
Proceedings of the Third International Congress for Young Egyptologists held in Budapest in September 2009. Contents: Foreword: Earning a Living in a New Kingdom Village (Jac. J. Janssen); 1) The Olive Tree Cultivation and Trade in Ancient Egypt (Jose M. Alba Gómez); 2) The Economic Component of the Title jmy-r(A) Hmw-nTr ‘Overseer of the God’s Servants’? (Vessela Atanassova); 3) Use and Symbolism of Stone in Statuary: the Imitation of Painted Stones (Dania Bordignon); 4) An Economic Perspective on Relationships between Near Eastern Kingdoms during the Late Bronze Age (Alessandro Cappellini and Sara Caramello); 5) At the Intersection of Trading Routes. Commerce and Economy of Pre- and Early Dynastic Tell el-Farkha (Eastern Nile Delta) (Marcin Czarnowicz); 6) The Oracular Inscription of the High Priest of Amun Menkheperre in the Khonsu Temple at Karnak (Gabriella Dembitz); 7) Business with Gods: The Role of Bargaining in Demotic Letters to Gods and Graeco-Roman Judicial Prayers (Kata Endreffy); 8) Under the Protection of the Gods: the Divine Role for the Good Outcome of Trade and Mining Expeditions (Barbara Gilli); 9) On Egyptian Wine Marketing (Maria Rosa Guasch); 10) High-status Industries in the Capital and Royal Cities of the New Kingdom (Anna Kathrin Hodgkinson); 11) The Early Egyptian Rulers in the Nile Delta: a View from the Necropolis at Tell el-Farkha (Mariusz A. Jucha); 12) Two Egyptian Private-Law Documents of the Old Kingdom (Evgeniya Kokina); 13) Storage in the Ancient Egyptian Palaces (Giulia Pagliari); 14) Pottery as an Economic Indicator in Egypt’s Marginal Sites (Virpi Perunka); 15) The Grain Trade and the Importance of Egypt for the Economy of the Hellenistic-Roman World: Some Remarks (Marco Rolandi);16) Inscribed Stone Vessels as Symbols of the Egypto-Achaemenid Economic Encounter (Ian Shaw); 17) Customs Duty in the New Kingdom (Birgit Schiller); 18) Food and Luxury Goods – Animal Remains as an Indicator for Trade Connections Based on the Example of Faunal Material from Ancient Syene/Aswan, Egypt (Johanna Sigl); 19) Maritime Study on North- and Southbound Trade: the Red Sea Harbours (Alessandra Siragusa); 20) Gifts Exchange and Tribute in the Amarna Correspondence (Hanadah Tarawneh); 21) Commercial Routes in Upper Egypt from Naqada II to the Protodynastic: Defining Patterns of Interaction (Elena Valtorta); 22) Lead Weights and Ingots from Heracleion-Thonis: an Illustration of Egyptian Trade Relations with the Aegean (Elsbeth van der Wilt); 23) The Egyptian Economy: Sources, Models and History (David A. Warburton); 24) Trade and Money in Ramessid Egypt: the Use of General Equivalents in Economic Transactions (Andrea Zingarelli).
BAR S2130 2010: The Road Inns (Khāns) in Bilād al-Shām by Katia Cytryn-Silverman. ISBN 9781407306711. £58.00. vi+290 pages; 100 plates of maps, drawing and figures in colour and b/w; Gazetteer.
The term khan can refer to urban and rural hostelries, relay stations of the Mamluk royal mail, fortresses, farmhouses, warehouses, and others. This multiplicity of meanings naturally complicates a study that aims at analysing only one of these functions—in this case the rural hostelries. The first comprehensive study on Near Eastern inns (Die Karawanserai im vorderen Orient) was published by K. Müller in 1920. Since then relatively few works have been dedicated to the subject of en route architecture in the Islamic lands and the road inns in particular. This study focuses mainly on an integrated survey of historical and archaeological evidence, presented in three sections, dealing respectively with issues of terminology, patronage, and architecture. These discussions relate to the gazetteer of surveyed buildings, presented in chapter 5. The danger lies in the inclusion of invalid samples in the research environment. Chapter 2 aims to avoid taking misinterpreted structures into consideration by establishing clear parameters before commencing a proper classification of the structures. Chapter 3 deals with the period and region under discussion. Against the background of patronage, this chapter treats the probable reasons, as well as patterns, for a relative boom in the construction of such monuments. Chapter 4 summarises the main architectural issues of the khans of Syria, both in the course of the archaeological survey undertaken between 1998 and 2002. The Gazetteer in chapter 5 approaches the same issues, i.e., architecture, history and patronage, but treats each site separately. It combines field, library and archival work, and aims at a comprehensive corpus of Mamluk khans in the southwest of Greater Syria. This work is intended to be part of a long-term study of the inns of Greater Syria, encompassing sites dating from early Islamic to Ottoman times and dealing, among others, with their architectural and functional transformations.
BAR S2129 2010: The Hunter-Gatherer Use of Caves and Rockshelters in the American Midsouth A geoarchaeological and spatial analysis of archaeological features at Dust Cave by Lara K. Homsey. ISBN 9781407306704. £35.00. viii+101 pages; illustrated with 7 tables and 38 figures in colour and b/w; data Appendices.
This study investigates the form, function, and organization of features at the Late Paleoindian through Middle Archaic site of Dust Cave, Alabama (US), using a multidisciplinary approach combining macromorphological, micromorphological, and chemical analyses. Previous studies have relied on observations made at the macroscopic level using morphological and/or content attributes, severely masking the diversity of activities they represent. A more robust method conceptualizes features as sedimentary deposits and reconstructs their depositional history as a means of identifying feature function. At Dust Cave, an integrated method combining micromorphology and geochemistry with more traditional studies of morphology and content highlights the importance of several activities not previously recognized, including broiling, smoking, nut processing, storage, and refuse disposal. Use of Dust Cave as a place in the hunter-gatherer landscape of the Middle Tennessee Valley did not remain constant through time, but rather changed over the millennia. During the Late Paleoindian and early Early Archaic, Dust Cave functioned as a short term residential camp which was occupied fairly intensively during the late summer through fall. During the late Early Archaic, the site shifted to a residential base camp. During the Middle Archaic, the site shifted again to a logistical extraction camp where groups processed hickory nuts on such a large scale that the copious amounts of refuse generated give one the impression of a longer term base camp. The changes seen at Dust Cave mirror changes at other regional cave and rockshelter sites at which numerous nut processing pits, nutting stones, and enormous quantities of nut charcoal indicate a general shift in site use as plant extraction camps—sites where nuts were boiled and parched for transport to base camps located at lower elevations. The increased reliance on mast resources corresponds to warming and drying associated with the middle Holocene. These vegetation changes played a key role in the increasingly logistical mobility strategy of Middle Archaic hunter-gatherer groups.
BAR S2128 2010: Religious Architecture in the Czech Republic in the Light of Geophysical Prospection and Archaeological Excavation by Vladimír Hašek and Josef Unger. ISBN 9781407306698. £50.00. vii+90 pages; 121 maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs in colour and b/w.
A representational survey of sites of religious architecture in the present Czech Republic using geophysics and non-destructive archaeological methods. Chapter 1) Introduction; Chapter 2) Basic characteristic features of religious buildings from the 9th to the 18th century in Bohemia and Moravia; Chapter 3) Geophysical Research (including an historical survey of applying geophysical methods in the prospection of religious buildings; fieldwork methodology; other non-destructive methods of prospection); Chapter 4) Discussion of practical results and observations (including church buildings from the 11th to 12th century; church Buildings from the 13th to 15th century; village parish churches; city parish churches; monasteries; Benedictines; Cistercians; Augustinians; Church buildings from the 16th to 18th centuries; village parish churches and chapels; Jewish monuments; Chapter 5) Conclusions.
BAR S2127 2010: Il tesoro di Desana. Una fonte per lo studio della società romano-ostrogota in Italia by Marco Aimone with a Preface by Dieter Quast, with Appendices by Birgit Arrhenius, Paola Comba e Marco Aimone. ISBN 9781407306681. £60.00. 457 pages; illustrated throughout, including 12 colour plates. In Italian with English abstract .
The Desana Treasure has been well known since its discovery, or rather, since it was purchased on the antiques market in 1938 by the ‘Museo Civico di Arte Antica’ in Turin. The composition of the Desana treasure shows that is was ‘collected’ over centuries. A ring with gemstone and a chain from the 2/3rd century are the oldest elements and objects from early 6th century the most recent. The latter give the date for the burial. Though, most objects are from the late 5th / early 6th century AD, that is from the reign of Theoderich the Great. The composition of the Desana treasure is interesting from another point of view as well. There are male and female dress adornments and silverware in the form of spoons. This new analysis of the Desana treasure allows a fresh view on this complex and offers insights into society in Ostrogothic Italy, especially into the relationship between old Latin landowners and Ostrogothic nobility. The detailed description and photographs of the 51 objects give valuable information regarding the goldsmith’s art, which is extremely important because of the lack in Italy of burials of the same value belonging to that period. So, this description is crucial for future research about goldsmith’s workshops in the late antique Mediterranean.
BAR S2126 2010: Corduba durante la Antigüedad tardía Las necrópolis urbanas by by Isabel Sánchez Ramos. ISBN 9781407306674. £35.00. 167 pages; illustrated throughout with Catalogue. In Spanish.
This research seeks to understand the process of transformation of the city of Cordoba (Andalusia, southern Spain) during Late Antiquity, with a special focus on the material evidence indicative of the Christianization of funeral and urban topography of this city belonging to the ancient Roman province of Baetica. In so doing, this study goes beyond an understanding of the strict context of the necropolis itself, which forms the core of the project.
BAR S2125 2010: La ceramica, l'alimentazione, l'artigianato e le vie di commercio tra VIII e XIV secolo Il caso della Toscana meridionale by Francesca Grassi. ISBN 9781407306667. £41.00. 216 pages; illustrated throughout, including 12 colour plates; with catalogue. In Italian.
A study of medieval ceramics (8th to 14th centuries AD) from 15 sites in the Tuscany region, central Italy. Analyses includes production, distribution and consumption.
BAR S2124 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 36 Session C11: Ancient Cultural Landscapes in South Europe - their Ecological Setting and Evolution. Session C22: Gardeners from South America. Session S04: Agro-Pastoralism and Early Metallurgy Sessions. Session WS29: The Idea of Enclosure in Recent Iberi Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol.36 edited by José Eduardo Mateus and Paula Queiroz (C11), Angela Buarque (C22), Ana Rosa Cruz (S04), António Carlos Valera and Lucy Shaw Evangelista (WS29), Laurent Carozza, Didier Galop, Michel Magny and J. Guilaine (C88), Cláudia Fidalgo and Luiz Oosterbeek. ISBN 9781407306650. £38.00. 188 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. Papers in English, French and Spanish.
Papers from Sessions C11, C22, WS29 and C88 from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006); Contents: 1) Landscape development in North-central littoral Portugal; Influenced by climate,
anthropogenically induced or both? (Randi Danielsen); 2) Sulla scia dei Micenei: due produzioni specializzate nel sito del bronzo finale di Archi (Provincia di Chieti, Italy) (Tomaso Di Fraia); 3) La peinture sur céramique tupiguarani: expression des valeurs régionales et éthiques des horticulteurs préhistoriques tardifs du sud et de l’est brésiliens (André Prous); 4) Os horticultores guaranis: problemáticas, perspectivas e modelos (André Luis R. Soares); 5) L’occupation Tupinambá à Rio de Janeiro, Brésil (Angela Buarque); 6) The exploitation of Ursus arctos on the Late Bronze Age/Early Iron Age site of Villiers-sur Seine (Seine-et-Marne, France) (C. Pautret-Homerville, G. Auxiette and R. Peake); 7) La formación de las sociedades protourbanas en el ne de la Península Ibérica a partir de los contextos funerarios (1100-550 Ane cal.) (Enriqueta Pons, Raimon Graells, Mariona Valldepèrez); 8) Dwelling of ancient people as form of adaptation to cold climate conditions (Based on materials of Early Iron Age in Western Siberia) (Natalia Matveeva, Svetlana Berlina); 9) Food production in the Southeast of the Iberian Peninsula (1500-900 Cal Ane) (Joaquim Oltra Puigdomènech); 10) El complejo Marcavilca: Movilidad ciclica y territorio en las poblaciones tempranas del Morro Solar, Chorrillos (Luisa Díaz Arriola); 11) Tourism, Archaeology and Sustainable Development – A Model for Archaeological Areas Management (Fabio Carbone, Carlos M.M. Costa); 12) Mapping the Cosmos – A cognitive approach to Iberian prehistoric enclosures (António Carlos Valera); 13) The ditched enclosures of the Middle Guadiana Basin (Víctor Hurtado); 14) Neolithic enclosures as power expression in Mediterranean Spain (Teresa Orozco Köhler et al.); 15) Montenegro, a Neolithic enclosure in Galicia – Insights into Megalithic space (Camila Gianotti García et al.); 16) Ten keys to think Southern Iberian ditched enclosures (José E. Márquez Romero, Víctor J. Jiménez Jáimez); 17) El Lugar de Marroquíes Bajos (Jaén, España) – Localización y ordenación interna (Marcelo Castro López et al.); 18) Spatial Organisation of the Alcalar Copper Age Settlement (Algarve, Portugal) (María Elena Morán Hernández); 19) Scaling the social context of Copper Age Aggregations in Iberia (Pedro Díaz-del-Río); 20) Sicilian Anthropization in the Mediterranean Background (Angelo Vintaloro); 21) Etablissements et Parcours: L’influence de l’environnement sur les strategies d’installation et sur les parcours pendant le Chalcolithique en Italie Centre-Septentrionale (Neva Chiarenza et al.).
BAR S2123 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 8 Session C68 (Part II): Monumental Questions: Prehistoric Megaliths, Mounds, and Enclosures Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol.8 edited by David Calado, Maxiliam Baldia and Matthew Boulanger. ISBN 9781407306643. £36.00. 173 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. Papers in English, French and Spanish.
Papers from Session C68 (Part II) of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006); Contents: 1) Notes sur quelques structures funéraires de la région de Tindouf (Sud-sud-ouest, Algérie) (I. Amara and C. Yass); 2) Conceptual framework and archaeological data of the initial classist society in the Atlantic Band of Cadiz (SW Spain) in 3rd and 2nd millennia BC (José Ramos et al.); 3) Archaeometric analyses of pottery from TRB barrows and hilltop enclosures (Matthew T. Boulanger & Michael D. Glascock); 4) Megaliths of the Vera Island in the Southern Urals (Stanislav A. Grigoriev & Julia V. Vasina); 5) Memories of a megalithic landscape: mortuary practices and gallery graves in western Sweden during the Late Neolithic (Eva Stensköld); 6) Monumental questions: prehistoric megaliths, mounds and enclosures of Central and Northern Europe (Maximilian O. Baldia); 7) Approaching the dead – social and architectural interaction reflected in a megalithic tomb (Lars Larsson); 8) Earthen architecture in Classic period Central Veracruz, Mexico: development and function (Annick Daneels); 9) Monumentality and complex hunter-gatherers in southeast coastal Brazil (Suzanne K. Fish & Paul R. Fish); 10) From Moundville to Angel: a comparison of the organization of monumental architecture and central places at three points in space and time in the Mississippian world (Christopher S. Peebles & Staffan Peterson) 11) Sambaquieiros of the Southeastern coast of Brazil: the beginning of settlement, functioning and collapse (Maria Dulce Gaspar and Márcia Barbosa); 12) New perspectives on moundbuilding societies – from coastal southern Brazil natural dynamics and regional archaeology (Paulo DeBlasis); 13) Shellmidden formation at the Beagle Channel (Tierra del Fuego, Argentine) (Ernesto Luis Piana & Luis Abel Orquera); 14) Homogeneity ideology versus status distinction: changes in burial system in the southwestern Korean Bronze Age (Jangsuk Kim & Jaehoon Hwang); 15) Megalithic tombs, power, and social relations in West Sumba, Indonesia (Ron L. Adams); 16) Gurdadaguji stone arrangements: late Holocene aggregation locals? (Fiona Hook & Adrian Di Lello); 17) Small things in big places – coloration and fabric structure of selected polychrome textiles from the Seip Mound Group in Eastern North America (Christel M. Baldia et al.).
BAR S2122 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 7 Session C68 (Part I): Monumental Questions: Prehistoric Megaliths, Mounds, and Enclosures Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol.7 edited by David Calado, Maxiliam Baldia and Matthew Boulanger. ISBN 9781407306636. £35.00. 167 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. Papers in English, French and Spanish .
Papers from Session C68 (Part I) of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006); Contents: 1) Megalithisme et sédentarisation en Europe occidentale (Jean-Pierre Mohen); 2) Some stones can speak! The social structure, identity and territoriality of SW Atlantic Europe complex appropriator communities reflected in their standing stones (David Calado et al); 3) Time and signs: Southern Portuguese megalithic art diachrony (Mário Varela Gomes); 4) Megaliths as rock art in Alentejo, Southern Portugal (Manuel Calado & Leonor Rocha); 5) “The-teeth-under-the-sky”: mountain steles and green stone workings in the Kuznetskii Alatau, Southern Siberia (Khakassia, Russia) (S. Cassen et al.); 6) Neolithic rock art at the Avebury stone circles in Southern England (Terence Meaden et al); 7) Ciertos aspectos funerarios en la necropolis del III milenio de Valencina-Castilleja (Sevilla) (Rosario Cruz-Auñon et al.); 8) Estudio geoarqueológico del conjunto de los dólmenes de Antequera (Málaga, España) (Francisco Carrión Méndez et al.); 9) More than big stones! Peripheral and confined or resistant lineage societies in the pristine class-society territorial framework of the South-Western Iberian Peninsula (2900-2000 BC) (Francisco Nocete & Ana Peramo); 10) Moon, spring and large stones – landscape and ritual calendar perception and symbolization (Catarina Oliveira & C. Marciano Da Silva); 11) Megaliths, memory and the power of stones (Chris Scarre); 12) Landscape, architectural and ritual aspects of the Chalcolithic (Calcolithic) sanctuaries in the Lombardy Alps (Italy) (Raffaella Poggiani Keller); 13) Anonymous ancestors? The Tilley/Shanks hypothesis revisited (Karl-Göran Sjögren); 14) Two Neolithic enclosures at Sormás-Török-Földek (Southwest-Transdanubia, Hungary) and their possible geometrical and astronomical role: a case study (Judit P. Barna & Emília Pásztor); 15) Houses of living and houses of dead in the Neolithic and Copper Age of Central Europe (Jan Turek); 16) La region de Tagrera (Tassili-wan-Ahaggar, Ahaggar, Algerie) – representations rupestres et monuments funeraires protohistoriques (Iddir Amara et al.); 17) Structured deposition and ditched enclosures in the Late Prehistory of Southern Iberia (IV-III millennia B.C.) (Víctor Jiménez Jáimez & José Enrique Márquez Romero).
BAR S2121 2010: Minería y metalurgia romana en el sur de la P. Ibérica Sierra Morena oriental by Luis Arboledas Martínez. ISBN 9781407306629. £40.00. ix+203 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In Spanish with English abstract.
This research focuses on the area known as the mining district of Linares-La Carolina, located on the eastern foothills of the Sierra Morena, N/NE province of Jaén, Andalucia, Spain. Geologically, this area is located in the southern border of the hesperic massif, a lithologic area with a prevailing presence of metamorphic rocks. This area is rich in mineralized faults grouped in high-density networks of veins abounding in copper minerals. Remains of mines and settlement ascribed to the Copper Age and Bronze Age on the basin of the Rumblar river show that extractions in this area started in late Prehistoric. It extended over the Iberian period and survived under the Punic period. However, after the Roman conquest, in the context of the II Punic War, there began intensive exploitation of plumb-silver and copper mines in the mining area of the western Sierra Morena. The author began investigations in 2004, comprising archaeological prospecting, literature reviews and source analyses, and a study of inscriptions and coins. So far 69 ancient mining-metallurgy sites (mines, slagheaps, smelting sites, etc.) have been explored, allowing the author to draw a range of conclusions regarding the administrative, fiscal, political and social organisation of mining within the Romanization process in the Iberian Peninsula.
BAR S2120 2010: Late Bronze Age Tell Atchana (Alalakh) Stratigraphy, chronology, history by Amir Sumaka’i Fink. ISBN 9781407306612. £35.00. ix+157 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This study re-visits the Late Bronze Age stratigraphy, chronology and history of Tell Atchana (Alalakh) as recorded by Sir Leonard Woolley in the 1930s and 1940s. The author offers both a detailed analysis of the material culture of Late Bronze Age Alalakh and a political history of the region following the destruction of the Level IV palace. The author elucidates the way in which the plans of Tell Atchana that Woolley published are to be interpreted, and the implications of so doing. Next the author establishes the correct location, absolute and relative, of the Level I temples, followed by an analysis of the stratigraphy of the Levels IV–0 temples. Based on the finds in each of the later temples, new data affords a detailed study of the find-spot of the statue of Idrimi, now newly attributed to Level IVB, the first half of the fourteenth century BCE, probably not more than a few decades after the death of Idrimi, king of Alalakh. The same stratigraphic analysis scheme is projected on all the features and structures of Levels V–0, making the author’s approach to Late Bronze Age Alalakh significantly different than that found in previous literature, and significantly revises Woolley’s 1955 Final Report and later studies. Detailed new phase plans for Levels VA-IB accompany this study and the work concludes by presenting consequential material culture data that leads to a proposed absolute chronology of the relevant strata at Alalakh, accompanied by a discussion of the history of Alalakh in the Late Bronze Age.
BAR S2118 2010: Space, Time, Place Third International Conference on Remote Sensing in Archaeology, 17th-21st August 2009, Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu, India edited by Stefano Campana, Maurizio Forte and Claudia Liuzza. ISBN 9781407306599. £70.00. x+426 pages; illustrated throughout in colour and b/w.
Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Remote Sensing in Archaeology held in Tiruchirappalli, Tamil Nadu, India, in August 2009. Contents: 1) Identifying, Mapping and Managing the Unmanageable: the implications of long term multi-sensor research into the archaeology of the Vale of Pickering, Yorkshire, England (D. Powlesland); 2) Pushing the envelope for satellite archaeology in Egypt: Quickbird feature detection, predictive site modeling, and thermal site signatures (S. Parcak); 3) High-resolution, multi-spectral satellite imagery and extensive archaeological prospection: A case study from Apulia, Italy and Kazanlak, Bulgaria (A. Sobotova and S.A. Ross); 4)Archaeological Remote Sensing Approach in Honduras. A Project for Cultural Heritage and Human Habitats Protection (J.G. Rejas et al.); 5) Integrating Sar Data and Hyperspectral Analysis for the Archaeological Survey of the Segeda City, Spain (J.G. Rejas et al.); 6) Wavelet based feature extraction and classification using Differential evolution (R.A. Alagu Raja et al.); 7) Remote Sensing of Ancient Maya Land Use Features at Caracol, Belize Related to Rainforest Canopy Structure (J.F. Weishampel et al.); 8) A Study for Analyzing the Impact of Wavelet Scaling on Satellite Data Classification (R.A. Alagu Raja et al.); 9) Western Han Landscape and Remote Sensing Applications at Xi’an (China) (M. Forte); 10) Terrestrial Remote Sensing in Archaeology (M. K. Tiwari); 11) Ground-Based Icing Condition Remote Sensing System Definition (M. K. Tiwari); 12) The Role of Aerial Photographs for Interpreting Iron Age Communities in Eastern Scotland (A. Brend); 13) Historic aerial photography for archaeology and heritage management (D. Cowley and L. Ferguson); 14 Towards an improved archaeological record through the use of airborne laser scanning (O. Risbøl); 15) LiDAR surveys of ancient landscapes in SW Germany: Assessment of archaeological features under forests and attempts for automatic pattern recognition (B. Sittler and J. Heinzel); 16) Application of multispectral remote sensing imagery in detection of enclosure walls of ancient settlements in South India (M.B. Rajani and S. Settar); 17) Interpreting Aerial Imagery – developing best practice (R. Palmer and D. Cowley); 18) Worldview: the importance of diversity in human (spatial) thinking (J. Van der Elst); 19) To reconcile water and fire? Some discourse issues on the interpretation of aerial images (W. Raczkowski); 20) Geomatics techniques for the 3D documentation and visualization of archaeological building (S. Campana et al.); 21) Digital Videography: Recording, Preserving, and Disseminating Archaeological Data (M.K. Tiwaria); 22) Digital Photo Documentation of murals at Brihadisvara Temple, Tanjavur: A tool for Art Historians (P.S. Sriraman); 23) The importance of precision in georeferencing demonstrated in the case study of archaeological GIS of Chitradurga, Karnataka (N.S. Nalinia and M.B. Rajani); 24) Semi-Automated Data Capture and Image Processing: new routes to interactive 3D models (K. Galor and D.H. Sanders); 25) CENOBIUM – Putting together the Romanesque Cloister Capitals of the Mediterranean Region (M. Dellepiane et al.); 26) The Virtual Museum of the Western Han Dynasty: 3D Documentation and Interpretation (M. Forte et al); 27) The ‘Cultural Heritage Map of Apulia’ Project (A. Buglione et al); 28) Remote Sensing and GIS Application in the Management and Conservation of Heritage properties at Agra (D. Dayalan); 29) Digital Documentation of Buddhist Sites in Tamil Nadu (D. Dayalan); 30) Conservation and Environmental Issues of Taj Mahal (D. Dayalan); 31) Use of Re-projected Photos in the Conservation of the Order's Castle in Cesis (Latvia) (A. Lapins); 32) Damage documentation in shore temple Mahabalipuram India (A. Padma); 33) Rethinking Cultural Heritage: The Interface between Cultural and Natural Heritage in Protected Areas – multi media project (N. McClean); 34) Culture of Excavation and Sculptural Geometry of the Ground (C. Pozzi); 34) A Forgotten Heritage: Impact Assessment Studies at Prehistoric Sites in Tamil Nadu (S. Pappu); 35) Heritage Management on Mattancherry Palace, Kochi, Kerala (India) – a case study (K.K. Ramamurthy and K.P. Mohandas); 36) Pattanam Excavations and Explorations 2007 & 2008: An Overview (P.J. Cherian); 37) Resolution Invariant Content Based Retrieval of Artistic Images (S. Bama et al.); 38) Socio-economic impact assessment as a strategic management tool for heritage sites (J. Kaminski); 39) Geospatial database of Ahichchatra using Geoinformatics (A. Tare et al.); 40) Geoarchaeology of Central West Coast of India (B.R. Manjunatha); 41) Detection and Excavation of Remains of Underground Burial by Geophysics and Remote Sensing Methods (J. Peng et al.); 42) Reconstruction possibilities of the ancient Roman villas – based on air photographs, geodesical and geophysical surveys (A. Firnigl); 43) Application of Integrated Digital Technologies in the Study of Settlement archaeology of Kausambi Region (S.S. Rai); 44) Investigating Megalithic Astronomy: the role of remote sensing (S.M. Menon and M.N. Vahia); 45) Chronological Aspects of Functioning of the Set of North Indian Early Mediaeval Epigraphic Sources (A.A. Stolyarov); 46) The Archaeology of Ritual Spaces: Satellite Images and Early Chalukyan Temples (H.P. Ray); 47) Recent Applications of Archaeological Remote Sensing in Cambodia: An Overview (D. Evans); 48) Archaeology and landscape features in Magnetometer Data (M. Posselt and I. Heske); 49) Digital Historical atlas of South India (F. Borne et al); 50) Documentation and visualization of archaeological data (A. Pillai et al.); 51) Mapping Archaeological Sites of Tamil Nadu (K. Rajan); 52) An “Encyclopedia of Archaeological Heritage”? The Encyclopedia of Life as a model for digital cultural atlases (S.A. Ross); 53) Computer tools for creation of electronic atlases of the historical monuments state (S.B. Shchigorets et al.); 54) Dynamical mapping of migration of communities - Challenges and Issues (P. Sumabala); 55) Management of material heritage information: structured repository for travelers annotations over a qualified caravanserais inventory (C. Tavernari et al.); 56) A digital data-base for Iconography, Architecture and Epigraphy in the Pondicherry Centre of the École française d’Extrême-Orient (V. Gillet).
BAR S2117 2010: From Tribe to Province to State A historical-ethnographic and archaeological perspective for reinterpreting the settlement processes of the Germanic populations in western Europe between Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages by Paolo de Vingo. ISBN 9781407306582. £52.00. xxi+303 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, and figures.
This study focuses on the diversity with which early medieval society formed not only among macro European zones but also within individual areas, and thus on the need to look beyond the models elaborated during a phase in which archaeological sources were still fragmentary and inadequate. Through a combination of historical and documented-based investigation and the most recent extensive archaeological data, the author makes a comparative analysis of the different results of the movements of Germanic groups, especially in the particularly representative area of northern Italy and the Alpine system, during various periods: in the 5th century as auxiliary troops under the control of the same Roman Empire (Burgundians), then as the new military élites and finally as the new ruling class (Ostrogoths and Langobards), revealing how the cultural evolution of the new sites appears to be strictly correlated to different situations and often common to the new Germanic element and to the local Romanised components. Interesting and stimulating concepts that underscore the formation of a shared culture are presented in this contribution along with a refreshing new perspective of certain aspects, such as the evolution of clothing and funerary rituals, already considered expressions of simple ethnic preservation.
BAR S2116 2010: The Conservation of Archaeological Materials Current trends and future directions edited by Emily Williams and Claire Peachey. ISBN 9781407306575. £44.00. vi+244 pages; illustrated throughout.
The genesis for this conference, and its subsequent proceedings, came from discussions held in the newly formed Archaeological Discussion group, a subgroup of the American Institute for Conservation of Historic and Artistic Works’ Objects specialty group, about the definition of an archaeological conservator and the directions in which the field was evolving. Contents: 1) Conservation: concepts and reality (Chris Caple); 2) The elements of conservation: a conceptual model (John R. Watson); 3) A clear case of profiling: defining archaeological conservators in the U.S. (Claire Peachey); 4) Training archaeological conservators (Virginia Greene); 5) Research and training in a field conservation laboratory: Kaman-Kalehöyük (Glenn Wharton); 6) Archaeological conservation in the U.S. Navy (Claire Peachey); 7) Getting the job done: challenges presented by continuity, change, and controversy in the conservation of artifacts in shipwreck archaeology (Sarah Watkins-Kenney); 8) Fieldwork and artifact stabilization a woodland burial study: developing methodologies for monitoring and modeling the burial environment (Karla Graham and Peter Crow); 9) Excavating soil blocks at Sylvester Manor (Dennis Piechota); 10) The use of cyclododecane in field stabilization and storage of archaeological finds (Sanchita Balachandran); 11) New perspectives regarding the stabilization of terrestrial and marine archaeological iron (Paul Mardikian, Néstor G. González, Michael J. Drews, and Philippe de Vivies); 12) Conservation of waterlogged cork using supercritical CO2 drying (Michael J. Drews, Jessica Green, Jason Hemmer, Philippe de Viviés, Néstor G. González, and Paul Mardikian; 13) Documentation and the technical record documenting Mongolia’s deer stones: application of 3D laser scanning technology to archaeological conservation (Basiliki Vicky Karas, Harriet F. Beaubien, and William W. Fitzhugh); 14) Documentation and laser scanning of the ‘cavates’ (cliff dwellings) in Bandelier national monument, New Mexico (Jim Holmlund, Angelyn Bass Rivera, and Lauren Meyer); 15) Collaborative programs for ‘USS Monitor’ conservation (Marcie Renner and Steve Hand); 16) Saving the Ferryland Cross: 3D scanning, replication, and anoxic storage (Judith A. Logan, Robert L. Barclay, Paul Bloskie, Charlotte Newton, and Lyndsie Selwyn); 17) Mimbres ceramics analysis: integrating conservation with archaeological research (Landis Smith); 18) Non-invasive technological study of archaeological iron objects (Evelyne Godfrey); 19) Archives and repositories. A change in philosophy for the care of archaeological collections? (Hedley Swain); 20) The work of the archaeological archives forum in the United Kingdom (Kathy Perrin); 21) Creating and maintaining a digital archive for Maryland’s archaeological collections (Rebecca Morehouse, Sara Rivers-Cofield, and Julia A. King); 22) Lost towns project archaeological archives: preserving the records of a destructive science at a small institution (Caralyn Roviello Fama); 23) A tale of three surveys: creating a flexible condition survey for mixed archaeological collections (Howard Wellman); 24) Revisiting metal artifacts from old excavations: storage problems and solutions (Kathy Hall); 25) Assessment of dry storage microenvironments for archaeological iron (David Thickett and Marianne Odlyha); 26) Collaboration and community involvement in archaeological conservation (Glenn Wharton); 27) Community involvement and conservation education (Betty L. Seifert); 28) Collaboration for preservation, use, and knowledge: examples from the Gordion Project (Jessica S. Johnson); 29) Homol’ovi research program: archaeology, conservation and community involvement (Teresa Moreno, E. Charles Adams, and Nancy Odegaard); 30) Archaeological archives – who cares? The volunteer program at the London Archaeological Archive and Research Center, Museum of London (Jannicke Langfeldt and Helen Ganiaris); 31) Renovating the conservation facilities at the Egyptian Museum, Cairo, Egypt: a collaborative effort (Eric Nordgren); 32) Collaboration and education: the excavation and conservation of two 19th-century tombstones in Williamsburg, Virginia (Emily Williams and Andrew Edwards); 33) The role of archaeological conservation in armed conflict (Catherine Sease).
BAR S2115 2010: The History of Archaeological Research in the Melfese, Southern Italy by Pasqualina Iosca. ISBN 9781407306568. £27.00. 79 pages; 15 figures; text in English and Italian.
A study of the neglected Malfese regions of southern Italy and the archaeological work undertaken in the area. The objective is to organize an excursus on the history of archaeological research carried out in the territory of the Vulture-Melfese, drawing on most recent analyses. It will includes summaries of the conclusions that have been presented and which are seen as particularly useful regarding the study of the archaeology of the region, beyond supplying the bibliography of the publications of such archaeological activity. This is organised by territory; each part of the Vulture-Melfese having the history of research described, with a discussion of the finds and a complete bibliography of all published material, including not only scholarly works but articles published in popular journals and newspapers in the Provincial and National Libraries of Potenza.
BAR S2114 2010: Campfires in Context: Hunter-Gatherer Fire Technology and the Archaeological Record of the Southern High Plains, USA by Paul N. Backhouse. ISBN 9781407306551. £40.00. xxiii+189 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, and figures.
This monograph although concentrating on the Southern High Plains area (USA) represents a tremendous step forward in understanding fire technology and hot rock technology and their role and relationship within hunter-gatherer societies. It not only elevates the status of hearths and hearthstones as worthy of study within hunter-gatherer research but equally important, also presents new avenues for that research. Contents: 1) Introduction; 2) Background; 3) Approach and Methodology; 4) Geographic Focus; 5) Theoretical Framework; 6) Ethnographic Context; 7) Experimental Approach; 8) Archaeological Results and Analysis; 9) Discussion and Potential for Application to Other Regions; 10) Conclusion.
BAR S2113 2010: University of Southampton Series in Archaeology 2 Lake Mareotis: Reconstructing the Past Proceedings of the International Conference on the Archaeology of the Mareotic Region Held at Alexandria University, Egypt 5th-6th April 2008 edited by Lucy Blue assisted by Emad Khalil. ISBN 9781407306544. £35.00. ix+156 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, and figures.
Papers representing the final synthesis of a conference entitled The International Conference onthe Archaeology of the Mareotic Region. Lake Mareotis: Reconstructing the Past hosted by the University of Alexandria, Egypt between 5th and 6th April 2008. Contents: 1) Fawzi el-Fakharani: Pioneer excavator at Mareotis (Mona Haggag); 2) The Mareotic region in ancient sources (Mohamed S. Abd-el-Ghani); 3) A note on Lake Mareotis in Byzantine times (Mostafa el Abbadi); 4) A study of the evolution of the Maryut Lake through maps (Ismaeel Awad); 5) Lake Mareotis Research Project (Lucy Blue); 6) The results of a preliminary survey at Mareotis Island (Dylan Hopkinson); 7) The city of Marea/Philoxenité (reflections on the Alexandria University excavations, 1977-1981 (Mona Haggag); 8) Marea Peninsula: occupation and workshop activities on the shores of Lake Mariout in the work of the Center d’études Alexandrines (cealex, cnrs usr 3134) (Valérie Pichot); 9) On interpretations of archaeological evidence concerning Marea and Philoxenite (Mieczyslaw D. Rodziewicz); 10) Marea or Philoxenite? Polish excavations in the Mareotic region 2000-2007 (Krzysztof Babraj & Hanna Szymańska); 11) The lake structures at Taposiris (Marie-Françoise Boussac & Mourad el Amouri); 12) Schedia, Alexandria’s harbour on the Canopic Nile. Interim report on the German Mission at Kom el Giza/Beheira (2003-2008) (Marianne Bergmann, Michael Heinzelmann & Archer Martin); 13) Recent survey work in the southern Mareotis area (Penelope Wilson); 14) Wineries of the Mareotic region (Dorota dzierzbicka); 15) Waterfront installations and maritime activities in the Mareotic region (Emad Khalil); 16) Lake Mareotis Research Project. Phases of outrage and destruction (Sameh Ramses & Ahmed Omar).
BAR S2112 2010: La Annona y la política agraria durante el Alto Imperio romano by Gustavo Sanz Palomera. ISBN 9781407306537. £38.00. v+186; illustrated with maps, plans, and figures. In Spanish with English abstract.
A study of the food supply of the Roman army and the local populations. Food provision, principally wheat, was in the hands of an institution known as Annona. This institution mainly oversaw the adequate supply of food supplies for the city of Rome (annona civica) and the army (annona militaris). Both were the beneficiaries of the redistribution system promoted by the emperors in terms of agrarian policy.
BAR S2111 2010: Building Identities: Socio-Political Implications of Ancient Maya City Plans by Matthew S. Mosher. ISBN 9781407306520. £27.00. 81 pages; 3 tables, 32 figures.
This study examines, through a variety of evidence, Late Classic (c. 250-900 AD) Maya political organization, specifically the existence of large-scale political structures as evidenced through specific patterns of city plans and architectural similarities. This particular exercise draws upon such interconnected aspects of current and past Maya scholarship as epigraphic reconstructions of political history, elite architecture, the nature of the ancient Maya state, and research into the less tangible aspects of the ancient Maya civilization, such as the cosmological and ideological frameworks within which such issues were conceived, negotiated, and imbued with meaning.
BAR S2110 2010: The Collapse of Palatial Society in LBA Greece and the Postpalatial Period by Guy D. Middleton. ISBN 9781407306513. £34.00. vi+142 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, and figures.
This monograph deals with the destruction and disappearance of the palaces and palace societies of Late Bronze Age or Mycenaean Greece c.1200 and aspects of continuity and change in the subsequent Postpalatial period of the twelfth and eleventh centuries (LHIIIC). It is primarily concerned with mainland Greece and the islands, excluding Crete. An emphasis in this work, where analysis of the Greek material itself or theories based upon it is attempted, is the potential for differences between palatial and non-palatial areas. In order to set in context the discussion of collapse and of Postpalatial society, Chapter 1 is a brief introduction to Mycenaean material culture and interpretations of Mycenaean society. A limited survey is also offered, in order to clarify the extent and chronology of the collapse. Chapter 2 reviews developments in general collapse theory as drawn from recent and major publications. It further examines recent discussion of specific examples of collapse to identify current trends in interpretation. Chapter 3 critically examines theories of the Mycenaean collapse, concentrating on major styles of interpretation and ending in a discussion of the present consensus. Chapter 4 uses recent discussions of the Hittite, Maya and Roman collapses and continuities to suggest possible analogies for processes at work in LBA Greece. Chapter 5 examines the evidence for migrations and population mobility in Postpalatial Greece, discussing settlements and sites, and noting the contribution of survey. Chapter 6 deals with changes in rulership and social structure in the Postpalatial period, emphasising distinctions between areas of Greece that had palaces and non-palatial regions. The conclusion draws together the preceding discussions.
BAR S2109 2010: Sacred and Civic Stone Monuments of the Northwest Roman Provinces by S. L. McGowen. ISBN 9781407306506. £35.00. vii+159 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, and figures. Catalogue.
This study examines Roman sculpture across the provinces extending from the Rhine to the Pyrenees and Britain to understand better both regional similarities and local peculiarities, to contextualize them historically, culturally, and geographically, and to set them within wider patterns across the Empire. Chapter 1) Introduction; Chapter 2) The Monuments’ Chapter 3) The Interplay of Agency, Material, and Style; Chapter 4) Form and Iconography; Chapter 5) Comparing Trends; Chapter 6) Sacred and Civic Stone Monuments of North Africa and the East; Chapter 7) Conclusion.
BAR S2108 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 35 Session C74: Methods of Art History Tested against Prehistory; Session C81: Spirals and Circular Forms: the Most Common Rock Art in the World? Session C85: European Cave Art; Session S02: Euro-Mediterranean Rock Art Studies; Session S07: Global State edited by Marc Groenen and Didier Martens (C74), Jane Kolber; John Clegg and Alicia Distel (C81), Kevin Sharpe and Jean Clottes (C85), Mila Simões Abreu (S02), Giriraj Kumar and Robert Bednarik (S07), James Keyser and Mavis Greer (WS37). ISBN 9781407306490. £37.00. x+177 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans.
Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006), Vol. 35. Contents: Introduction (Marc Groenen & Didier Martens); 1) Application de la méthodologie de l’Histoire de l’art à l’étude de l’art paléolithique: l’attribution des oeuvres anonymes à ses auteurs (Juan-María Apellaniz) ; 2) Les peintures de la grotte de la Pasiega A (Puente Viesgo, Cantabrie) à l’épreuve de la méthode de l’attribution (Marc Groenen, Didier Martens); 3) The recognition of diversity through style in the Saharan rock-art research: an historiographic approach from the Western Sahara (Joaquim Soler Subils); 4) The rock art of South-Morocco revisited: On surprising stylistic and thematic characteristics of the so-called ‘Pseudo-Bovidien’ and ‘Tazinien’ rock art from the mid valley of Wadi Draa (Renate Heckendorf); 5) Spirals in Humahuaca and in the NW of Argentina (South America) Alicia Ana (Fernández Distel, José Luis Mamaní); 6) Spirals at Sturt’s Meadows (John Clegg); 7) Circular elements in the rock art of the State of Bahia, Brazil (Guilherme Albagli de Almeida); 8) Spirals of the prehistoric Open Rock painting from Kosova (Edi Shukriu); 9) To be or not to be Palaeolithic, that is the question (Robert G. Bednarik); 10) The Margot Cave (Mayenne): a new palaeolithic sanctuary in West France (Romain Pigeaud et al.) 11) Fluted Animals in the Zone of Crevices, Gargas Cave, France (Kevin Sharpe, Leslie Van Gelder); 12) Schematic panel with paleolithic punctuation and other questions of Paleoastronomy and Philosophy of Antiquity (José Fernández Quintano); 13) Epipaleolithic and Mesolithic Burial’s from 12.000 to 7.000 BP in Llevantin Territory Art Rock (Carme Olària, Francesc Gusi, José Luís López); 14) Gravuras serpentiformes na região de Trás-os-Montes (Maria Fernanda Ferrato Melo de Carvalho); 15) The Camera Obscura and the Origin of Art: The Case for Image Projection in the Paleolithic (Matt Gatton, Leah Carreon, Madison Cawein, Walter Brock, and Valerie Scott); 16) Etude et présentation de l’art rupestre en Iran (exemple d’étude dans les régions du province central et Kermân d’Iran) (Elyas Saffaran; 17) Archeological Use of Caves on the Northwestern Plains, USA (John Greer and Mavis Greer); 18) Mogollon rock art and the status of the ‘flute player’ (Maarten van Hoek); 19) The findings of the presence of the sabre toothed tiger (Beltrão, M. C. M. C. and Locks, M.).
BAR S2107 2010: Society for Arabian Studies Monographs 10 Death and Burial in Arabia and Beyond Multidisciplinary perspectives edited by Lloyd Weeks. ISBN 9781407306483. £55.00. x+372 pages: illustrated throughout with maps, plans, and figures.
This volume represents the proceedings of the conference entitled ‘Death, Burial and the Transition to the Afterlife in Arabia and Adjacent Regions’ that was held at the British Museum from November 27th to 29th, 2008. Contents: Introduction to the contributions on burial archaeology (Lloyd Weeks); 1) Remarks on Neolithic burial customs in south-east Arabia (Adelina U. Kutterer); 2) Ornamental objects as a source of information on Neolithic burial practices at al-Buhais 18, UAE and neighbouring sites (Roland de Beauclair); 3) On Neolithic funerary practices: were there “necrophobic” manipulations in 5th-4th millennium BC Arabia? (Vincent Charpentier and Sophie Méry) ; 4) The burials of the middle Holocene settlement of KHB-1 (Ra’s al-Khabbah, Sultanate of Oman) (Olivia Munoz, Simona Scaruffi and Fabio Cavulli); 5) Results, limits and potential: burial practices and Early Bronze Age societies in the Oman Peninsula (S. Méry); 6) Life and Death in an Early Bronze Age community from Hili, Al Ain, UAE (Kathleen McSweeney, Sophie Méry and Walid Yasin al Tikriti); 7) Patterns of mortality in a Bronze Age Tomb from Tell Abraq (Kathryn Baustian and Debra L. Martin); 8) Discerning health, disease and activity patterns in a Bronze Age population from Tell Abraq, United Arab Emirates (Janet M. Cope); 9) Early Bronze Age graves and graveyards in the eastern Ja’alan (Sultanate of Oman): an assessment of the social rules working in the evolution of a funerary landscape.(J. Giraud); 10) An inventory of the objects in a collective burial at Dadna (Emirate of Fujairah) (Anne Benoist and Salah Ali Hassan); 11) Collective burials and status differentiation in Iron Age II Southeastern Arabia (Crystal Fritz); 12) Camelid and equid burials in pre-Islamic Southeastern Arabia (Aurelie Daems and An De Waele); 13) The emergence of mound cemeteries in Early Dilmun: new evidence of a proto-cemetery and its genesis c. 2050-2000 BC (Steffen Terp Laursen); 14) Probing the early Dilmun funerary landscape: a tentative analysis of grave goods from non-elite adult burials from City IIa-c (Eric Olijdam); 15) The Bahrain bead project: introduction and illustration (Waleed M. Al-Sadeqi); 16) The burial mounds of the Middle Euphrates (2100-1800 B.C.) and their links with Arabia: the subtle dialectic between tribal and state practices (Christine Kepinski); 17) Reuse of tombs or cultural continuity? The case of tower-tombs in Shabwa governorate (Yemen) (Rémy Crassard, Hervé Guy, Jérémie Schiettecatte and Holger Hitgen); 18) A reverence for stone reflected in various Late Bronze Age interments at al-Midamman, a Red Sea coastal site in Yemen (Edward J. Keall); 19) The Arabian Iron Age funerary stelae and the issue of cross-cultural contacts (Jérémie Schiettecatte); 20) Sabaean stone and metal miniature grave goods (D’arne O’Neil); 21) Excavations of the Italian Archaeological Mission in Yemen: a Minaean necropolis at Barāqish (Wadi Jawf) and the Qatabanian necropolis of Hayd bin Aqil (Wadi Bayhan) (Sabina Antonini and Alessio Agostini); 22) Funerary monuments of Southern Arabia: the Iron Age – early Islamic tradition (Juris Zarins); 23) Burial contexts at Tayma, NW Arabia: archaeological and anthropological data (Sebastiano Lora, Emmanuele Petiti and Arnulf Hausleiter); 24) Feasting with the dead: funerary MarzeaΉ in Petra (Isabelle Sachet); 25) Biomolecular archaeology and analysis of artefacts found in Nabataean tombs in Petra (Nicolas Garnier, Isabelle Sachet, Anna Zymla, Caroline Tokarski, Christian Rolando); 26) The monolithic djin blocks at Petra: a funerary practice of pre-Islamic Arabia (Michel Mouton); 27) Colouring the dead: new investigations on the history and the polychrome appearance of the Tomb of Darius I at Naqsh-e Rostam, Fars (Alexander Nagel and Hassan Rahsaz); 28) Introduction to the contributions on Arabia and the wider Islamic world (Janet Starkey); 29) The intercessor status of the dead in Maliki Islam and in Mauritania (Corinne Fortier); 30) Cairo’s City of the Dead: the cohabitation between the living and the dead from an anthropological perspective (Anna Tozzi Di Marco); 31) Observations on death, burial, graves and graveyards at various locations in Ra’s al-Khaimah Emirate, UAE, and Musandam wilayat, Oman, using local concerns (William and Fidelity Lancaster); 32) Shrines in Dhofar (Lynne S. Newton); 33) Wādī HaΡramawt as a Landscape of Death and Burial (Mikhail Rodionov); 34) Attitudes, themes and images: an introduction to death and burial as mirrored in early Arabic poetry (James E. Taylor); 35) Jewish burial customs in Yemen (Dina Dahbany-Miraglia); 36) ‘In anima vili’: Islamic constructions on life autopsies and cannibalism (José Mª Bellido-Morillas and Pablo García-Piñar); 37) Instituting the Palestinian dead body (Suhad Daher-Nashif).
BAR S2106 2010: Las Producciones Metálicas del III y II Milenio Cal ANE en el Suroeste de la Península Ibérica by Manuel Eleazar Costa Caramé. ISBN 9781407306476. £37.00. 189 pages; 212 tables and graphs; 15 figures. Text in Spanish with English abstract.
An investigation into the prehistoric mining and metallurgy of the southwest Iberian Peninsular.
BAR S2105 2010: The Values of Community Archaeology: A Comparative Assessment between the UK and US by Faye A. Simpson. ISBN 97814073064609. £29.00. viii+96 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, and figures.
Does community archaeology work? Worldwide over the last decade, there has been a boom in projects utilising the popular phrase ‘community archaeology’. These projects take many different forms, stretching from the public-face of research and developer-funded programmes to projects run by museums, archaeological units, universities and archaeological societies. Many of these projects are driven by the desire for archaeology to meet a range of perceived educational and social values in bringing about knowledge and awareness of the past in the present. They are also motivated by the desire to secure adequate funding for archaeological research. However, appropriate criteria and methodologies for evaluating the effectiveness of these projects have yet to be designed. This research sets out a methodology based on self-reflexivity and ethnology. It focuses on community excavations, in a range of contexts both in the UK and US and assesses the values these projects produce for communities and evaluates what community archaeology actually does.
BAR S2104 2010: Attic Pinakes: Votive Images in Clay by by Kyriaki Karoglou. ISBN 9781407306438. £47.00. viii+215 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white; catalogue.
In modern studies pinax refers to a flat, rectangular, painted slab of clay placed in a sanctuary or tomb. In this study the author presents the various occurrences and possible meanings of the word pinax in the sources and examines the representation of pinakes on vases. A synthesis of pinakes is much needed since it can provide valuable information about ancient Greek religious and social practices. To this end, this book by concentrating on Attic pinakes fills a substantial gap in scholarship since Attic pinakes have not been methodically studied before, although they form one of the largest corpora of pinakes, and are hence a rich and reliable source of information. Chapter one examines the terminology, usage, and placement of pinakes drawing upon ancient testimonia found in literary sources, inscriptions, and representations in vase-painting. This chapter focuses on pinakes as a special category of offering regardless of the material of manufacture, be it wood, metal, or clay. Chapter two presents the corpus of surviving Attic pinakes. A discussion of their archaeological context is followed by an analysis of their iconographic themes in relation to Attic vase-painting in general and in conjunction with various contemporary Attic cults. Chapter three considers the inscriptions, techniques of manufacture, and decoration of Attic pinakes, as well as the attributions to Attic black-figure and red-figure painters. Questions of import, circulation, and dating are also addressed. Chapter four places the dedication of pinakes in the context of Athenian ‘votive religion’ and society by correlating them with other classes of votives dedicated in Attic sanctuaries, notably the Athenian Acropolis. By examining the iconography of genre scenes on Attic pinakes in light of current modes of representation of specific social groups, chapter four contributes to a sociology of dedication in ancient Greece, an under-explored subject of inquiry. Finally, an appendix correlates the Corinthian pinakes from Penteskouphia and the Potters’ Quarter with the Attic material.
BAR S2103 2010: Perspectives in Landscape Archaeology Papers presented at Oxford 2003-5 edited by edited by Helen Lewis and Sarah Semple. ISBN 9781407305790. £31.00. 119 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This book derives from a seminar series held at the Oxford University Institute of Archaeology in 2003-2004
and a second brief series in spring 2005. The idea was to bring the students together with academic and professional archaeologists engaged in doing interesting work in landscape archaeology, who could present recent thinking about ancient landscapes from a variety of perspectives, using various approaches, and with a number of different aims. Contents: Preface and acknowledgments (Helen Lewis and Sarah Semple); 1) Sarsen Stories (Joshua Pollard and Mark Gillings); 2) Syncretism of space: the Christianisation of the Ethiopian landscape? (Niall Finneran); 3) Connotations of arable land use in landscape archaeology (Helen Lewis); 4) Sustaining prehistoric agricultural landscapes in southern Spain, highland Yemen and northern New Mexico: the geoarchaeological perspective (Charles French); 5) ‘Where the cattle went, they went’: towards a phenomenological archaeology of cattle mustering in the Kunderang ravines, New South Wales, Australia (Rodney Harrison); 6) The nature and distribution of early medieval woodland and wood-pasture habitats (Della Hooke); 7) Wetting the fringe of your habit: medieval monasticism and coastal landscape (Joe Flatman); 8) Still living with the Dobunni (Stephen Yeates); 9) The Gray Hill Landscape Archaeology Project, Llanfair Discoed, Monmouthshire, Wales (Adrian M. Chadwick, with contributions by Joshua Pollard); 10) The topography of outdoor assembly sites in Europe with reference to recent field results from Sweden (Alexandra Sanmark and Sarah Semple).
BAR S2102 2010: Society for Arabian Studies Monographs 9 Ports and Political Power in the Periplus Complex societies and maritime trade on the Indian Ocean in the first century AD by Eivind Heldaas Seland. ISBN 9781407305783. £29.00. viii+ 97 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
In the centuries around the turn of our era, long distance trade based on the monsoon winds connected all coasts of the western Indian Ocean. Ships from India, Arabia, Egypt, East Africa and Mesopotamia conveyed luxuries such as silk, spices and slaves, but also subsistence goods including grain and inexpensive textiles between coasts separated by thousands of kilometres of water. In the same period the first complex societies emerged in parts of Africa and Southern India. In other regions existing states reorganised or were replaced or marginalised by new polities. This study aims at exploring the significance of maritime commerce to societies on the Indian Ocean rim, by examining how rulers adjusted their policy in order to control and profit from trade. The point of departure is the anonymous Greek first century AD Periplus of the Erythraean Sea. This is a guide to navigation and trade on the Indian Ocean, covering the coasts of the Red Sea, Gulf of Aden, East Africa and India. The unknown author, who to a large extent relied on personal experience, included not only sailing directions, but also a wealth of information on local products, markets and political conditions. Chapter 1 introduces the subject and the setting. Chapter 2 discusses how to measure the impact of trade on complex societies. Chapter 3 deals with the content and reliability of the Periplus. Other chapters survey the situation along the coasts of Arabia, Africa and western / southern India in detail, and argue that rulers and states utilised a range of policies in order to profit from the monsoon trade.
BAR S2101 2010: Tecnología lítica del Paleolítico inferior del noreste de la Península Ibérica y sureste de Francia by by Joan Garcia Garriga. ISBN 9781407305776. £39.00. 210 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In Spanish with English abstract.
The scientific objectives of this research are to study the technological processes during the Middle and initial Upper Pleistocene in the northeastern Iberian Peninsular and southwestern France, and their implications for the behaviour of prehistoric human societies. The research studies of the lithotechnical records of archaeological sites located in different ecosystems (the Corbières Massif, the river basins of Roussillon, the river Ter terrace system, la Selva depression, and lacustrine basin of Banyoles), and their industries found in the sedimentary deposits preserved in caves (G level of the Caune de l’Arago), rock-shelters (lower levels of Mollet I), or in ancient paleosoils (Puig d’Esclats, Casa Nova d’en Feliu and Can Burgés), fluvial flood plains (Domeny Industrial), the deposits dismantled by erosional action on slopes (Costa Roja, Mas d’en Galí and Puig d’en Roca III), and in ancient fossil fluvial terraces/open-air sites (Mas Ferréol, Plane d’en Bourgat and Butte du Four-Llabanère). The results of the lithotechnical analyses allow for the documentation of the differentiated adaptive patterns of mesopleistocene hominids, reflected in the industries’ level of technological variability between the geographical areas. The data obtained is assessed within three parameters: the areas where the necessary raw materials for knapping were obtained; the study of the technical production systems characteristic of each regional unit; and the diachronic interval of these settlements obtained both by relative chronology as well as through the application of absolute dating techniques.
BAR S2100 2010: Living with Animals: a Zooarchaeological Study of Urban Human-Animal Relationships in Early Modern Tornio (northern Finland), 1621-1800 by by Anna-Kaisa Puputti. ISBN 9781407305769. £26.00. 74 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
In this work the author describes the animal husbandry practices and the use of wild resources in early modern Tornio (northern Finland) based on zooarchaeological evidence. The animal bone assemblages from Tornio have not previously been published or reported, and the urban animal husbandry practices and the use of wild resources have not been analysed archaeologically, apart from a preliminary analysis of the seventeenth-century faunal materials from two plots. The author uses these results to consider the connections between animals and urban social interaction, and the changing human-animal and human-environmental relationships in early modern Tornio. In this sense, the study also contributes to the understanding of the emerging modern worldview and social order in the northern European periphery during the early modern period.
BAR S2099 2010: The Stone Age of Chukotka, Northeastern Siberia (New Materials) by by Margarita A. Kiryak (Dikova) . Edited by Translated and edited by Richard L. Bland and Yaroslav V. Kuzmin. . ISBN 9781407305752. £47.00. ix+270 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This work introduces all the multicomponent artifact complexes from the Stone Age Chukotkan archaeological sites (north-eastern Siberia) discovered by the author so that researchers can have a broad access to them. Illustrative material has been selected (including those objects that are few in number, as well as isolated finds) in order to give this work the character of a primary source.
BAR S2098 2010: Der bunte Himmel: Untersuchungen zu den Tondächern westgriechischer Typologie by by Matthias Lang. ISBN 9781407305745. £39.00. iii+198 pages; illustrated plates section; catalogue. In German.
BAR S2097 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 48 Neolithic and Chalcolithic Architecture in Eurasia: Building Techniques and Spatial Organisation Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol 48, Session C35. edited by edited by Dragoş Gheorghiu. ISBN 9781407305738. £37.00. vii+172 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Session C35, Neolithic and Chalcolithic Archaeology in Eurasia: Building Techniques and Spatial Organisation, presented at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006. Contents: Introduction (Dragos Gheorghiu); 1) The early sedentism in Mesolithic Japan: towards a comparative study for Neolithization (Makoto Tomii); 2) Les cycles d’occupation des abris Natoufiens (Mallaha-Eynan, Israel) (Nicolas Samuelian); 3) The transition from the round plan to rectangular (Mehmet Özdoğan); 4) Proto-historic courtyard buildings in the Southern Levant (Yosef Garfinkel); 5) Méthode d’analyse spatiale des vestiges architecturaux du site neolithique ancien stratifié de Kovacevo (Bulgarie) (Cynthia Jaulneau); 6) Building techniques during the Neolithic and Eneolithic in Eastern Slavonia (Jacqueline Balen); 7) Architecture of the Linearbandkeramik settlement at Balatonszárszó–Kis-Erdei-Dűlő in Central Transdanubia (Krisztián Oross); 8) Human activity zones around the house of the Linearbandkeramik culture in southeastern Poland (site: Zwieczyca) (Maciej Debiec and Aleksander Dzbynski); 9) Detecting social complexity among the Neolithic hunter-gatherers in Finland. The example of Pattijoki Kastelli (Jari Okkonen); 10) Socio-economic structure of the Lengyel culture reflected by two settlements (Judit Regenye); 11) The technology of building in Chalcolithic southeastern Europe (Dragoş Gheorghiu); 12) New data regarding the architecture of Precucuteni buildings (Nicolae Ursulescu and Adrian Felix Trencariu); 13) Sur l'architecture de la civilisation Chalcolithique Ariuşd-Cucuteni-Tripolye. techniques de construction, types de maison (Attila László) ; 14) Neo-eneolithic cult constructions from southeastern Europe: Techniques of building and spatial organization (Gheorghe Lazarovivi and Cornelia-Magda Lazarovici); 15) Intentional firing of southeastern Europe Chalcolithic houses? A perspective from experimental archaeology (Dragoş Gheorghiu and Romeo Dumitrescu); 16) Structural evidences and interpretable features in Early Neolithic Northern Italy (Fabio Cavulli); 17) L’Architecture domestique en Sardaigne (Italie) entre la fin du Néolithique et le Chalcolithique (Maria-Grazia Melis); 18) The VSW variant Chalcolithic house on the Titelberg, Luxemburg (Ralph M. Rowlett).
BAR S2096 2010: Navigare necesse est: Lighthouses from Antiquity to the Middle Ages History, architecture, iconography and archaeological remains by Baldassarre Giardina. ISBN 9781407305721. £56.00. vi+348 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, 2 colour maps. Text in English and Italian.
Baldassarre Giardina’s book is the fruit of many years of research. Since the late nineteenth and the early twentieth century and the historical and archaeological studies of E. Allard, L.A. Veitmeyer and He. Thiersch, little work has been done on the subject of lighthouses. No up-to-date or systematic scholarly research has been produced until now. Drawing on the rich accumulation of existing research, the author has in addition brought together evidence from historical and literary sources from the ancient, medieval and modern periods. Together with this, he has researched new evidence, data and scientific discoveries, and from these he has assembled a framework that sheds light on hitherto unpublished aspects of these structures, identifying their archaeological and typological characteristics. With this book, the author has given us a systematic exploration of the subject, its results arranged in such a way as to demonstrate the earliest form of these structures and their evolution in time.
BAR S2095 2010: An Early Pottery Neolithic Occurrence at Beisamoun, The Hula Valley, Northern Israel The Results of the 2007 Salvage Excavation by by Danny Rosenberg with contributions by Nurit Shtober, Iris Gorman-Yeroslavski, Vered Eshed,Noa Raban-Gerstel, Guy Bar-Oz, Yotam Tepper and Ariel Berman. ISBN 9781407305714. £34.00. xi+138 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
In the autumn of 2007 a large-scale salvage excavation took place on the western margins of Beisamoun in the Hula Valley in northern Israel, as part of the development of the Rosh Pina–Qiryat Shmona highway. Excavation in the western part of the greater area of the Beisamoun site, formerly known for its Pre-Pottery Neolithic B finds, revealed a wealth of a archaeological objects attributed to an early phase of the Pottery Neolithic period. This volume presents the final reports of the 2007 salvage excavation, and it discusses relevent issues concerning the Prehistory of the Hula Valley during the earliest stages of the Pottery Neolithic period. Chapter 1) The site and the 2007 salvage excavation (Danny Rosenberg); Chapter 2) Geological and geomorphological settings (Nurit Shtober ); Chapter 3) The stone component of the pits and pavements (Danny Rosenberg and Nurit Shtober); Chapter 4) The pottery assemblage (Danny Rosenberg); Chapter 5) The lithic assemblage (Iris Groman-Yeroslavski and Danny Rosenberg); Chapter 6) The obsidian assemblage (Danny Rosenberg); Chapter 7) The stone assemblage (Danny Rosenberg); Chapter 8) The Skeletal Remains (Vered Eshed); Chapter 9) The faunal remains (Noa Raban-Gerstel and Guy Bar-oz); Chapter 10) Cremation from the Hellenistic period at Beisamoun and other finds of historic periods (Yotam Tepper); Chapter 11) The Early Pottery Neolithic of Beisamoun and the Neolithic of the Hula Valley - Summary and Discussion (Danny Rosenberg).
BAR S2094 2010: Hearts and Bones: Bone Raw Material Exploitation in Tierra del Fuego by Vivian Scheinsohn. ISBN 9781407305707. £30.00. 114 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The intention of this work is to explain how bone was used as a raw material on the Isla Grande de Tierra del Fuego (Argentina). Three main lines of research are followed by the author: 1) The determination of the mechanical properties of bones used for tools; 2) the proposal and evaluation of a model derived from a Darwinian Evolutionary Theory; 3) metric and morphological analysis of Fueguian bone tools. The temporal scale chosen for this work is from the earliest arrival of humans on the island – archaeologically recorded as some 10,000 years bp, up to the 19th century. As a way of approaching this work, and in order to be able to discuss the model which will be proposed in Chapter 6, a history of Bone tool research (with a special focus on Europe, where the main trend in such studies was developed) is presented in Chapter 2. The following chapters are devoted to specifying and analyzing the way in which these factors appear in Tierra del Fuego. Firstly (Chapter 3), the mechanical properties of bone material are referred to. In Chapter 4 the environmental and geological setting of Isla Grande is presented. In Chapter 5 a synthesis of all that is known about the Fuegian populations from an archaeological point of view is presented. Chapter 6 develops the theoretical framework used for the study. A bone raw material model is discussed and methods and materials employed are discussed in Chapter 7. Chapter 8 gives results of the determination of mechanical properties of Tierra del Fuego bones. Chapter 9 gives the results of tool morphological analysis, and Chapter 10 discusses these results. Conclusions and further paths for research follow in Chapter 11.
BAR S2093 2010: Architecture rupestre et décor sculpté en Cappadoce (Ve-IXe siècle) by Nicole Lemaigre Demesnil. ISBN 9781407305691. £51.00. X+306 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs; in French.
A study of the plans and architectural details of the important 5th – 9th century Cappadocian churches
BAR S2092 2010: Tradition and Originality: A Study of Exekias by E. Anne Mackay. ISBN 9781407305684. £75.00. xiii+413 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white. Catalogues and chronological charts..
Exekias inscribes his signature on several of his vases, and so he is one of the relatively few archaic painters whose real name is known to us. He is arguably one of the most accomplished and innovative of all black-figure vase-painters working in Athens in the sixth century BC, and also one of the most intriguing. Although his corpus of extant works is rather small, his impact on his contemporaries and immediate successors can be judged to have been disproportionately large. His painting style is not idiosyncratic, and so may be described as distinguished rather than distinctive; it is nevertheless readily identifiable as much for its technical quality as for the creative conceptualization of the scenes. His range of subjects, the exquisite precision of his execution, and above all his technical and conceptual innovation are the hallmarks of his personal style, and there is scarcely a book on Greek vase-painting that does not use one of his vases to illustrate the peak of achievement in the black-figure technique, yet there is a dearth of monograph studies of his work. This extensive work pays homage to this great artist, including the construction of a persuasive chronology of Exekias’ extant paintings through a comprehensive process of comparative analysis.
BAR S2091 2010: Archaeological Investigations of Marae Structures in Huahine, Society Islands, French Polynesia Report and discussions by Paul Wallin and Reidar Solsvik. ISBN 9781407305677. £36.00. 176 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. With CD .
This publication is based on new fieldwork carried out on the island of Huahine, French Polynesia, in the years 2001-
2004. The aim of the project was to establish a chronological framework of the marae structures mainly on the island of Huahine in the Leeward Society Islands. However dates were also conducted on earlier collected charcoal from excavated marae structures on the Windward Islands to control the wider context of our local results. Other questions of interest to this study were how the marae structures were located on the landscape, as well as, aspects of their extended uses and modern changes.
BAR S2090 2010: The Upper Tisza Project. Studies in Hungarian Landscape Archaeology. Book 5: Upland Settlement in North East Hungary: Excavations at the Multi-Period Site of Regéc 95 by John Chapman, Magdolna Vicze, Robert Shiel, Steve Cousins, Bisserka Gaydarska and Chris Bond with contributions by Eniko Magyari, David Passmore, Denise Telford, Ferenc Gyulai, Edina Rudner, Keri Brown and Alan Biggins, illustrations by Sandra Rowntree an. ISBN 9781407305660. £43.00. xi+230 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. With CD .
Book 5 in the reports series on the Upper Tisza Project, north-eastern Hungary. This volume covers the summer 1995 excavations at the multi-period site of Regéc 95, located in an upland basin in the South Zemplén Mountains. Contents: 1) Introduction to the archaeology of the South Zemplén Mountains and the Regéc Basin (John Chapman & Magdolna Vicze); 2) Site environment and land use (Robert Shiel, David Passmore & Eniko Magyari); 3) Surface collection, phosphate analysis and sampling strategy (John Chapman, Keri Brown & Alan Biggins); 4) The stratigraphic sequence (John Chapman, Robert Shiel & Magdolna Vicze); 5) The pottery (Magdolna Vicze & John Chapman); 6) The chipped stone (Steve Cousins & John Chapman); 7 The small finds (Denise Telford & John Chapman); 8) The plant remains (Ferenc Gyula & Edina Rudner); 9) Absolute dating (John Chapman & Sarah Krywicky); 10) Interpretation and summary (John Chapman & Magdolna Vicze).
BAR S2089 2010: The Upper Tisza Project. Studies in Hungarian Landscape Archaeology. Book 4: Lowland Settlement in North East Hungary: Excavations at the Neolithic Settlement Site of Polgár-10 by John Chapman, Mark Gillings, Robert Shiel, Bisserka Gaydarska and Chris Bond with contributions by Eniko Magyari, David Passmore, Eniko Félegyháza, Ian Lumley, Rhodri Jones, Jerome Edwards, Karen Hardy, Denise Telford, David Brighton, Keith Dobney, Ferenc. ISBN 9781407305653. £54.00. xviii+335 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. With CD .
Book 4 in the reports series on the Upper Tisza Project, north-eastern Hungary. This volume covers the summer 1995 excavations at the Neolithic site of Polgár-10. Contents: 1) Introduction (John Chapman et al.); 2) Sequence, zone and context type at Polgár-10 (John Chapman & Robert Shiel); 3) Context descriptions and interpretations (John Chapman); 4) Phases (John Chapman); 5) Zones (John Chapman); 6) Context Types (John Chapman); 7) Pottery (John Chapman, Ian Lumley, Rhodri Jones & Jerome Edwards); 8) Lithics (Karen Hardy, Leanne Stowe, Denise Telford & John Chapman); 9) Small finds (Denise Telford & John Chapman); 10) Faunal remains (David Brighton, with Keith Dobney and John Chapman); 11) Plant remains (Ferenc Gyulai and Edina Rudner, with John Chapman); 12) The burials (Beth Rega & Keri Brown); 13) The AMS radiocarbon dates (Tom Higham with John Chapman; 14) Interpretation and summary (John Chapman).
BAR S2088 2010: The Upper Tisza Project. Studies in Hungarian Landscape Archaeology. Book 3: Settlement Patterns in the Zemplén Block by John Chapman, Mark Gillings, Robert Shiel, Eniko Magyari, Bisserka Gaydarska and Chris Bond with contributions by József Laszlovszky, Steve Cousins, Denise Telford, Katalin Biró, Karen Hardy and David Brookshaw, illustrations by Sandra Rowntree and Chris . ISBN 9781407305646. £39.00. xii+193 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. With CD .
Book 3 in the reports series on the Upper Tisza Project, north-eastern Hungary. This volume investigates the settlement patterns in the Zemplén Block. Contents: 1) Introduction to the Upper Tisza Project (John Chapman); 2) The environment of the Zemplén Block (Robert Shiel & Eniko Magyari); 3) Land use potential of the Zemplén Block (Robert Shiel); 4) The Gazetteer (John Chapman, Mark Gillings, Denise Telford & Steve Cousins); 5) Interpretation of prehistoric field survey data (John Chapman, Mark Gillings, Katalin Biró & Karen Hardy); 6) Interpretation of Early Modern forest prospection (John Chapman & Mark Gillings); 7) Summary of main results, Zemplén Block (John Chapman & Mark Gillings).
BAR S2087 2010: The Upper Tisza Project. Studies in Hungarian Landscape Archaeology. Book 2: Settlement Patterns in the Bodrogköz Block by John Chapman, Mark Gillings, Enikő Magyari, Robert Shiel, Bisserka Gaydarska and Chris Bond with contributions by József Laszlovszky, Steve Leyland and David Brookshaw, illustrations by Sandra Rowntree and Chris Bond. ISBN 9781407305639. £43.00. xvi+230 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. With CD .
Book 2 in the reports series on the Upper Tisza Project, north-eastern Hungary. This volume investigates the settlement patterns in the Bodrogköz Block. Contents: 1) Introduction to the Upper Tisza Project (John Chapman & József Laszlovszky); 2) The environment of the Bodrogköz Block (Robert Shiel, Eniko Magyari, Basil Davis & John Chapman); 3) Land use potential of the Bodrogköz Block (Robert Shiel); 4) The Gazetteer (John Chapman, Mark Gillings, Steve Leyland, Leanne Stowe & Denise Telford); 5) Analysis and interpretation of field survey data (John Chapman, Mark Gillings, Robert Shiel & Steve Leyland); 6) Summary of main results, Bodrogköz Block (John Chapman, Mark Gillings & Steve Leyland).
BAR S2086 2010: Aspects of the Cult of Cybele and Attis on the Monuments from the Republic of Croatia by Aleksandra Nikoloska. ISBN 9781407305622. £29.00. 106 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. With catalogue.
The cult of Cybele and Attis is a spiritual phenomenon of wide chronological and geographical range. There is abundant documentation of its existence, but even more numerous are the works of scholars engaged in the interpretation of the cult and the divine figures around it. It is a field of interest for linguists, classicists, archaeologists, historians and art historians, ethnologists, and even psychoanalysts. To try to display all the aspects of the cult, its rituality and manifestation in iconography and epigraphy is a hard assignment: countless studies have been made trying to portray the character and evolution of the cult of the Phrygian Great Goddess, the timeless Mother of Gods, and her lover Attis. The work presented here is another interpretative drop in a vast cultural legacy that these deities have left behind, focusing on one particular corner of the Roman Empire.
BAR S2085 2010: La bonne pierre : définition, nature et vertus du jade, gisements et techniques dans les textes anciens de la Chine by Laurent Long. ISBN 9781407305615. £31.00. iv+110 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white. In French with English summary.
A new study of ‘The Fair Stone’, defining jade, its nature, virtues, deposits and carving techniques according to ancient Chinese texts. Analysis of ancient sources with a critical mind may supplement archaeological finds and modern scientific studies, but others still present scholars with quite a few riddles, such as metal jade carving implements. This study attempts to provide an analysis of the multifaceted meanings, connotations and echoes of a single word, concept and symbol. It also allows a better grasp of matters of concern for mineralogists and gemmologists: jade’s origin and deposits, mining and carving technology. Two appendices include a chart of “jade” producing places according to the Shanhaijing (Books of mountains and seas) and a full translation of Song Yingxing’ chapter on jade in the Tiangong kaiwu (Exploitation of the works of Nature). Illustrations draw on reproductions of old Chinese books from the Yuan (1279-1368) to the Republic. Maps in late commentaries to the Classics, geographical monographs on Xinjiang or drawn by the author show jade and abrasive deposits and the “jade road” from Khotan to Xi’an.
BAR S2084 2010: The Rock Art of Ometepe Island, Nicaragua Motif classification, quantification, and regional comparisons by Suzanne M. Baker. ISBN 9781407305608. £37.00. vi+175 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. With CD .
This study presents a motif classification, quantification, and regional comparisons for engraved rock art from the Maderas Volcano on Ometepe Island, Nicaragua. Maderas has the largest concentration of petroglyphs thus far reported in Central America. A formal analysis was conducted, which included construction of a typology for, then quantitative analysis of motifs found on over 700 boulders—only a portion of that known to exist on the island.
BAR S2083 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 34 Session C32: Contemporary Issues in Historical Archaeology; Session C55: Romanization and Indigenous Societies. Rhythms, Ruptures and Continuities; Session S01: History, Archaeology and Society; Session WS07: Public Archaeology Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol 34 edited by Pedro P. Funari, Nanci Oliveira, Andrés Zarankin, Ximena Senatore and Lourdes Dominguez (C32) João Pedro Bernardes (C55) Fábio Vergara Cerqueira and Luciana Peixoto (S01) Fábio Vergara Cerqueira; Laurent Caron; Tony Waegeman (WS07). . ISBN 9781407305592. £35.00. v+162 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Session C32: Contemporary Issues in Historical Archaeology; Session C55: Romanization and Indigenous Societies. Rhythms, Ruptures and Continuities; Session S01: History, Archaeology and Society; Session WS07: Public Archaeology, presented at XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006). Contents : 1) The material construction of culture contact at Floridablanca (San Julian, eighteen century) (Silvana Buscaglia & M. Victoria Nuviala); 2) To whom belongs Brazilian archaeological remains: the role of Public Archaeology (Pedro Paulo A. Funari); 3) Romans and residents: the historic and linguistic evolution; from about 300 b.c. to 300 a.c. (Herbert Sauren); 4) Citânia de Briteiros – perspectivas recentes sobre a romanização (Francisco Sande Lemos & Gonçalo Correia da Cruz); 5) The proto-historic and roman settlement of Terronha de Pinhovelo (Macedo de Cavaleiros): new advances on the Romanization of the Zoelae territory (João Pedro Tereso & Helena Barranhão); 6) The Romanization of the extremity west of empire: mutations and persistences (João Pedro Bernardes); 7) Clarissimi Lvsitani en los círculos dirigentes de Roma – contribución al studio del proceso de romanización de Lusitania (Marta Herrero); 8) Introduction: Historical and Public (Fábio Vergara Cerqueira); 9) À la table du roi Hammurabi de Babylone – d’après les tablettes de la Yale Babylonian Collection (Liliane Plouvier); 10) Ancient Egypt and the Phoenician connection (Alicia Meza); 11) History, image, and music: the aulos in the vineyards. Historical archaeology and multidisciplinarity in the study of ancient Greek culture (Fábio Vergara Cerqueira); 12) The beginnings of the Christianity in Dacia and Dacia Roman provinces in I-V centuries A.D. (Elena Baciu); 13) Le Codex Rohonczi – un monument historique de l’ancien Roumain et de l’ancienne litterature Roumaine aux XIe– XIIe siecles de notre ere (Viorica Enăchiuc); 14) Local and crusaders castles in Livonia during the 13th-14th centuries (Ēvalds Mugurēviès); 15) Public archaeology and cultural heritage: the Memoriar program, an experience in heritage education in the south of Brazil (Fábio Vergara Cerqueira et al.) 16) Patrimonial Education and forms of social inclusion in projects of archaeology in Brazil (Katianne Bruhns); 17) Salvamento arqueológico do centro histórico de Pelotas RS / Brasil (2002 – 2008) (Luciana da Silva Peixoto et al); 180 Mapeamento Arqueológico da Região Sul do Rio Grande do Sul (Fábio Vergara Cerqueira et al.).
BAR S2082 2010: Death Management and Virtual Pursuits: A Virtual Reconstruction of the Minoan Cemetery at Phourni, Archanes Examining the use of tholos Tomb C and burial Building 19 and the role of illumination, in relation to mortuary practices and the perception of life and death by the Living by Constantinos Papadopoulos. ISBN 9781407305585. £46.00. xx+156 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white. With CD .
A virtual reconstruction of the Minoan Cemetery at Phourni, Archanes (Crete), examining
the use of Tholos Tomb C and Burial Building 19 and the role of illumination, in relation to mortuary practices and the perception of life and death by the living. This computer-based research provides scientists with an alternative reading of the dataset from the Minoan cemetery at Phourni, Archanes; the analysis attempts to evaluate the tomb architecture, use, visual impact, and capacity over different time periods, as well as the contribution of light to determine not only practical purposes, but also philosophical and religious beliefs.
BAR S2079 2010: Making History Interactive. Computer Applications and Quantitative Methods in Archaeology (CAA). Proceedings of the 37th International Conference, Williamsburg, Virginia, United States of America, March 22-26, 2009 edited by Bernard Frischer, Jane Webb Crawford and David Koller. ISBN 9781407305561. £60.00. ix+408 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; with CD.
The proceedings (48 papers) of the 37th International Conference Computer Applications and Quantitative Methods in Archaeology held at Williamsburg, Virginia, USA, from March 22-26, 2009. Includes a CD of all papers with colour figures and tables.
BAR S2078 : Archaeolingua Central European Series 5 “The True and Exact Dresses and Fashion” Archaeological Clothing Remains and their Social Contexts in Sixteenth- and Seventeenth-Century Hungary by Dóra Mérai. ISBN 9781407305554. £46.00. 97 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white.
The author’s main aim in this study is to look at how and within what framework the elements of costume from Ottoman period burials in Hungary have been treated by previous research, and to suggest some new directions of interpretation. The information on the ethnic and geographical origins of the population interred in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century cemeteries in Hungary, as provided by historical sources, has determined the questions formulated within previous archaeological scholarship: the analysis of burial customs and finds, mostly remains of clothing, has focused on an ethnic interpretation. This study has two main aims. First, to look for factors other than ethnicity which could contribute to the formation of clothing and of the way it appears in the archaeological record, taking a closer look at the archaeological and various aspects of the social and cultural context of certain objects. Second, to see how historical archaeology can modify our understanding of clothing in the past: the way it was treated by contemporary peoples, and the social and cultural structures that produced it.
BAR S2077 2010: Integrating Social and Environmental Archaeologies; Reconsidering Deposition edited by James Morris and Mark Maltby. ISBN 9781407306384. £31.00. v+118 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This volume is a collection of papers presented at the Association of Environmental Archaeologists conference in Exeter, 2006. The nine papers within this volume consider how social archaeological questions can be investigated utilising environmental remains. Contents: 1) Introduction: Integrating social and Environmental Archaeologies (James Morris and Mark Maltby); 2) The use of archaeological and zooarchaeological data in the interpretation of Dún Ailinne, an Iron Age royal site in Co. Kildare, Ireland (Pam Crabtree, Susan Johnston and Douglas Campana); 3) Associated bone groups: beyond the Iron Age (James Morris); 4) Pits and wells (Mark Maltby); 5) New light on an old rite: reanalysis of an Iron Age burial group from Blewburton Hill, Oxfordshire (Robin Bendrey, Stephany Leach and Kate Clark); 6) Structured Deposition or Casual Disposal of Human Remains? A Case Study of Four Iron Age Sites from southern England (Anna Russell); 7) Bone modification and the conceptual relationship between humans and animals in Iron Age Wessex (Richard Madgwick); 8) More ritual rubbish? Exploring the taphonomic history, context formation processes and ‘specialness’ of deposits including human and animal bone in Iron Age pits (Clare Randall); 9) The politics of the everyday: exploring ‘midden’ space in Late Bronze Age Wiltshire (Kate Waddington).
BAR S2076 2010: Culture Contact in Southern Mediterranean France 7th to 2nd Centuries BC by Daryn Reyman. ISBN 9781407306377. £26.00. iv+68 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This study analyzes the gradual “acculturation” of the Celtic peoples in southern Gaul (, taking as central themes ‘Hellenisation’, ‘Romanisation’, and ‘Gallic identity’. Contents: 1) Hellenism and the Greek Colonization of Southern Gaul; 2) Trade; 3) Gallo-Greek Relations, Seventh Century – Fifth Century BC; 4) Consumption, Production and Southern Gaul; 5) Urbanism in Southern Gaul; 6) Art and Cult Sanctuaries; 7) Overview of Gallic Relations with the Greek World.
BAR S2075 2010: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 79 Historical Archaeologies of Nineteenth-Century Colonial Tanzania: A Comparative Study by Daniel Rhodes. ISBN 9781407306360. £51.00. ix+314 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
By conducting a study of archaeology and the built environment within an East African context, this monograph aims to actively promote the conservation of culturally important and endangered environments, and to use archaeology to address fundamental questions of identity within the process of colonialism in East Africa in the nineteenth century. Through a comparison of material remains the study places an emphasis upon Tanzania with comparative analyses drawn from Kenya and in so doing it is proposed that methods of colonial subjugation through landscape and seascape use can be better understood. The work aims to offer an essential insight into the origins of contemporary East African identities and address questions of ideological intent versus practice on the part of colonial powers. By concentrating primarily upon the Tanzanian towns of Tanga, Pangani, Bagamoyo, Dar es Salaam, Chole, Kilwa Kivinje and comparing these to the Kenyan town of Mombasa it is intended that a better understanding of the nineteenth-century colonial experience and its legacy can be achieved. The research adopts a landscape approach, which takes as its lead the interaction between humans and the non-human environment, as well as assessing the development of architecture and town morphology. The study furthers the development of archaeology within the maritime sphere by approaching the physical remains of maritime peoples with regard to their position in the wider landscape and seascape. It also addresses the implications of colonial involvements in the activities of indigenous peoples and the global implications of trade and development of East African states and identities. From a theoretical perspective this research develops further the growing awareness of the important relationship between those periods and practices considered ‘historical’ and those ‘archaeological’. By embracing the multivocality of both and looking more deeply at the context and environment in which different sources are manufactured, the project not only develops further understandings of the East African colonial periods but also adds to the growing development of interdisciplinerary archaeo-historic research.
BAR S2074 2010: Studies in Contemporary and Historical Archaeology 6 Wild Signs: Graffiti in Archaeology and History edited by Jeff Oliver and Tim Neal. ISBN 9781407306353. £30.00. v+103 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This, the sixth volume in the series ‘Studies in Contemporary and Historical Archaeology’, assembles a series of innovative studies in the historical archaeology of graffiti. Contents: 1) Wild Signs: An Introduction (Jeff Oliver and Tim Neal); 2) Basque Aspen Carvings: The Biggest Little Secret of Western USA (Joxe Mallea-Olaetxe); 3) Elbow Grease and Time to Spare: The Place of Tree Carving (Jeff Oliver and Tim Neal); 4) Magic Markers: The Evocative Potential of Carvings on Stanton Moor Edge, Derbyshire, UK (Stella McGuire); 5) Traces of Presence and Pleading: Approaches to the Study of Graffiti at Tewkesbury Abbey (Kirsty Owen); 6) Signs of the Times: Nineteenth – Twentieth Century Graffiti in the Farms of the Yorkshire Wolds (Katherine Giles and Melanie Giles); 7. ‘What the Frak is F**k?’ A Thematic Reading of the Graffiti of Bristol (Travis G. Parno); 8) ‘Theo Loves Doris’: Wild-Signs in Landscape and Heritage Context (John Schofield); 9) Painting The River’s Margins (Tiago Matos Silva); 10) In London You’re Never More Than 10 Feet from a Rat (Stencil): The Rat and Urban Folklore (Paul Cowdell); 11) Afterword (Victor Buchli).
BAR S2073 2010: Mysterious cup marks: Proceedings of the First International Cupule Conference edited by Roy Querejazu Lewis and Robert G. Bednarik. ISBN 9781407306346. £31.00. ii+121 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the International Cupule Conference held in Cochabamba, central Bolivia, from 17 to 23 July 2007. Contents: The first cupule conference: introduction and summary (Robert G. Bednarik); 1) Estimating the age of cupules (Robert G. Bednarik); 2) Cupules in Qatar: potential for determining minimum ages (Marvin W. Rowe and Brandon Chance); 3) Lower Palaeolithic cupules obtained from the excavations at Daraki-Chattan in India from 2002 to 2006 (Giriraj Kumar); 4) Relevance of site lithology and taphonomic logic to cupules (Robert G. Bednarik); 5) Discriminating between cupules and other rock markings (Robert G. Bednarik); 6) Robert G. Bednarik: The technology of cupule making (Robert G. Bednarik); 7) Understanding the creation of early cupules, with special reference to Daraki-Chattan in India (Giriraj Kumar); 8) The interpretation of cupules (Robert G. Bednarik); 9) Circular concavities in the rock art of the Cachiyacu River basin, Loreto, Peru (Gori Tumi Echevarría López); 10) Pashash (Peru) cupules and significant figurations (Alberto Bueno Mendoza); 11) The ambiguity of depressions in rock art (Maarten van Hoek); 12) Cupules in Bolivia (Roy Querejazu Lewis); 13) A short ethnography of cupules (Robert G. Bednarik); 14) About lithophones (Robert G. Bednarik); 15) Thok’os or thoketos (cupules) (David Camacho).
BAR S2072 2010: Sauromatisches und sarmatisches Fundgut nordöstlich und östlich des Kaspischen Meeres Eine Bestandsaufnahme bisheriger Forschungen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Waffengräber by Rebecca Wegener. ISBN 9781407306339. £45.00. 260 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In German.
This volume is an overview of Sarmatian finds previously only published in Soviet/Russian journals and monographs. The author also includes other written sources and discusses the links between them and the work is an advance of the difficult question of looking for ethnical characteristics in the assemblages. The many cemeteries and weapon-burial sites from the Urals, Volga estuary and central Asia, are reviewed and aspects of chronology investigated. The result is a pioneering study of use to scholars in the fields of ancient history, classics, and prehistoric archaeology who were unable to access the material when originally published.
BAR S2071 2010: Infantry Combat in Livy’s Battle Narratives by Sam Koon. ISBN 9781407306322. £34.00. ii+149 pages; with Appendices .
The period known as the mid-Republic, ranging roughly from the beginning of the second Punic War to tribunate and murder of Tiberius Gracchus in 133BC, was a time of great expansion in the Roman world. In order to comprehend better the nature of Roman imperialism in this period, it is important to understand how the Romans fought in battle. For decades scholars have argued over the mechanics of mid-Republican infantry combat. In the early twentieth century there was fierce debate among the great German military historians and building on this debate, throughout the last century, a general consensus arose over the mechanics of infantry combat. These models were grand-tactical and produced rather static images of massed groups of highly disciplined soldiers relentlessly advancing against any enemy which crossed their path. So pervasive were these models that this remains the most popular image of the Roman heavy infantry. In the mid ‘70s pioneering new work sparked a new school of thought in ancient military history and inspired a number of soldier’s-eye-view histories, particularly in the field of Greek battle, where there are contemporary accounts, but also some on Roman warfare. Although these new models are persuasive they have not convinced all scholars working on ancient military history and have not yet filtered down into popular consciousness. This book is an attempt to bring these debates back further into the literary field by analysing the combat narratives of the most prolific writer on mid-Republican battle: Livy. In addition it will try both to restore Livy’s reputation as a military source and to bridge the current conceptual gap between the literary, archaeological and theoretical approaches to mid-republican infantry combat. The initial two chapters form an extended introduction and justification of the methodology employed. The first discusses the source-based, archaeological, theoretical and psychological parameters of Roman infantry battle, against which any model of combat must be judged. It examines the traditional model and introduces some of the newer ones proposed over the last decade. The second chapter primarily offers a defence of Livy against the charge of crippling military ignorance and a justification for using his accounts as the focus of my analysis. Livy’s methodology, use of sources and method of constructing his battle accounts will be examined and briefly contrasted with the techniques of some of his predecessors. The third, fourth and fifth chapters form the bulk of the literary analysis.
BAR S2063 2010: Trade and Market in New Kingdom Egypt Internal socio-economic processes and transformations by Andrea Paula Zingarelli. ISBN 9781407305547. £33.00. 141 pages; 10 figures and 5 tables.
In this study the author focuses on trade and markets in New Kingdom, Egypt. Contents: 1) Introduction and overview of internal exchange systems and the Egyptian economy; 2) Theoretical approaches to the Egyptian economy; 3) Local markets; 4) Economic transactions of movable goods (in particular relation to Thebes; 5) The ‘Swtyw’ (‘traders’; 6) Real estate and land exchange; 7) Trade in slaves.
BAR S2062 2010: Por una arqueología agraria. Perspectivas de investigación sobre espacios de cultivo en las sociedades medievales hispánicas edited by Helena Kirchner. ISBN 9781407305530. £65.00. iv+202 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white; in Spanish.
A collection of papers presented at the seminar series held at the Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona in November 2008. The papers mainly deal with the theme of agrarian field systems in Medieval Spain. Although there is a notable tradition in the study of medieval agrarian field systems throughout Europe, this subject has received little attention amongst historians and archaeologists working within Spanish contexts. The name given to the seminar series derives from the translation of the title from Jean Guilaine’s 1991 book, Pour une archéologie agraire. À la croissée des sciences de l'homme et de la nature. Like Guilaine had done nearly two decades earlier, the contributors too wanted to stress the importance of agrarian landscapes, plants and cultivation systems, within what is generally known as rural settlement. The main objective of the work is to bring together in a single book diverse methodologies and research experiences as well as to assess and contrast the quality of the results obtained. Above all, the book looks to establish research strategies which may constitute a guide for those who have an interest in contributing to historiographic debates. Such debates may be centered around the formation of village networks between the 5th – 10th centuries, the processes of ‘incastellamento’ and the consolidation of the feudal settlement system, the organization of peasant settlement in al-Andalus and finally the impact of Christian conquests and colonization on al-Andalus from the 12th century onwards. We believe that one of the keys to fully understanding these issues lies with a better understanding of agrarian spaces, the fields themselves, and so we have initiated our own project with this very subject. Contents: Presentación (H. Kirchner, F. Retamero); 1) Formas de parcelario en las aldeas altomedievales del Sur de Madrid. una aproximación arqueológica preliminary (Alfonso Vigil-Escalera Guirado); 2) De la arqueología agraria a la arqueología de las aldeas medievales (Juan Antonio Quirós Castillo); 3) Arqueología rural y la contrucción de un paisaje agrario medieval: el caso de Galicia (Paula Ballesteros Arias); 4) Campos de cultivo en la Cordillera Cantábrica. La Agricultura en zonas de montaña (Margarita Fernández Mier); 5) Espacios Agrarios y redes de asentamientos andalusíes en Manacor (Mallorca) (Eugènia Sitjes); 6) Redes de asentamientos andalusíes y espacios irrigados a partir de qanât(s) en la sierra de Tramuntana de Mallorca: una reconsideración de la construcción del espacio campesino en Mayûrqa (Helena Kirchner); 7) Los espacios agrícolas de Madîna Manûrqa (Ciutadella de Menorca). Siglos X-XIII (Fèlix Retamero, Bernat Moll); 8) Arqueología de los espacios agrarios andalusíes en el sureste peninsular: nuevas perspectivas desde la periferia (Jorge A. Eiroa Rodríguez); 9) La agricultura de los vencedores y la agricultura de los vencidos: La investigación de las transformaciones feudales de los paisajes agrarios en el valle del Ebro (siglos XII-XIII) (Julián M. Ortega Ortega); 10) Espacios drenados andalusíes y la imposición de las pautas agrarias feudales en el Prado de Tortosa (segunda mitat del siglo XII) (Antoni Virgili); 11) Tierras ganadas. Aterrazamiento de pendientes y desecación de marjales en la colonización cristiana del territorio valenciano (Josep Torró); 12) Repartimientos castellanos del occidente granadino y arqueología agraria: El caso de Torrox (Virgilio Martínez Enamorado); 13) Por una arqueología agraria de las sociedades medievales hispánicas. Propuesta de un protocolo de investigación (Paula Ballesteros Arias, Jorge Eiroa, Margarita Fernández Mier, Helena Kirchner, Julián Ortega Ortega, Juan Antonio Quirós Castillo, Fèlix Retamero, Eugènia Sitjes, Josep Torró, Alfonso Vigil-Escalera).
BAR S2061 2010: Archaic Greek Culture: History, Archaeology, Art and Museology Proceedings of the International Round-Table Conference June 2005, St-Petersburg, Russia edited by Sergey Solovyov. ISBN 9781407305523. £53.00. 63 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white.
The proceedings of the international round-table conference held from 23–25 June 2005 at the State Hermitage Museum, St Petersburg. The topics related to the culture, history and archaeology of Archaic Greece. Attention was also devoted to questions of exhibiting ancient Greek monuments in museums. Contents: 1) Archaic Greek Culture (John Boardman); 2) A Kore in Amber (Faya Causey); 3) Greeks and the Local Population in the Mediterranean: Sicily and the Iberian Peninsula (Adolfo J. Domínguez); 4) The Contribution of Archeometric Results to Our Understanding of Archaic East-Greek Trade (Pierre Dupont); 5) Greeks in the East: A View from Cilicia (Charles Gates); 6) The Collection of Works in Archaistic Style in the Hermitage Museum’s Department of Classical Antiquities (Alexander Kruglov); 7) Greek-Ionian Necropoleis in the Black Sea area: Cremation and Colonisation (Vasilica Lungu); 8) Greeks and the Local Populations in Magna Graecia and in Gaul (Jean-Paul Morel); 9) Greek Gems and Rings of the Archaic Period. The Formation of the Hermitage Collection (Oleg Neverov); 10) Archaic Greek Culture: The Archaic Ionian Pottery from Berezan (Richard Posamentir); 11) Black-Figure on the Black Sea: Art and Visual Culture at Berezan (Tyler Jo Smith); 12) Borysthenes and Olbia: Greeks and Natives Interactions on the Initial Stage of Colonisation (Sergey Solovyov); 13) Die Beziehungen zwischen Borysthenes, Olbia und Bosporos in der archaischen Zeit nach den epigraphischen Quellen (Sergey R. Tokhtasev); 14) Аrchaic Bronzes. Greece – Asia Minor – North Pontic Area (Mikhail Treister); 15) The Program of the Rearrangement of the Classical Antiquities Galleries. The Display of Archaic Art in the State Hermitage Museum (Anna Trofimova); 16) The Polis in the Northern Black Sea Area (Yuryi Vinogradov).
BAR S2060 2010: Ginecología y patología sexual femenina en las Colecciones Médicas de Oribasio by Mercedes López Pérez. ISBN 9781407305516. £40.00. x+207 pages; tables. In Spanish.
Oribasius of Pergamum (fl. AD 300) was the Emperor Julian’s personal physician and author of a considerable canon of medial literature. In this study, the author has collected and presented a bilingual translation of a selection of Oribasius’ writing concerning female sexual pathology. In addition the author looks at Oribasius within the broader historical context – from the Corpus Hippocraticum, through Aristotle, to the great Hellenistic doctors Galenus and Soranus Ephesius.
BAR S2059 2010: The Complex of Tumuli 9, 10, and 11 in the Necropolis of Apollonia (Albania) by Maria Grazia Amore Special studies by V. Dimo, L. Bejko, and L. Schepartz with Contributions by S. Aliu, P. Pearce, A. Bardho, E. Bitri, L. Buchet, B. N. Damiata, V. Grimes, A. Powell, M. P. Richards, J. Southon, and J. Stallo. ISBN 9781407305509. £114.00. x+878 pages in two volumes; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white; with catalogue and conservation reports..
Between 2002 and 2006 the Albanian Rescue Archaeology Unit excavated at Apollonia, one of the most important Archaic Greek colonies in the Mediterranean, and one of the three major sites of Albania, with Butrint and Durres. The city is located approximately 10 km from the Adriatic coast. This work presents the findings of this extensive site. Contents: Volume I: 1) Introduction; 2) The importance of Apollonia in history; 3) The physical anthropological analysis. 4) Methodology of excavation and processing of finds. 5) Burial rites and grave types; catalogue of graves; 6) Animal deposits and ceramic deposits; catalogue of ceramic deposits; 7) Datings. Volume II: 8) Grave goods; 9) Finds; pottery catalogue; small finds catalogue; 10) Conclusions; technical reports; conservation; faunal analysis; documentation and database structure; bibliography; index.
BAR S2058 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 41 Conceptualising Space and Place On the role of agency, memory and identity in the construction of space from the Upper Palaeolithic to the Iron Age in Europe edited by Ana M. S. Bettencourt, M. Jesus Sanches, Lara B. Alves and Ramon Fábregas Valcarce . ISBN 9781407305479. £36.00. vii+167 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Sessions C41: ‘The creation of “significant places” and “landscapes” in the Northwestern half of the Iberia, during Pre and Proto-historic times and C72: ‘Space, Memory and Identity in the European Bronze Age’ from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: INTRODUCTION: Conceptualizing space and place. On the role of agency, memory and identity in the construction of space from the Upper Palaeolithic to the Iron Age in Europe: an introduction (Ana M. S. Bettencourt et al) PART 1 (Sceneries for death and the social role of the dead): 1) The inner scenography of the decorated Neolithic dolmens of North-western Iberia: an interplay between broader communitarian genealogies and more localized histories (Maria de Jesus Sanches); 2) Engendering burial place and the formation of individual identity - an aspect on social change from the Late Neolithic to the Early Bronze Age in South Germany (Jong-Il Kim); 3) Burials, corpses and offerings in the Bronze Age of NW Iberia as agents of social identity and memory (Ana M. S. Bettencourt); 4) The princely grave and cultic monument from Hüsby (Northern Germany): a place of memory and identity (Mechtild Freudenberg); 5) Inventory of oblong and keyhole-shaped burial ditches of Bronze Age between the rivers Aller (Northern Germany) and Dordogne (Southern France): preliminary report of the state of the project (Otto Mathias Wilbertz) PART 2 (The creations of places through the depositions of signs and metalwork) 6) Confronting two sceneries on the same stage: from Gravettian-Solutrean to Magdalenian in Penascosa/Quinta da Barca (Vila Nova de Foz Côa, Portugal) (António Martinho Baptista & André Tomás Santos); 7) Metal and the symbols of ancestors in Northern Iberia (Primitiva Bueno Ramirez et al.); 8) Space of memory and representation: Bouça da Cova da Moura (Ardegães, Maia, NW of Portugal): a case study (André Tomé Ribeiro et al.); 9) Space and memory at the mouth of Ulla River (Galicia, Spain) (Beatriz Comendador Rey); 10) “Melting the Power”. The foundry area of Fraga dos Corvos- Hut 4 (Macedo de Cavaleiros, NE Portugal) (João C. Senna-Martinez et al.); 11) Bronze Age spaces and symbols. The Paramuna settlement and rock engravings (Penalva do Castelo): a case study from Central Portugal (João M. Perpétuo & Filipe J. C. Santos); 12) Between the engraving and the sculpture: a phenomenological approach to the prehistoric rock place of Lampaça (Valpaços - NW Iberian Peninsula) (Joana C. Teixeira); 13) New approaches to the configuration and the spatial distribution of prehistoric rock art in the North of the Barbanza Peninsula (Galicia, NW of Spain) (Ramón Fábregas Valcarce et al.) PART 3 (Architectures for the living) 14) Unlike communities: domestic architectural duality in Late Prehistory of the western Mediterranean (Pedro V. Castro Martínez et al.); 15) The place of Cividade. An approach to Late Bronze Age/IronAge Transition in the Arouca valley (NW Portugal) (António Silva & Joana Leite); 16) Ceremonial spaces from Late Bronze Age to Roman Period in Western Cantabrian hillforts (Angel Villa Valdez).
BAR S2057 2010: The Large Egyptian Pyramids Modelling a complex engineering project by H. J. de Haan. ISBN 9781407305462. £36.00. xi+125 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 4 in colour.
The building process of the Egyptian pyramids has been the subject of many publications. However, a thorough review of this literature reveals that only certain aspects of this process have been studied in isolation, without taking into account the interaction between various activities involved, such as quarrying, transportation and building and without a sound quantitative basis. The present study aims at filling this gap by means of an integrated mathematical model. Attention is focussed on the largest pyramid, the one built by Cheops. The model simulates an efficient project co-ordination by balancing supply and demand of the building material, with all the activities related to the growth of the pyramid and by assuming a constant total workforce. It enables the reader to determine the effects of different building methods and of the productivity of the workers. Three building methods have been studied, successively making use of a linear ramp, of a spiral ramp and of levers. These methods are compared in terms of the number of men and man-years required. Calculations have been carried out for two sets of input data, indicated as base case and maximum case. In addition to the development of a comprehensive model for the construction of the pyramids, this work also contains a comparative analysis of other publications dealing with this subject.
BAR S2056 2010: Archaeological Investigations at Yaxuná, 1986-1996 Results of the Selz Foundation Yaxuna Project by Travis W. Stanton, David A. Freidel, Charles K. Suhler, Traci Ardren, James N. Ambrosino, Justine M. Shaw, and Sharon Bennett. ISBN 9781407305455. £49.00. xi+296 pages illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. With DVD.
This volume represents the final report of the Selz Foundation Yaxuná Archaeological Project at the Precolumbian Maya center of Yaxuná, Yucatán, Mexico from 1986 to 1996. This volume contains summaries of all survey data, excavations, artifact analyses, and current interpretations. Contents: 1) Introduction; 2) Background to the investigations; 3) The natural setting; 4) Chronology (Yaxuná Ia (750/500 B.C.-250 B.C.), Yaxuná Ib (250 B.C.-A.D. 250), Yaxuná IIa (A.D. 250-A.D. 400), Yaxuná IIb (A.D. 400-A.D. 550), Yaxuná IIc (A.D. 550-A.D. 600), Yaxuná III (A.D. 600-700/730), Yaxuná IVa (A.D. 700/730-A.D. 900/950), Yaxuná IVb (A.D. 900/950- A.D. 1100/1200), Yaxuná V (1100/1200-1400?), Yaxuná VI (?)), 5) Excavations; 6) Conclusions; Appendices.
BAR S2055 2010: Pietre da Macina, Macine per Mulini Definizione e sviluppo delle tecniche per la macinazione nell’area del Vicino Oriente e del Mediterraneo orientale antico by Luca Bombardieri.. ISBN 9781407305448. £61.00. iii+571 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In Italian.
A study of the development patterns of grinding and milling techniques in the Near East and Eastern Mediterranean (III-I millennia BC)
BAR S2054 2010: Nabataean Settlement and Self-Organized Economy in the Central Negev Crisis and renewal by Tali Erickson-Gini. ISBN 9781407305431. £53.00. viii+330 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This study examines the transformation that took place in the central Negev (Israel) during the Late Roman
and Early Byzantine periods by addressing questions such as: What do existing historical records and past
archaeological research tell us about the transformation that took place in the Negev and in neighbouring regions during this period? What can the material finds from recent excavations in the area, for the purposes of this study at Mampsis, Oboda, and Mezad ‘En Hazeva, provide to supplement that information? What factors contributed to the greatest population increase and permanent settlement activity to have ever taken place in such an inhospitable desert environment as occurred in the Byzantine period between the fourth and the seventh century CE? In the first chapter the geographical setting, including the geology, climate, hydrology and vegetation are discussed. In the second chapter a summary of archaeological research of the region under discussion, including surveys and excavations, is presented. In chapters three through six the historical background in the early centuries of the first millennium CE is presented together with historical and archaeological evidence pertaining to the region. In the second part of this work, the material finds from sealed deposits found in recent excavations from Mampsis, Oboda and Mezad ‘En Hazeva are presented and discussed in their archaeological and historical contexts. Attention is directed to the ceramic evidence and the implications that this evidence holds with regard to demographic and economic developments in the region in the period under discussion.
BAR S2053 2010: Dawn of Discovery: The Early British Travellers to Crete Richard Pococke, Robert Pashley and Thomas Spratt, and their contribution to the island’s Bronze Age archaeological heritage by Dudley Moore. ISBN 9781407305424. £46.00. iv+174 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This work focuses on three important British travellers to Crete during the 18th and 19th centuries to establish whether or not they made any significant contribution to the field of research with regard to the archaeological heritage of Bronze Age Crete. It brings these ‘lost pioneers’ of antiquity to the fore and to recognize their efforts as part of the foundation of the discovery of the island’s Bronze Age archaeology prior to the groundbreaking excavations of Sir Arthur Evans. They are Richard Pococke (1704-65), Robert Pashley (1805-59) and Thomas Spratt (1811-88). Having dealt with the terms that these travellers used in describing ancient remains, the work looks briefly at the background to Bronze Age Crete itself. Thereafter the development from antiquarianism into archaeology is followed to establish the motives behind these travellers’ wanderings in Crete. Consideration is given to whether any sites they described might have been of the Bronze Age and, in addition, various views of the mythical Labyrinth are looked at in an attempt to compound the theory that there may have been a certain belief in a period prior to the known Classical era (of the 5th century BC Greece). Questions answered include: How do the travellers’ ‘field surveys’ and discoveries compare with what is now known today from excavation? Were some of their references to ‘Cyclopean’ stonework an identification of Bronze Age architecture? Do they deserve recognition for the identification of a prehistory of Crete? Why are their names missing from so many books on the history of archaeology and the discovery of Cretan archaeology? This work brings together, for the first time, an understanding of the views and comparative discoveries of three 18th and 19th century travellers of the, then, unknown ancient pre-history of Bronze Age Crete.
BAR S2052 2009: Society for Arabian Studies Monographs 8 Connected Hinterlands: Proceedings of Red Sea Project IV held at the University of Southampton September 2008 edited by Lucy Blue, John Cooper, Ross Thomas and Julian Whitewright. ISBN 9781407306315. £43.00. x+232 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs.
Papers from the conference Connected Hinterlands (Proceedings of Red Sea Project IV) held at the University of Southampton in September 2008. Contents: 1) Ancient polities and interrelations along the red sea and its western and eastern hinterlands (Kenneth Kitchen); 2) History and use of an ethnonym: ichthyophágoi (Oscar Nalesini); 3) The identification of the ancient pastoral nomads on the north-western Red Sea littoral (Hans Barnard); 4) Patterns of trade in the red sea during the age of the Periplus Maris Erythrae (Federico de Romanis); 5) Glass, glassworking and glass transportation in Aksum (Jacke Phillips); 6) Adulis and the Eritrean coast in museum collections and Italian and other European travelers’ accounts (Chiara Zazzaro); 7) The linguistic situation on the Dahlak Islands in Eritrea (Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle); 8) Roman policy in the red sea between Anastasius and Justinian (Dario Nappo); 9) The roman port of Alia: economic connections with the Red Sea litoral (S. Thomas Parker); 10) A Palestinian Red Sea port on the Egyptian road to Arabia: Early Islamic Aqaba and its many hinterlands (Kristoffer Damgaard); 11) ‘Amr B. Al-‘ās’s refurbishment of Trajan’s canal: Red Sea contacts in the Aphrodito and Apollōnonas Anō papyri (Frank Trombley); 12) The expansion of Muslim commerce in the Red Sea basin, c. AD 833-969 (Tim Power); 13) Transcontinental trade and economic growth in the early Islamic Empire: the Red Sea corridor in the 8th-10th centuries (Maya Shatzmiller); 14) From the Tihamah plain to Thailand and beyond: preliminary analysis of selected ceramics from Quseir al-Qadim (Rebecca Bridgman); 15) Textiles with writing from Quseir al-Qadim – finds from the Southampton excavations 1999-2003 (Fiona Handley and Anne Regourd); 16) Thieves or sultans? Dahlak and the rulers and merchants of Indian Ocean port cities, 11th to 13th centuries AD (Roxani Margariti); 17) Jiddah: Port of Makkah, gateway of the India trade (William Facey); 18) Shipwreck, maroons and monsters: the hazards of ancient Red Sea navigation (Eivind Seland); 19. Early Christian pilgrimages, the Sinai Peninsula and the Red Sea (Walter Ward); 20) Egypt’s Nile/Red Sea canals: chronology, location, seasonality and function (John Cooper); 21) João de Castro’s Roteiro Do Mar Roxo (1541) (Paul Lunde); 22) Trans-national practices and sanitary risks in the red sea region: the case of the pilgrimage to Mecca (Sofiane Bouhdiba).
BAR S2050 2009: A History of the Greek City edited by Alexandros Ph. Lagopoulos. ISBN 9781407306261. £72.00. iv+376 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
The present volume is an extension of the periodical Archaiologia kai Technes (Archaeology and Arts) 1997. The complete volume was first published in Greek in 2004 by the journal in association with Hermes publishing house, and now appears in an English translation. The subject of the special edition and of the present volume as follow-up is the ‘city’, as well as – more broadly – any type of settlement, regardless of size. The time-span covered commences with the first appearance of permanent settlements in Greece, during the Neolithic Age, that is from the early seventh millennium BC, and concludes with the metropolises and metropolitan areas of the country today. The geographical area covered encompasses Greece and the wider region of the Mediterranean and the Balkans to which Hellenic civilization spread at various times in its history. Contents: 1) The City, the Village and the Social Sciences (A.P. Lagopoulos); 2) The Prehistoric Settlement: Quantities and qualities (G.C. Chourmouziadis); 3) Historico-Geographical Views on the City and Urbanism from Prehistoric to Modern Times (M. Billinge); 4) The Neolithic Settlement: Space of production and ideology (K. Kotsakis); 5) Built Space and Neolithic Builders (G.C. Chourmouziadis); 6) Early Urbanization in Mainland Greece (D.N. Konsola); 7) Early Urbanization in the Aegean Islands (C.G. Doumas); 8) The Cities of Crete During the Minoan Age (C. Palyvou); 9) Representations of Cities in Aegean Art of the Second Millennium BC: Mute narratives of prehistory (C. Boulotis); 10) Habitation in the Mycenaean Period (S.E. Iakovidis); 11) The Settlements of the Dark Ages (N. Kourou); 12) City-Polis in the Late Geometric and the Archaic Period (A. Gounaris); 13) The City in the Greek Colonial World (G.R. Tsetskhladze); 14) Urban Planning in the Classical Period (W. Hoepfner); 15) The Hellenistic City (E.J. Owens); 16) The Religious and Political Symbolism of the City in Ancient Greece (A.P. Lagopoulos); 17) The Transformation of the Classical City in Greece during the Roman Age (C. Mantas); 18) The Transformation of the Hellenistic City in the Roman East (E.J. Owens); 19) Major Early Christian Ecclesiastical Centres in Macedonia (B. Aleksova); 20) The Early and Middle Byzantine City (N.K. Moutsopoulos); 21) The Late Byzantine City (T. Kiousopoulou); 22) The Religious Symbolism of the Byzantine City (A.P. Lagopoulos); 23) The Effects of the Turkish Conquest on the Cities of Asia Minor and the Balkans (N.K. Moutsopoulos); 24) Cities and Villages in the Early Ottoman Period (D.N. Karydis); 25) Greek Highland Refuges of Northern Greece in the Early Ottoman Period (N.K. Moutsopoulos); 26) The Rebirth of Settlements in Greece During the Late Ottoman Period (E.P. Dimitriadis) 27) The Greek City and Neoclassicism: Greek urban planning in the nineteenth century (P. Tsakopoulos); 28) The Greek City and Modernism: 1900-1940 (E.V. Marmaras); 29) Social and Urban Transformations Before and After the Asia Minor Catastrophe (V.D. Gizeli); 30. The Contemporary Greek City: Transformation trends in the spatial diffusion of urbanization (P.K. Loukakis).
BAR S2049 2009: The First Neolithic Sites in Central/South-East European Transect Volume V: Settlement of the Linear Pottery Culture in Southeastern Poland by Agnieszka Czekaj-Zastawny. ISBN 9781407306254. £35.00. 131 pages; illustrated throughout with maps (including 2 fold outs), plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
Volume V in a series of inventories of ‘First Neolithic Sites’ in Europe. The series will consist of I) Bulgaria, II) Romania, III) Eastern Hungary, IV) Eastern Slovakia, V) Southeastern Poland. The main themes of each volume will be: 1) General information about cultural evolution at the onset of the Neolithic, 2) Additional data on cultural and economic problems specific for a given region, 3) A list of radiometric dates, 4) A catalogue of sites in alphabetical order. Contents of volume V: 1) Introduction; 2) Linear Pottery Culture in Southeastern Poland; 3) Settlement of earliest farming communities; 4) Funerary rite of the Linear Pottery Culture; 5) Final remarks; 6) Catalogue of Linear Pottery Culture sites in Southeastern Poland. (See also BAR S2048
BAR S2048 2009: The First Neolithic Sites in Central/South-East European Transect Volume I: Early Neolithic Sites on the Territory of Bulgaria edited by Ivan Gatsov and Yavor Boyadzhiev. ISBN 9781407306247. £33.00. 84 pages; illustrated throughout with maps (including 1 fold-out), plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
The first in a series of five volumes of inventories of ‘First Neolithic Sites’ in Europe. The series will consist of I) Bulgaria, II) Romania, III) Eastern Hungary, IV) Eastern Slovakia, V) Southeastern Poland. The main themes of each volume will be: 1) General information about cultural evolution at the onset of the Neolithic, 2) Additional data on cultural and economic problems specific for a given region, 3) A list of radiometric dates, 4) A catalogue of sites in alphabetical order. Contents of volume I: 1) Early Neolithic Cultures on the territory of Bulgaria (Yavor D. Boyadzhiev); 2) Lithic production of the earliest Neolithic on the territory of Bulgaria (Ivan Gatsov and Petranka Nedelcheva); 3) Flint raw materials in Bulgaria (Chavdar Nachev); 4) Plant economy and vegetation during the Early Neolithic of Bulgaria (Elena Marinova); 5) Catalogue of the Early Neolithic settlements on the territory of Bulgaria (Ekaterina Stamboliyska and Zhivko Uzunov).
BAR S2047 2009: Arqueología de la Boca del Riachuelo. Puerto urbano de Buenos Aires, Argentina by Marcelo Norman Weissel. ISBN 9781407306230. £39.00. xiv+192 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs; in Spanish.
A study of the urban archaeology (employing contemporary landscape theories) of the city port areas of Buenos Aires, in particular the port known as ‘La Boca’. The chronological record takes in a time span of some 300 years (AD 1700 to 2000) and study topics include commercial and domestic space usage.
BAR S2046 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 46 Archaeologists without Boundaries: Towards a History of International Archaeological Congresses (1866-2006) / Archéologues sans frontières : Pour une histoire des Congrès archéologiques internationaux (1866-2006) edited by Mircea Babes and Marc-Antoine Kaeser. ISBN 9781407306223. £24.00. iii+51 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates. Papers in English and French .
Papers from session C75, Archaeologists without Boundaries: Towards a History of International Archaeological Congresses (1866-2006) presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006). Contents : 1) Establishing Prehistory. The Foundation of the International Congress (1865/1866) (Marc-Antoine Kaeser); 2) The 15th Congrès international d'Anthropologie et d'Archéologie préhistorique (Portugal, 1930) (Ana Cristina Martins); 3) A Portrait of Flóris Rómer in the frame of Budapest-Lisbon CIAAPs 1876 – 1880 Congresses (Erzsébet Marton); 4) The International Congress of Prehistoric Anthropology and Archaeology and German Archaeology (Ulrike Sommer); 5) Les congrès internationaux d’anthropologie et d’archéologie préhistoriques (1866-1912) et la question de l’éveil d’une conscience patrimoniale collective (fouilles, gisements, collections) (Arnaud Hurel, Amélie Vialet); 6) A Scandinavian view of the beginning of congress times (Jarl Nordbladh); Le début de la culture de cucuteni dans l’archéologie européenne (Nicolae Ursulescu, Mădălin-Cornel Văleanu).
BAR S2045 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 32 Defining a Methodological Approach to Interpret Structural Evidence edited by Fabio Cavulli. Archaeometry edited by Maria Isabel Prudêncio and Maria Isabel Dias Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006, Vol 32, Sessions WS28, C69, C70 and C71 . ISBN 9781407306216. £34.00. vii+148 pages; 131 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs.
Papers from Session WS28 'Defining a Methodological Approach to Interpret Structural Evidence', AND papers from Sessions C69, C70 and C71 'Archaeometry', presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Defining a methodological approach to interpret structural evidence: an introduction (Fabio Cavulli); 2) Scant Structural Evidences of Mesolithic Sites in High Alpine Regions (Walter Leitner); 3) U-Shaped Scatters: Struggling between Theoretical Models and Archaeological Facts (Matteo Pilati); 4) Unearthing the hearths. Preliminary results on the Takarkori rockshelter fireplaces (Acacus Mts, Libya) (S. Biagetti, G. Poggi, S. di Lernia); 5) Structures d’habitat nord-africaines : la fouille de la rammadiya côtière holocène de SHM-1 (Hergla, Tunisie) (S. Mulazzani et al.); 6) Infilling processes of large pit features at Catignano – Neolithic (Italy) (Giovanni Boschian, Marta Colombo); 7) Experimental Archaeology as a Methodology to Understand the Formative Processes of ‘Pits’ (Fabio Cavulli); 8) Invisible Features and the Uses of Indirect Evidence (Dragos Gheorghiu); 9) Sleeping, eating, meeting, working: problems and methods in the study of structures in southern Italy settlements during the Bronze Age (A. Cazzella, G. Recchia); 10) Luminescence dating applied to stratigraphic definition of pre-historic occupations in urban contexts (Lisbon, Portugal) (M. I. Dias et al); 11) Luminescence dating of a fluvial deposit sequence: Ribeira da Ponte da Pedra – Middle Tagus Valley, Portugal (M. I. Dias et al.); 12) Luminescence date and archaeological ages: An epistemology of the luminescence dating (Antoine Zink); 13) Funerary Pottery in the Late Neolithic: Los Churuletes, Purchena Almería (Aixa Vidal and Ruth Maicas); 14) Phase and Chemical Composition Analysis on Cucuteni Neolithic Painted Ceramics Sherds Using SR-XRD – A Promising Tool in Ancient Pottery Research (R. Bugoi et al); 15) Pottery production during the Late Iberian Chalcolithic period: insights from the mineralogical and chemical analyses of Spanish Middle Guadiana River Basin (Badajoz, Spain) Bell Beaker pottery (Carlos Odriozola).
BAR S2044 2009: The Mamasani Archaeological Project Stage One A report on the first two seasons of the ICAR - University of Sydney expedition to the Mamasani District, Fars Province, Iran by Members of the Mamasani Archaeological Project Team . Edited by D. T. Potts, K. Roustaei, C. A. Petrie and L. R. Weeks. ISBN 9781407306209. £95.00. xiv+700 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
This large volume presents the results of the first stage of the Iranian Center for Archaeological Research (ICAR)-University of Sydney field research in Mamasani, south-western Iran. This comprised test soundings at Tol-e Nurabad and Tol-e Spid, and a regional survey of the Dasht-e Rostam-e Yek and Do plains. The research was conducted over two six-week seasons in 2003, with a subsequent one-month study season in 2004.
BAR S2043 2009: Grabados rupestres de la fachada atlántica europea y africana / Rock Carvings of the European and African Atlantic Façade edited by Rodrigo de Balbín Behrmann, Primitiva Bueno Ramirez, Rafael González Antón and Carmen del Arco Aguilar. ISBN 9781407306193. £54.00. i+349 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs. Papers in English, Spanish and French .
A collection of papers on the rock carvings of the European and African Atlantic façade 1) Introduction: rock carvings of the European and African Atlantic façade; 2) Living stones: decoration and ritual in 4th and 3rd millennium bc Ireland (Muiris O’sullivan); 3) Nuevas reflexiones sobre el arte rupestre de Inglaterra, Gales y Escocia (Richard Bradley); 4. L’art gravé a l’air libre durant la prehistoire et la protohistoire en Bretagne (France) (Michel le Goffic); 5) Un nuevo milenio para el arte rupestre Galaico (Antonio de la Peña Santos); 6) A context for Galician rock art (Ramón Fábregas Valcarce); 7) Cien años de investigación de arte rupestre al aire libre en la Meseta Castellano-Leonesa. De las pinturas del “Peñón de Mirabueno” a los grabados de la comarca de la somoza 1908-2008 (Juan a. Gómez-Barrera); 8) The post-paleolithic rock art in Beira Alta (central Portugal) (André Tomás Santos); 9) rock art as land art. A diachronic view of the Côa Valley (n/e Portugal) post-palaeolithic rock art (Luís Luís); 10) Constructores de megalitos y marcadores gráficos. Diacronías y sincronías en el Atlántico Ibérico (Primitiva Bueno Ramirez et al.); 11) L’art rupestre du haut atlas marocain : sa place sur la façade Atlantique (Alain Rodrigue); 12) Manifestaciones rupestres protohistóricas de lanzarote: viejas y nuevas iconografías en un diferente contexto cronológico, cultural e interpretativo (Pablo Atoche Peña and M. Ángeles Ramírez Rodríguez); 13) Grabados y poblamiento prehistórico en el Archipiélago Canario (Rafael González Antón et al.); 14) Grabados rupestres en Tenerife. Espacios de culto (M. Carmen del Arco Aguilar et al.); 15) Sea-land relationships in the rock art of the prehispanic Canary Islands (Rodrigo de Balbín Behrmann et al.); 16) L’art rupestre post-paleolithique en plein air du presahara Marocain (Renate Heckendorf ); 17) Les manifestations rupestres dans la region de Smara (Sahara Occidental) et sa problematique. Un exemple: Asli Bukerch (Agnès Louart); 18) Recuperacion de un yacimiento del Sahara Occidental: Leyuad (Rodrigo de Balbín Behrmann and Primitiva Bueno Ramirez).
BAR S2042 2009: Reconstructing Late Pleistocene Human Behavior in the Jordan Rift Valley: The Middle Paleolithic Stone Tool Assemblage from Ar Rasfa by Ghufran Sabri Ahmad and John J. Shea. ISBN 9781407306186. £28.00. viii+83 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs.
Ar Rasfa is a Middle Paleolithic open-air site located in the Rift Valley of Northwest Jordan excavated between 1997-1999. This book presents a detailed technological, typological, and paleoanthropological analysis of the stone tool assemblage from Ar Rasfa. Artifacts reflecting the initial preparation and exploitation of local flint sources dominate the Ar Rasfa assemblage. Typologically, the assemblage is most similar to Levantine Mousterian assemblages such as those from Naamé, Skhul and Qafzeh. Patterns of lithic variability and contextual evidence suggest Ar Rasfa was visited intermittently by human populations circulating between lake/river-edge resources in the Rift Valley bottom and woodland habitats along the ridge of the Transjordan Plateau.
BAR S2038 2009: Dress and Cultural Identity in the Rhine-Moselle Region of the Roman Empire by Ursula Rothe. ISBN 9781407306155. £41.00. iv+220 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
While the present inquiry charts new territory in Roman cultural research, there are in fact two academic disciplines that have long recognised the relationship between clothing and identity and have established useful theoretical frameworks in which to examine this relationship: anthropology and sociology. Following the introduction, chapter 2 begins with a discussion of the symbolic meanings of dress as identified by sociologists and anthropologists based on their research in more modern contexts. The next two sections set out the chronological and geographical scope of the study by explaining the time period chosen and the boundaries and histories of the study’s three areas. This investigation is primarily focussed on depictions on grave monuments. The reasons for this, as well as a discussion of the nature of the sources and their unique potential to inform us about identity, are the subject of chapter 3. More technical aspects of the use of Roman gravestones are included in Appendix III. In order to be able to gauge the effect integration into the Roman Empire had on the dress behaviour of the Rhine-Moselle population, it is important first to establish what was worn in the region before Roman conquest. This is closely linked to the question of the origins of the garments found in the Roman period. The first part of chapter 4 puts forward a number of new theories regarding pre-Roman dress in the region and the origins of garments. As a result, and also due to a certain amount of confusion in terminology in previous studies, the second part of chapter 4 presents a typology of garments including brief descriptions. Each garment is given a code number to facilitate identification in the catalogue which includes all civilian funerary monuments depicting identifiable clothing from the Rhine-Moselle region. Chapter 5 discusses the results from analysing dress behaviour on the stones in the catalogue which is presented, primarily in graphical form, in Appendix II. The penultimate section of chapter 5 investigates the meaning of headwear in general and the possible significance of the various bonnets that appear to have played such a central role in native dress in the Rhine-Moselle region. The final section looks at the phenomenon of mixing garments of different origin within the same outfit as a solution to the ‘problem of what to wear’ in a complicated cultural environment. A general summary and comparison of these results is undertaken in the conclusion (chapter 6) in order to link the findings back to the current state of Roman cultural studies and to assess how these findings contribute to our understanding of the social processes at work in the provinces of the Roman Empire.
BAR S2037 2009: A Connecting Sea: Maritime Interaction in Adriatic Prehistory edited by Staso Forenbaher. ISBN 9781407306148. £35.00. v+155 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers stemming from a session at the EAA conference held in Zadar in September 2007. Contents: 1) The Relationship Between the Middle Palaeolithic Sites in the Zadar Hinterland and the Zadar Islands 1 (Dario Vujević); 2) The Beginnings of Trans-Adriatic Navigation: A View from Vela Spila Cave (Korcula Island) 13 (Dinko Radić); 3) Sources of Chert in Middle Dalmatia: Supplying Raw Material to Prehistoric Lithic Industries (Zlatko Perhoc); 4) Prehistoric Cultural Connections in Northeastern Adriatic Regions Identified by Archaeometric Analyses of Stone Axes (Federico Bernardini, Emanuela Montagnari Kokelj and Anton Veluscek); 5) The First Specialised Potters of the Adriatic Region: The Makers of Neolithic Figulina Ware (Michela Spataro); 6) Adriatic Offshore Islands and Long-Distance Interaction in Prehistory (Stašo Forenbaher); 7) Seafarers and Land-Travellers in the Bronze Age of the Northern Adriatic (Elisabetta Borgna and Paola Càssola Guida); 8) Albanian Coastal Settlement from Prehistory to the Iron Age (Ols Lafe and Michael L. Galaty); 9) An Overview of Prehistoric and Early Historic Settlement, Topography, and Maritime Connections on Lastovo Island, Croatia (Philippe Della Casa, Bryon Bass, Tea Katunarić, Branko Kirigin and Dinko Radić); 10) Palagruza - The Island of Diomedes - and Notes on Ancient Greek Navigation in the Adriatic (Branko Kirigin, Alan Johnston, Marko Vucetić and Zvonimir Lusić).
BAR S2036 2009: The Urnfield Culture in Continental Croatia by Snjezana Karavanic. ISBN 9781407306131. £43.00. vii+233; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
The main aim of this book is to provide a synthesis of all published research on sites of the Urnfield culture (c. 1300 BC - 750 BC) in continental Croatia. Using the basic division into settlements, cemeteries and hoards, the author concentrates on the analysis of the material culture following a typological-comparative method, while in the analysis of the finds from hoards a statistical method was used in order to show frequencies and distribution of certain types of items. Although the available data is scarce and includes a small number of sites that have not been excavated sufficiently, the study tries to obtain as complete a picture on the lifestyle of the people of the Urnfield culture in Croatia as possible. The work also looks for an insight into the economic activities that were occurring in the settlements. In the chapter on settlement finds there is a concentrated on the analysis of material culture and residential structures found in the settlements at Mackovac-Cricnjevi (early Urnfield culture) and Kalnik-Igrisće I and II (early and late Urnfield culture). Chapters on metal production and the appearance of hoards are linked to the chapter on settlements, as the assumption is that the production of these items took place within the Urnfield culture settlements. The wide variety of types and forms of bronze items found in hoards of the Urnfield culture in Croatia is indicative of local production of these items, as well as of a link of this region with other areas in Pannonia and the Carpathian Basin, as well as with the whole Middle Danube circle of the Urnfield culture. Thus, a comparison with sites and finds from Austria, Slovenia, Hungary, the Czech Republic and Slovakia was necessary.
BAR S2035 2009: Evolution de l'économie alimentaire et des pratiques d'élevage de l'Antiquité au haut Moyen Age en Gaule du nord Une étude régionale sur la zone limoneuse de la Moyenne Belgique et du sud des Pays-Bas by Fabienne Pigière. ISBN 9781407306124. £48.00. vi+276 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs. With CD. In French with English summary.
This research looks at the processes that led to the profound transformation of the Roman world between the 3rd and 7th century AD. By concentrating on archaeozoology this study provides information on socio-economic evolution during Antiquity and the Merovingian period in Northern Gaul. In particular, the economic aspects related to the production, distribution, and consumption of animal resources are studied. This archaeozoological study is based on a corpus of 106,486 faunal remains. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the geographical framework of the region investigated, the climatic conditions over time, and the changing regional landscape are all assessed.
BAR S2034 2009: Sacred Landscapes in Anatolia and Neighboring Regions edited by Charles Gates, Jacques Morin, and Thomas Zimmermann. ISBN 9781407306117. £31.00. v+112 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
The ritual dimension of land use in both prehistoric and historic societies is a flourishing research issue
examined by a growing number of archaeologists, historians, philologists, and anthropologists today.
Anatolia, because of the time depth of its human settlement and its geographical as well as cultural diversity, offers a great potential for such studies. The chronological span of these papers stretches from the enigmatic world of Chalcolithic cave paintings at Latmos to the contemporary yet no less mesmerizing reality of sacred spaces in the Yezidi religion. Space in terms of its geographical aspect is equally well covered, reaching from the western and southwestern shores of Asia Minor to the Anatolian highlands, Cappadocia, and the Black Sea littoral, finally touching
and crossing the easternmost borders of modern Turkey. Contents: 1) The Sacred Landscapes of Matar: Continuity and change from the Iron Age through the Roman period (Lynn E. Roller); 2) Sacred Space in Iron Age Phrygia (Susanne Berndt-Ersöz); 3) The Meaning of Shape: Pottery Innovations and Traditions in the Sanctuary at Bronze Age Miletus (Ivonne Kaiser) 4) Epigraphy versus Archaeology: Conflicting Evidence for Cult Continuity in Ionia during the Fifth Century BC (Anja Slawisch); 5) Vision and the Ordered Invisible: Geometry, Space, and Architecture in the Hellenistic Sanctuary of Athena Nikephoros in Pergamon (John R. Senseney); 6) Cult and Landscape at Pergamon (Soi Agelidis); 7) The Gods of the Latmos: Cults and Rituals at the Holy Mountain from Prehistoric to Byzantine Times (Anneliese Peschlow-Bindokat); 8) From Elyanas to Leto: The Physical Evolution of the Sanctuary of Leto at Xanthos (Jacques des Courtils); 9) Sacred Landscapes and the Colonization of the Sinop Promontory (Owen Doonan); 10) Sacred Boundaries and Protective Borders: Outlying Chapels of Middle Byzantine Settlements in Cappadocia (Veronica Kalas); 11. The Church of Mren and the Architecture of Intersection (Christina Maranci); 12) Sacred Spaces in the Yezidi Religion (Birgül Açıkyıldız).
BAR S2033 2009: Settlement Dynamics in the Middle Jordan Valley during Iron Age II by Lucas Pieter Petit. ISBN 9781407306100. £47.00. x+270 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
This study documents the search for settlement and abandonment processes in a highly vulnerable, but attractive, valley that was squeezed between the rising hills of Cis- and Transjordan. Throughout history this area changed in perception from a barrier to a demographic centre and back again. Especially during the period of this study - 1000 and 539 BC - the Middle Jordan Valley was a dynamic area in which many considerable population movements took place. By using newly-gathered excavation and survey data, different mechanism and motives of settling, surviving and abandoning is illuminated in this volume with the ultimate goal of reaching a regional synthesis.
BAR S2032 2009: Ushabti di militari del Museo Egizio di Firenze by Giacomo Cavillier. ISBN 9781407306094. £29.00. 101 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs. In Italian.
A study with catalogue of the ‘ushabti’ (funerary figurines) from the Egyptian Museum, Florence.
BAR S2031 2009: Personal Identity and Social Power in New Kingdom and Coptic Egypt by Mary Horbury. ISBN 9781407306087. £38.00. ii+146 pages; 4 colour plates.
The continual question of why identities are imposed, why people are excluded and why the insupportable is supported forms the basis of this study. The author takes the apparently opposing contexts of New Kingdom and Coptic Egypt as prime case studies in which to look at how and why people manage to live under extreme centralisation and under its opposite, locally based power. Chapter One places the topic in its historiographical and theoretical setting. Chapter Two looks at statements of self emanating from the centre of power, and assesses their impact. Letters in Middle/Late Egyptian from royal and non-royal contexts are discussed. In Chapter Three the author contrasts the material from the preceding chapter with evidence from New Kingdom Memphis. Chapter Four contrasts the New Kingdom world, with its superficially centralized and strong state, with that of the Coptic period. Chapter Five assesses how far beliefs expressed in textual sources were reflected in the built environment.
BAR S2030 2009: Cities in Transition: Urbanism in Byzantium between Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages (500-900 A.D.) by Luca Zavagno. ISBN 9781407306070. £40.00. v+206 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this work the author analyses how the nature and characteristics of urbanism in Byzantium changed between the sixth and the eighth century AD. By use of a multifunctional approach the work offers a methodological path to assess the future contributions of urban Byzantine archaeology and to interpret other possible models of Byzantine urbanism. Focusing on Athens, Gortyn, Ephesos and Amastris, the author gives a detailed analysis of each urban centre in its own regional context (Anatolia, and finally, Italy, and Syria-Palestine), allowing him to draw a regionally nuanced model of Byzantine urbanism that unifies the regional models set out in each case study and helps explain the specific outcomes of Byzantine urbanism from late Antiquity to the early middle ages, taking into consideration the dialectic between coastal and mainland sites and the peculiarities of each geographical area.
BAR S2029 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 37 Technology and Methodology for Archaeological Practice: Practical applications for the reconstruction of the past / Technologie et Méthodologie pour la pratique en Archéologie: Applications pratiques pour la reconstruction du passé Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol. 37, Session C04 edited by Alexandra Figueiredo and Hans Kamermans. ISBN 9781407306063. £33.00. ix+135 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Session C04, ‘Technology and Methodology for Archaeological Practice: Practical applications for the past reconstruction’, from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) 3D Analysis of Quartzite Industries, case study (Telmo Pereira, Vera Moitinho); 2) 3D scanning and three-dimensional modelling: a new methodology applied to the study and conservation of paleolithic rock art. The examples of ‘Las Caldas’ cave (Priorio, Asturias) and ‘Peña de Candamo’ (San Román de Candamo, Asturias, Spain) (Mª Soledad Corchón; E. García; D. G. Aguilera; A. L. Muñoz; J. G. Lahoz; J. S. Herrero); 3) Reconstructions of the past – How virtual can they be? (António José Mendes, Alexandrino Gonçalves, Fernando Silva); 4) Epistemic commitments, virtual reality, and archaeological representation (Matt Ratto); 5) Modelling early hominin behavioural ecology (Adam Newton); 6) Transforming archaeological data between different geographical scales – a GIS application for the estimation of population density (Karl Peter Wendt, Andreas Zimmermann); 7) Walkability analysis: A heuristic alternative method to pathway modelling (H.P. Blankholm); 8) Piecing together the fragmented potsherd information: Data-collecting methodology for reconstruction of a past action (Makoto Tomii); 9) GIS-based geomorphologycal models for prediction of the systems in prehistoric occupation (case-study of Obi-Rakhmat Rockshelter Vicinity, Western Tien-Shan) (I. S. Novikov); 10) The Challenge of Archaeological Data Integration (Keith W. Kintigh); 11) Historical and territorial analysis. A Contribution to the Study of the Defence of the City of Lisbon – The Peninsular Wars by (Helena Rua); 12) Environmental Suitability and land use - a diachronic comparison (Andreas Zimmermann, Karl Peter Wendt); 13) Advanced Methods for Dating (Léo Dubal); 14) Time Drilling Through the Past of the Island of Crete (A. Sarris et al); 15) ADABweb – Information System with Geo Web Services for the Cultural Heritage of Lower Saxony (Germany) (Otto Mathias Wilbertz); 16) Organic remains from the Copper Age settlement of Ecser (Katalin Herbich, Róbert Patay).
BAR S2028 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 27 Prehistoric Art: Signs, Symbols, Myth, Ideology Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol. 27, Session C26 edited by Dario Seglie, Marcel Otte, Luiz Oosterbeek and Laurence Remacle. ISBN 9781407306056. £35.00. viii+156 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs. Papers in English, French and Spanish.
Papers from Session C26, ‘Prehistoric Art: Signs, Symbols, Myth, Ideology’, from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Un nuevo conjunto de arte rupestre esquemático en el tramo final del río Ibor (Cáceres, España) (Mª A. Aldecoa Quintana, A. Domínguez García); 2) Towards a Pastoral Neolithic Society: Khanguet- El-Hadjar, Constantinois, Algeria (Idir Amara, Colette Roubet) ; 3) Les figures humaines sexuées segmentées et isolées : pérennité et ruptures (Raphaëlle Bourrillon) ; 3) Les Manifestations Esthétiques du Mésolithique (Florence Bouvry); 4) Death and Transfiguration of a sign. The cruciform on the Neolithic steles of western France (Serge Cassen) ; 5) Una aproximación interpretativa: Variabilidad y funcionalidad en los abrigos con arte rupestre. Su reflejo en el Parque Natural de Monfragüe (Cáceres) (Hipólito Collado Giraldo); 6) Complexo de Sítios de Pinturas Rupestres da Pedra Grande na Região dos Inselbergues de Itatim, Bahia, Brasil – Estado Atual e Perspectivas de Preservação de uma Área Arqueológica em Alto Risco de Degradação (Claudia Cunha, Flávio França, Efigênia de Melo, Jacqueline Miranda Gonçalves); 7) Sonajeros hechos con pupas de insectos entre cazadores recolectores andinos y sudafricanos. Su representación en Arte Rupestre (Alicia Ana Fernández Distel); 8) Palaeoart and Selection (Arsen Faradzhev); 9) Interpreting Visual Narrative – from North European Rock Art to Shamanic Drums of Northern Peoples (Liliana Janik); 10) Iconography and optical 3D measurements techniques: a modern view on the megalithic art of the gallery-grave at Züschen/Lohne (Germany) (Dieter Dirksen, Albrecht Jockenhövel, Lena Loerper); 11) Carved Rocks, Functional and Symbolic (Lemnos island, Greece) (Christina Marangou); 12) Schematic panel with palaeolithic punctuation and other questions of Paleoastronomy and Philosophy of Antiquity (José Fernández Quintano); 13) Rock-art from Houmian Valley, Lorestan Province, Iran (Laurence Remacle, Jalal Adeli, Marylise Lejeune, Sirvan Mohammadi, Marcel Otte); 14) Rock Art: From Prehistoric Time to Contemporary Man : Hypostasis, Metaphor, Meta-language ; From Reality to Virtual Museum (Dario Seglie); 15) Prehistoric Scandinavian rock art: iconography and interactions (Marie Vourc’h) ; 16) Remarques sur le symbolisme des stèles préhistoriques alpines (Adolfo Zavaroni); 17) Girls’ initiation rock art in south-central Africa : women’s voices (Leslie Zubieta).
BAR S2027 2009: Otters and Urchins: Continuity and Change in Haida Economy during the Late Holocene and Maritime Fur Trade Periods by Trevor J. Orchard. ISBN 9781407306049. £43.00. vi+232 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
This study examines changes in Haida economic adaptations during the late pre-contact and early contact
periods in Haida Gwaii (Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia). This was primarily achieved through the
analysis of faunal and artifactual assemblages recovered from archaeological excavations at eight village sites in
Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve and Haida Heritage Site (southernmost Haida Gwaii). In addition, extensive
syntheses of early historic accounts, ethnographic descriptions, and previous archaeological work provide
context for the interpretation of the archaeological data and complementary data on the economic responses of
the Haida to European contact and the maritime fur trade. The new archaeological data presented in this volume,
combined with previously published results, form the basis of a detailed description of the nature of Haida
economic adaptations during the late pre-contact period (ca. 500 AD to 1774 AD). Most notably, these data
clarify a previously recognized shift from a more generalized, rockfish-oriented economy to a more
specialised, salmon-focused economy between 1,200 BP and 800 BP. These distinct economic adaptations, now
widely demonstrated for southern Haida Gwaii, have been formalized as an earlier Xyuu daw Phase (ca. 2,000
BP to 1,000 BP) and a later Qayjuu Phase (ca. 1,000 BP to contact), both within the previously described late
Graham Tradition.
BAR S2026 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 22 Humans: Evolution and Environment Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol.22, Sessions C06, C08, C14, C62 and WS32. edited by Eric Crubezy et al. ISBN 9781407306032. £36.00. viii+165 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Sessions C06, C08, C14, C62 and WS32 grouped as ‘Humans: Evolution and Environment’ from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Authenticity in ancient human mitochondrial DNA studies: A review (Rafael Montiel); 2) Improving inferences on past human migrations: new data from complete mitochondrial sequencing studies (Luísa Pereira); 3) Bioarchaeology of the Sambaqui groups: skeletal morphology, physical stress and trauma (Claudia Rodrigues-Carvalho, Andrea Lessa and Sheila Mendonça de Souza); 4) Coastal versus Riverine Shellmound builders in Brazil: Methodological Issues Regarding Biodistance (Maria Mercedes M. Okumura, Ligia G. Bartolomucci, José Filippini, Rita Vargiu, Sabine Eggers); 5) Microfossils in dental calculus from a Brazilian Shellmound: where did they come from? (Célia Helena Boyadjian, Sabine Eggers, Karl Reinhard); 6) Teeth, nutrition, anemia, infection, mortality: costs of lifestyle at the Coastal Brazilian Sambaquis (Sheila Mendonça de Souza, Veronica Wesolowski, Claudia Rodrigues-Carvalho) 7) The contribution of cranial morphology of human skeletal remains to the understanding of the biological affinities between Coastal and Riverine Shellmounds in Southern Brazil (Maria Mercedes M. Okumura, Walter A. Neves); 8) Sambaquis the Brazilian Shell Mounds: What is that all about? (Sheila Mendonça de Souza, Claudia Rodrigues Carvalho); 9) Riverine versus Coastal Shellmounds in Brazil (Sabine Eggers); 10) Technical behavior of the Levantine Aurignacian at Raqefet Cave, Mount Carmel, Israel (György Lengyel); 11) Coastal Geoarchaeology: The Research of Shell Mounds, Introduction (Marisa Coutinho Afonso, Geoff Bailey); 12) Shell Mounds, Palimpsests and the Dynamics of Archaeological Site Visibility (Geoff Bailey); 13) Danish Stone Age Shell Middens and applied Geoarchaeological and Bioarchaeological Methods (Nina Nielsen); 14) A ocupação dos grupos pré-históricos de pescadores-coletores em paisagens insulares da Costa do Estado de São Paulo (Manoel M. B. Gonzalez, Sandra Nami Amenomori); 15) The Submerged Shell Mounds of Cananéia, São Paulo, Brazil: A case study of underwater archaeology (Flávio Rizzi Calippo); 16) Microstratigraphy of Shell Middens of Tierra del Fuego (Vila, A.; Estévez, J.; Piana, E.; Madella, M.; Barceló, J.A.; Zurro, D.; Clemente, I.; Terradas, X.; Verdún, E.; Pique, R.; Mameli, L.; Briz, I.); 17) Shellmiddens of the Atlantic Coast of Nicaragua: Something more than Mounds (Ignacio Clemente Conte, Ermengol Gassiot Ballbè, Leonardo Lechado Ríos); 18) Geoarchaeological Investigations at Shell Mounds, Southern Brazil (Marisa Coutinho Afonso, Laércio Loiola Brochier); 19) Interdisciplinary Studies in Human Evolution - Introduction (Grupo de Estudos em Evolução Humana and Eugénia Cunha); 20) Hammers, anvils & nuts: Chimpanzees technology? Applying the concept of “Chaîne Opératoire” to “nut-cracking” – Interdisciplinary research (Carvalho, S.; Matsuzawa, T.; Sousa, C.; Cunha, E.); 20) Ethology and Palaeolithic Art. Cervids and caprins in the Palaeolithic art of the Côa Valley (Vânia Carvalho); 21) Occupational stress markers in a skeletal sample: interdisciplinary approach (Sandra Assis); 22) Anthropological analysis of the osteological remains of a possible long termed pregnancy (Adro da Igreja Antiga do Olival-Ourém, Portugal) (Cristina Cruz & Rui Marques); 23) Working memory and modern human mind (Manuel Martín-Loeches).
BAR S2024 2009: Métallurgie des dépôts de bronzes à la fin de L’Age du Bronze final (IXe-VIIIe av. J.-C.) dans le domaine Sarre-Lorraine Essai de caractérisation d’une production bronzière au travers des études techniques : formage et analyses élémentaires by Cécile Véber. ISBN 978 1 4073 0599 8. £53.00. 340 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In French with English, German and Russian summaries.
A study of metal hoards in the regions along the Franco-German border.
BAR S2023 2009: Medieval and Post-Medieval Greece The Corfu papers edited by John Bintliff and Hanna Stöger. ISBN 978 1 4073 0598 1. £46.00. xi+258 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. With CD.
This volume, edited by John Bintliff and Hanna Stöger, consists of 24 papers and an introduction covering recent developments in the Medieval and Post-Medieval Archaeology of Greece. These are revised and updated articles from a conference organized at the University of Corfu. The contributions are grouped under the following themes: Landscape Studies, Individual Site Studies, Medieval and Ottoman Mytilene, Vernacular Architecture, Ceramics and Material Culture, Early Modern Ethnoarchaeology and Heritage and Perception. The collection provides an excellent introduction into current research in till-recently neglected eras of Aegean Archaeology. Contents: 1.1) Three Forts in a Sea of Mountains: The Lidoriki District and the Medieval History of Aetolia (Sebastiaan Bommeljé); 1.2 Byzantine and Ottoman Maritime Traffic in the Estuary of the Strymon: Between Environment, State and Market (Archibald Dunn); 1.3 The Strymon Delta Project: The Palynological Evidence (Margaret A. Atherden and Jean A. Hall); 1.4 Settlement Patterns in Medieval and Post-Medieval Sphakia: Issues from the Archaeological and Historical Evidence (Lucia Nixon, Simon Price, Oliver Rackham and Jennifer Moody); 1.5 The Contribution of Pollen Analysis to the Study of Medieval Crete (Jean A. Hall and Margaret A. Atherden); 1.6 The Archaeologist and the Historian: Methodological Problems Faced by Historians Participating in Archaeological Surveys (Dimitris Tsougarakis and Helen Angelomatis-Tsougarakis); 1.7) Villages désertés a Chypre (fin XIIe- fin XIX siècle) : bilan et questions (Gilles Grivaud); 1.8) Ceramics, Metadata, and Expectations: The Problems of Synthetic Interpretation of Survey Data for Medieval Greece (Timothy E. Gregory); 1.9) The Pylos Regional Archaeological Project: Archaeology, History and Ethnography of the Medieval and Modern Periods (Jack L. Davis and John Bennet);2.1) Christian Archaeology and the Archaeology of Medieval (William Bowden); 2.2) A New Approach to an Old Archaeological Site: The Case of Delphi (Platon Petridis); 3.1) Medieval and Ottoman Mytilene (Hector Williams); 3.2) Human Remains from the Fortress of Mytilene (Sandra J. Garvie-Lok); 3.3) The Ottoman Clay Smoking Pipes from Mytilene (John Humphrey); 4.1 Social and Spatial Organisation in the Peninsula of the Mani (Southern Peleponnese): Medieval, Post-Medieval and Modern Times (Yanis Saitas); 4.2) The Morea Vernacular Architecture Project (Mary B. Coulton); 5.1) A Method for the Activity Analysis of Medieval Sites: From the Stratiké Surface Survey Project, Acarnania (Western Greece) (Franziska Lang); 5.2) Breaking Pots: Medieval and Post-Medieval ceramics from Central Greece (Joanita Vroom); 5.3) Material Culture Studies: The Case of the Medieval and Post-Medieval Cyclades, Greece (c. AD 1200-1800) (Athanasios K. Vionis); 6.1) Population and Settlement in Post-Medieval Doris, Central Greece (Peter Doorn); 6.2) Connecting the Archaeological Past with the Ethnographic Present: Local Population Records and Settlement Development on 19th Century Methana (Hamish Forbes); 7.1 The Concept of ‘diachronia’ in the Greek Archaeological Museum: Reflections on Current Challenges (Marlen Mouliou); 7.2) Material Remains and Past Ethno-Cultures in Greek Archaeology: The Contribution of Landscape Archaeology (Kostas Sbonias); 7.3) Coevolution of Environment and Culture in the 21st Century: The Impact of Modern Development and the Role of Cultural Resource Management (Lita Tzortzopoulou-Gregory).
BAR S2022 2009: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 78 An Archaeological and Geomorphological Survey of the Luangwa Valley, Zambia by Dan Colton. ISBN 978 1 4073 0597 4. £40.00. x+200 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
The primary aim of this study of The Luangwa Valley (eastern Zambia), is to assess the integrity of the archaeological record in reference to geomorphological effects to determine what remains of the human behavioural record. To achieve the primary aim of this research an archaeological landscape survey was conducted, and a geomorphological survey built into the project design. Contents: 1) Introduction; 2) Background to Archaeological Research in Zambia and the Surrounding Region; 3) Geology, Geomorphology, and Past Climate of Zambia and the Luangwa Region; 4) Geographic Information Systems and Archaeology; 5) Methodological Approach for the Archaeological and Geomorphological Survey; 6) The Past and Present Geomorphological Processes in and Around the Survey Area; 7) Distribution of Archaeological Material in the Landscape and its Relationship to the Geomorphology; 8) Summary and Discussion.
BAR S2021 2009: Territorio Neolítico. Las primeras comunidades campesinas en la fachada oriental de la península Ibérica (ca. 5600-2800 cal BC) by Gabriel García Atiénzar. ISBN 978 1 4073 0596 7. £47.00. ii+279 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In Spanish with English summary.
This work discusses in depth the series of changes involving human communities that took place in the strip of land between the rivers Júcar and Segura (south-eastern Iberian Peninsular) over a period of nearly 3,000 years, ca. 5600 - 2600 cal BC, from the Ancient Neolithic Cardial period up to the Chalcolithic age.
BAR S2020 2009: The Evolution of the Built Environment: Complexity, Human Agency and Thermal Performance by Helen Wilkins. ISBN 978 1 4073 0595 0. £55.00. xii+353 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
This study investigates the relationship between the thermal performance of building assemblages (classes of buildings) and the social life of human communities using a multi-scalar Neo-Darwinian approach to study the evolution of the built environment. The work investigates levels of thermal operational adjustability associated with building assemblages and long-term social viability, given that social and contextual change is inevitable in the long-term. Contents: Chapter 1) Complexity, society and thermal performance; Chapter 2) Background theories: architectural studies; Chapter 3) Background theories: Archaeological studies; Chapter 4) Complexity theory and the study approach; Chapter 5) The methodology for testing for microclimate selection; Chapter 6) A global case study of generic buildings: an ethnographic sample; Chapter 7) A regional case study of buildings: long-term trends in the old world; Chapter 8) A case study of rooms in two regions: the pithouse-to-pueblo transition; Chapter 9) An urban site example: Mohenjo-Daro, Pakistan; Chapter 10) Microclimate selection in the built environment: implications.
BAR S2019 2009: ‘Being in Ancient Egypt’. Thoughts on Agency, Materiality and Cognition Proceedings of the seminar held in Copenhagen, September 29-30 2006 edited by Rune Nyord and Annette Kjølby. ISBN 978 1 4073 0594 3. £29.00. 98 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
Papers from a seminar held at the University of Copenhagen in September 2006. Contents: A New Look at the Conception of the Human Being in Ancient Egypt (John Gee); 2) Between Identity and Agency in Ancient Egyptian Ritual (Harold M. Hays); 3) Material Agency, Attribution and Experience of Agency in Ancient Egypt: The case of New Kingdom private temple statues (Annette Kjølby); 4) Self-perception and Self-assertion in the Portrait of Senwosret III: New methods for reading a face ((Maya Müller); 5) Taking Phenomenology to Heart: Some heuristic remarks on studying ancient Egyptian embodied experience (Rune Nyord); 6) Anger and Agency: The role of the emotions in Demotic and earlier narratives (John Tait); 7) Time and Space in Ancient Egypt: The importance of the creation of abstraction (David A. Warburton); Index of Egyptian and Greek words and expressions.
BAR S2018 2009: Ancient Maya Ceramic Economy in the Belize River Valley Region Petrographic analyses by Kay S. Sunahara. ISBN 978 1 4073 0593 6. £28.00. viii+88 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
Ancient Maya ceramic economy during the Late to Terminal Classic Period (800-900 A.D.) is the focus of this book. The author employed ceramic thin section petrology, raw materials sourcing, and contextual archaeological analyses and samples from a variety of excavated sites in the Belize River Valley region were included: Pacbitun, Cahal Pech, Baking Pot, El Pilar, Xunantunich, Blackman Eddy, Floral Park, and Ontario Village. Standardized petrofabric descriptions enabled the definition of distribution spheres for the ceramics and the study uses intersite comparison of distributional patterning to explore issues such as the scale, integration and disposition of the ceramic economy. A number of economic models were used heuristically to examine the possible meaning of the distributional patterning observed.
BAR S2017 2009: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 24 Les débuts de la guerre institutionnalisée dans l'Aire Andine Centrale: vers la formation de l'État, du Formatif à la Période Intermédiaire Ancienne (2000 av. J.-C-500 apr. J.-C.) by Vincent Chamussy. ISBN 978 1 40730592 9. £58.00. v+383 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In French. With CD.
A study of war and the impact of war in the Central Andes from 2000 BC to AD 500.
BAR S2016 2009: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 23 La structure de l’habitat du site maya classique de la Joyanca (Petén Nord-Ouest, Guatemala) dans son environnement local by Éva Lemonnier. ISBN 978 1 4073 0591 . £44.00. x+243 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In French.
A study of the Mayan site of Joyanca (north-west Guatemala)
BAR S2015 2009: Greek and Hellenistic Wheel and Mould Made Closed Oil Lamps in the Holy Land Collection of the Israel Antiquities Authority by Varda Sussman. ISBN 978 1 4073 0590 5. £40.00. iv+201 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs; Catalogue.
This catalogue of closed pottery oil lamps contains mainly intact oil lamps discovered in excavations and listed with the Israel Antiquities Authority up to the year 1988. The volume includes Archaic Greek and Hellenistic lamps made in Eastern Greece in the late 7th-5th centuries BCE; mainland Greece; Classical Greece of the 6th–4th centuries BCE; and lamps made after the conquest of the East by Alexander the Great (333-332 BCE) to the Roman conquest (1st century BCE-early 1st century CE), during which both civilizations - of the West and the East - merged into what is known as the Hellenistic period and the Hellenistic culture. The Catalogue contains 371 entries.
BAR S2012 2009: Römische Villen in Nordafrika Untersuchungen zu Architektur und Wirtschaftsweise by Mareike Rind. ISBN 978 1 4073 0588 2. £33.00. 133 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In German.
A study of Roman villas in North Africa (Libya, Tunisia, Algeria, Morocco).
BAR S2011 2009: Time, Space and Innovation: an Archaeological Case Study on the Romanization of the North-Western Provinces (50 BC to AD 50) by Claudia Dürwächter. ISBN 978 1 4073 0587 5. £34.00. vii+147 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This book is concerned with social stability and change. Despite continuing interest in both aspects by various disciplines of the social sciences they are still not fully understood. Unlike the natural sciences, where Darwin’s principles of random variation and selection are commonly accepted as mechanisms of change, the social sciences still lack a paradigm of cultural evolution and the explanation of social change remains a crucial question. This is not an ordinary archaeological case study based on expertise in one area, but rather an attempt at truly interdisciplinary research. It tries to bridge the gap between quantitative and discursive methods as well as the boundaries of modern disciplines because it is felt that social change affects all aspects of human society and cannot be fully investigated from any one-sided perspective. Specifically, the research: 1) Finds a definition of innovation that can be applied with equal facility in different branches of the social sciences namely: archaeology, social geography, economics and policy-research; 2) Explores the process of innovation in the archaeological record of Europe especially on the Romanization of the North-Western Provinces and its attendant social changes. The application of the conceptual model of innovation to the archaeological record provides new insights into pre-historical processes as well as testing the definition’s applicability for all four scientific domains mentioned above; 3) Extends techniques from Time Geography that have been developed in an EU funded project on time geography to the study of innovation in the historical and archaeological record.
BAR S2010 2009: The Art of Hellenistic Palestine by Adi Erlich. ISBN 978 1 4073 0586 8. £34.00. ix+139 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 3 colour plates .
The art of the Hellenistic age (here taken as 332 BC to 37 BCE) in Palestine demonstrates the extent to which a province could be integrated into the rich, established culture of the Hellenistic world. Its study here examines the art itself, and specifically the themes, types, iconography, and style of local productions. The study can be instructive on the ethnic texture of Palestine, its regional differences, its widely practiced religion and cults, and its culture in general. Likewise, it may supplement both historical research on the period, which appears to have reached a dead end of sorts, and archaeological inquiry, the results of which have been partial or insufficient. It can help address whether the art was incorporated into the Hellenistic koine, the manner in which it utilized local and foreign elements, and the question of how the culture of the period left a mark so profound that it can be traced until the end of the Byzantine period.
 PSAS2009 2009: DVD with all volumes 1-37 as searchable PDF files . ISBN 9781905739257. £495.00. + VAT.
DVD of PSAS volumes 1-37 as searchable PDF files.
BAR S2008 2009: Rock Art of the Eastern Desert of Egypt Content, comparisons, dating and significance by Tony Judd. ISBN 978 1 4073 0584 4. £33.00. vi+141 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
BAR S2007 2009: Ecología de cazadores-recolectores del sector central de las Sierras de Córdoba (Rep. Argentina) by Diego Eduardo Rivero. ISBN 978 1 4073 0583 7. £32.00. 132 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs. In Spanish.
A study of the hunter-gatherers within central Argentina.
BAR S2006 2009: Prehistoric Human-Environment Interactions People, fire, climate, and vegetation on the Columbia Plateau, USA by Elizabeth A. Scharf. ISBN 978 1 4073 0583 7. £33.00. viii+134 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Modern ecological studies are unable to examine long-term processes operating on the order of hundreds of years. Because of the limited length of modern and historic records, questions about long-term interactions between people and the environment can only be answered using paleoecological and archaeological information. This volume presents prehistoric records that span over a millennium to examine issues of human paleoecology on the Columbia Plateau of Washington State, USA. Unlike many previous studies, this study (1) quantifies past human population, (2) compares relative inputs of humans, climate, fire, and vegetation using multivariate statistics, (3) examines relationships between variables when leads and lags of different lengths are introduced, and (4) identifies multicollinearity, allowing variables of no unique explanatory value to be eliminated. This study indicates that research on human impacts that focuses on bivariate patterns, such as simple comparisons of coeval human population and fire, can suffer from the problem of equifinality. The multivariate statistical procedures employed in this work avoid these problems, however, and can be used in any study that employs observations taken at equally-spaced time intervals. Additionally, the protocols developed and used in this volume can be easily adapted and applied in new geographical areas—the methods and research design used need not be tied to this particular location.
BAR S2005 2009: Studies in Contemporary and Historical Archaeology 5 Defining Moments: Dramatic Archaeologies of the Twentieth-Century edited by John Schofield. ISBN 978 1 4073 0581 3. £35.00. ix+164; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
The shape of this collection of essays has emerged over time from an original session from the Theoretical Archaeology Group conference held at Cardiff in 1999. A few years later the original theme evolved through the then fledgling Contemporary and Historical Archaeology in Theory organisation, with its own series of books and conferences. This seemed an obvious home for ‘Defining Moments’ and the present volume appears after a decade-long gestation. Contents:1) 11.15 hrs, 24 June 2008 Drama and the moment (John Schofield); 2) 12.30 hrs, 12 December 1991 Marconi’s first transatlantic wireless message (Cassie Newland); 3) 11.40 hrs, 14 April 1912 The case of the RMS Titanic (David Miles); 4) 1 July 1916 The Battle of the Somme and the machine gun myth (Paul Cornish); 5) 11 August 1921 ? The discovery of insulin (E M Tansey); 6) 2 October 1925 From Ally Pally to Big Brother: Television makes viewers of us all (Martin Brown); 7) 1 June 1935 The introduction of compulsory driving tests in the United Kingdom: The neglected role of the state in motoring (John Beech) 80 Commentary: Visions of the twentieth century (Cornelius Holtorf) 9) 16/17 May 1943 Operation Chastise: The raid on the German dams (Richard Morris) 10) 11.30 hrs, 29 May 1953 Because it’s there: The ascent of Everest (Paul Graves-Brown); 11) 22.28:34 hrs (Moscow Time), 4 October 1957 The Space Age begins: The launch of Sputnik I, Earth’s first artificial satellite (Greg Fewer) 12) 11 February 1966 Proclamation 43 (Martin Hall); 13) March 1993 The Library of Babel: Origins of the World Wide Web (Paul Graves-Brown); 14) 0053 Hrs, 12 October 1998 The Murder of Matthew Wayne Shepard: An archaeologist’s personal defining moment (Thomas Dowson); 15) 00.00:00, 1 January 2000 ‘Three, two, one …?’: The material legacy of global millennium celebrations (Rodney Harrison); 16) n.d. Conservation and the British (Graham Fairclough).
BAR S2004 2009: A Hybrid Burial Practice’: Situated Practices and the Production of Situated Knowledges in the Archaeology of the Vestland Cauldron by Tove Hjørungdal. ISBN 978 1 4073 0580 6. £32.00. iii+129 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
The subject of this book is the archaeology of the Vestland cauldron. The Vestland cauldron counts among the true European connections in Scandinavian archaeology, and there is a substantial body of literature on how to approach this specific cauldron. Very little is however taken up about the history of research and analyses of different ways of producing knowledge about the Vestland cauldron are more or less absent. This book aims therefore to follow the archaeology of the Vestland cauldron during three different centuries, all from the 1800s into the early 21st century. The canon of knowledge about the Vestland cauldron places itself within two main issues; first within typology, and second within issues of Roman import where the Vestland cauldron is understood as a foreign and exotic status object of the Scandinavian Iron Age. Knowledge on typology and import is essential to knowledge on prehistoric conditions, but like all knowledge it is partial and limited. Contents: Introduction; Source Material; Key works and marginal works in the history of the Vestland cauldron; Practices of producing situated knowledges on the Vestland cauldron; Mortuary work nd its academic situation – Producing 21st Century Situated Knowledge on Vestland cauldron Cremations; Situated practices of producing Vestland cauldron cremation graves; Mortuary work as situated practice Interpretations and implications; Latest Reflections on the Archaeology of the Vestland Cauldron.
BAR S2003 2009: Landscape in Mind: Dialogue on Space between Anthropology and Archaeology edited by George Dimitriadis. ISBN 978 1 4073 0539 4. £32.00. iv+130 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
The contributors to the present volume were asked to variously address its central theme from perspectives offered by jointly anthropological and archaeological approaches, as well as to engage some of the philosophical implications of landscape as highly interdisciplinary concept – one, which can and does draw upon a range of life and physical sciences. Contents: 1) Landscape in Mind. Dialogue on Space between Anthropology and Archaeology (George Dimitriadis); 2) New and Old Paradigms: the Question of Space (Livio Dobrez); 3) The Emergent Novelty of Landscape in Poet Orators’ Perspectives: Landscape Archaeology and Sustaining Plurality of Future Aspirations (Stephanie Koerner); 4) From the ‘Natural’ Forest to the ‘Forest’ of Signs. The Production of Rock-art and the Management of Space in EBA Societies (George Dimitriadis); 5) Entre anthropologie, histoire et préhistoire (Antonio Guerci); 6) Mind Mapping among Mbowamb and around Motten - On the Significance of Landmarks in Interior New Guinea and Ancient Central Europe (Henry Doselda); 7) West Kennet Avenue: Avenue of Gender/Avenue of Power (Sims Lionel); 8) Terra Sapiens: How Landscape Invented Man (Meschiari Matteo); 9) The Connection Between the Terrestrial and Celestial Landscape during the Bronze Age in the Carpathian Basin: Orientation of houses (Emilia Pasztor); 10) Political and Religious Expression in Romanesque Sacral Architecture in Slovenia (Sasa Caval); 11) Sacred territories: astronomy, ritual and the creation of landscape at the passage grave sites of Neolithic Ireland (Kate Prendergrast); 12) What was the nature of the relationship between man and natural space at the neolithic stone circles at Avebury in Southern England? (Harry Meaden); 13) Gesture, Image, Architecture: how fire and rock art may have behaved in the passage graves of Anglesey, North Wales (George Nash); Is there a ‘natural’ space? (Luiz Oosterbeek) 14) To the world I belong: Places and monumental architecture at the Portuguese Alto Douro (Gonçalo Velho); 15) Val Bormida (Ligurie, Italie): espace antropologique dans la Prehistoire entre exploitation des ressources locals et domain de montagne (Davide Delfino) ; 16) Des Espaces Bons pour l’Exclusion (Hameau Philippe) ; 17) Room for rivalry and religion – ritualized rock art reflections of the Bronze Age landscape of Tanum in Bohuslän (Ulf Bertilsson); 18) The cultural nature of natural places in the Alps (Franco Nicolis); 19) Some Concluding Observations on Emergent Novelty and Promising New Relations between Archaeology, Anthropology nd Philosophy (Stephanie Koerner).
BAR S2002 2009: Urban Continuity in the Andes A pre-historical planning tradition by Lindsay Robert Hasluck. ISBN 978 1 4073 0538 7. £50.00. xi+265 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
This work investigates the evolution of urban design in the Andes of South America to ascertain if there existed in pre-Hispanic times a shared Andean tradition of urban planning. Since, in previous research, Andean urban planning has been treated as the product of individual sites or cultures, this study explores the repeated use of design elements within Andean urban planning, in order to isolate specific elements for individual functional analysis within the context of a cultural tradition. The primary focus is to demonstrate clearly the urban design connection that forms a coherent Andean urban planning tradition shared between the urban civilizations of the Andes from the inception of urbanism around the beginning of the third millennium BC until the cultural disruption of the Spanish conquest in the mid-sixteenth century AD. Through the investigation and understanding of the evolving sophistication of the cultures within the Andes cultural, political and geographical region, the study demonstrates that certain ideas of urban design, from very early times, began to form a coherent planning tradition that was shared by civilizations, cultures and settlements in close and distant contact. Moreover, these ideas for architectural designs and layouts for urban areas were not only shared geographically but also repeated through time.
BAR S2000 2009: Sudan Archaeological Research Society Publication 17 The Churches of Nobadia by William Y Adams. ISBN 9781407305363. £71.00. Vol 1: xvi+292 pages, Vol 2: xiv+473 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This is a study of the churches of Nobadia – the most northerly of the three medieval Nubian kingdoms. Since more than two-thirds of its territory has now been flooded by the successive Aswan dams, and much of the remainder has been surveyed by archaeologists, there is probably not a great deal remaining to be learned. The time therefore seems appropriate for a summary overview. Volume I begins with an introduction to the study as a whole, followed by descriptions of 67 churches of the Early Christian period, built between about AD 550 and 850, and 47 Classic Christian churches, built between about SD 850-1100. The second volume deals with Late and Terminal Christian churches (c. AD 1100-1500), as well as a comparative overview of the various features of Nobadian church architecture. These chapters are followed by a brief survey of the churches of Makouria and Alwa, and a final discussion of the dynamics of development and change.
BAR S1999 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 40 Symbolic Spaces in Prehistoric Art Territories, travels and site locations edited by François Djindjian and Luiz Oosterbeek. ISBN 9781407305332. £31.00. vi+118 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in French and English.
Papers from the session (Vol. 40, Session C28) ‘Symbolic Spaces in Prehistoric Art’, presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents : Introduction (François Djindjian, Luiz Oosterbeek) ; 1) L’art pariétal et l’art mobilier pour l’identification des territoires de peuplement dans le Paléolithique supérieur européen: l’approche par les bestiaires (François Djindjian) ; 2) De l’art mobilier au système socio-symbolique dans le Paléolithique supérieur ancien et moyen d’Europe Orientale (Lioudmila Iakovleva) ; 3) Les grottes à mammouths et tectiformes de la vallée de la Vézère : vers la perception d'une province préhistorique (Frédéric Plassard) ; 4) Les Magdaléniens des Pyrénées occidentales. Réflexions sur l’exploitation d’un territoire (Morgane Dachary) ; 5) Un gisement jurassien du Magdalénien moyen, la grotte Grappin à Arlay (Jura, France): chronologie, environnement et espaces symboliques (Christophe Cupillard, Anne-Catherine Welté ) ; 6) L’Art mobilier magdalénien en Suisse (Ingmar Braun) ; 7) The role of art in Magdalenian life – The engraved stones from the site of La Marche (Nicolas Mélard) ; 8) Methodological approaches to the study of Rock Art in the landscape (Sara Fairén-Jiménez); 9) When open air carved rocks became sanctuaries: Methodological criteria for a classification (Fernando Augusto Coimbra); 10) Water and Symbols in Western Iberia Late Prehistory (Luiz Oosterbeek) ; 11) The symbolic construction and representation of the dwelt space in the lower Danube Chalcolithic (6th millennium BC) (Dragos Gheorghiu).
BAR S1998 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 39 Technological Analysis on Quartzite Exploitation edited by Stefano Grimaldi and Sara Cura. ISBN 9781407305325. £25.00. iii+56 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in English and French.
Papers from the session (Vol. 39, Session WS15) ‘Technological Analysis on Quartzite Exploitation’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Quartzite et quartzites: aspects pétrographiques, économiques et technologiques des matériaux majoritaires du Paléolithique ancien et moyen du Sud-Ouest de la France (David Colonge and Vincent Mourre); 2) Quartz et quartzite dans les niveaux d’occupation OIS 7 et 5 du site de Payre (Sud-est, France): fonction spécifique et complémentaire? (Marie-Hélène Moncel, Arturo de Lombre Hermida and Deniaux Brigitte); 3) L’utilisation du quartzite dans l’industrie moustérienne de Zabrani (Banat,Roumanie) (Alain Tuffreau, Vasile Boroneant, Emilie Goval, Adina Boroneant, Adrian Dobos, Bertrand Lefevre and Gabi Popescu); 4) The exploitation of quartzite in layer 5 (Mousterian) of Scladina Cave (Wallonia, Belgium): Flexibility and dynamics of concepts of debitage in the Middle Palaeolithic (Kevin Di Modica and Dominique Bonjean); 5) Bečov I, A-III-6 - Middle Palaeolithic quartzite assemblage from Central Europe (Andrzej Wísniewski); 6) The quartzite exploitation in a middle pleistocene open air site: Ribeira da Ponte da Pedra (central Portugal) (Sara Cura and Stefano Grimaldi).
BAR S1997 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 30 Rock Art and Museum edited by George Dimitriadis, Dario Seglie and Guillermo Munoz . ISBN 9781407305318. £28.00. v+86 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; in Spanish, English and French.
Papers from the session (Vol. 30, Session WS19) ‘Rock Art and Museum’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents : 1) New Perspective in Rock Art Museology: The Rocca of Cavour & the Phehistoric paintings Ecomuseum in the Western Alps (Dario Seglie ); 2) Les Parcs d’art rupestre en Lombardie, Italie: organisation, conservation et méthodes de documentation (Raffaella Poggiani Keller) ; 3) Visual impairments and archaeology: an experience with a Talking Book (Gabriella Dodero, Patrizia Garibaldi, Irene Molinari, Paola Signorini, Antonella Traverso); 4) Planning an Open Air rock art Museum: The case of Philippi, Greece (George Dimitriadis); 5) La «communication» de l’art préhistorique: de la pratique didactique à la redécouverte de l’invisible (Aldo Renato Daniele Accardi); 6) How to Visualize the Process and the Complexity of Rock Art Ivestigations? International Museum of Rock Art Research – Beta Version (Miguel Angel Albadán); 7) La complejidad cultural y la conservación del arte rupestre (Guillermo Muñoz ); 8) El arte rupestre de la Ruta de Bochica. Posibles conexiones entre la tradición oral y el sentido y función del arte rupestre (Judith Trujillo); 9) Museum of Prehistoric Art of Mação (Portugal) - scientific research and social dynamization (Luiz Oosterbeek, Sara Cura, Margarida Morais, Anabela Pereira); 10) Les gravures rupestres de Cerdagne. Réflexion sur leur protection. Département des Pyrénées Orientales (France) et Province de Gérone (Espagne) (Pierre Campmajo, Sylvie Candau, Denis Crabol).
BAR S1996 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 29 Rock Art Data Base New methods and guidelines in archiving and cataloguing edited by Raffaella Poggiani-Keller, George Dimitriadis, Fernando Coimbra, Carlo Liborio, Maria Giuseppina Ruggiero. ISBN 9781407305301. £27.00. iv+76 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session (Vol. 29, Session WS20) ‘Rock Art Data Base’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents : 1) The Risk Map and rock engravings (Angela Maria Ferroni); 2) Valle Camonica (Italy). The Rock Art database by the Ministry of Cultural Heritage and Activities-Soprintendenza for Archaeological Heritage of Lombardia: from Ir Project to Irweb (Raffaella Poggiani Keller, Carlo Liborio, Maria Giuseppina Ruggiero); 3) The digital cataloguing of Rock Art on Web: Server-Client Architecture and On-line Partnership (Daniele Vitali, Luca Megale); 4) The Europreart Project - Past signs and present memories. European Prehistoric Art: inventory, contextualisation, preservation and accessibility (Dario Seglie) ; 5) Philippi Rock Art. Guidelines for a methodological recovery and preventive action (George Dimitriadis, Fernando Coimbra, Carmelo Prestipino) ; 6) Inventarios Gráficos y Geográficos: un proyecto de registro y conservación del arte rupestre en Colombia (Guillermo Muñoz, Judith Trujillo) ; 7) New technology for rock art documentation by the Soprintendenza for Archaeological Heritage of Lombardia: Laser Scanner in Valle Camonica (Italy) (Emilio Colombo Zefinetti, Piergiorgio Peverelli) ; 8) Digital rights management for archived pictures in web contexts (Daniele Vitali, Luca Megale).
BAR S1995 2009: Analysis of the Early Bronze Age Graves in Tell Bi’a (Syria) by Ildiko Bosze. ISBN 9781407305295. £29.00. 100 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This study concerns Early Bronze Age burials excavated on the mound of Tell Bi’a (northern Syria). Following the introduction, the author discusses the material evidence, the theoretical basis, and the methods used for inferring the structure of a living society from funerary remains. This is followed by an overview of the chronological framework as well as a historical outline of the Syrian Bronze Age in accordance with the current state of epigraphic and archaeological research, and finally by a formulation of the questions raised in this study.
BAR S1994 2009: Social Differentiation in the Late Copper Age and the Early Bronze Age in South Moravia (Czech Republic) by Daniel Sosna. ISBN 9781407305288. £42.00. viii+230 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
In this study the author tests three main hypotheses that focus on the institutionalization of vertical social differences, the different strategies that might have led to the institutionalization of vertical social differences, and changes in gender relations during the transition from the Late Copper Age to the Early Bronze Age in South Moravia (Czech Republic). In the nine chapters, the first outlines the main topics of interest and the central hypotheses, outlining the general research scope and methodology. Chapter 2 presents the main conceptual and theoretical framework, describing various aspects of social differences, their change over time, and the theoretical basis for the exploration of social differences in the mortuary archaeological record. Chapter 3 provides an introduction to the geomorphology of South Moravia and an overview of the archaeological cultures in the region, giving special attention to the Late Copper Age and the Early Bronze Age. Chapter 4 builds upon the previous two chapters and presents the three main hypotheses of this study. A series of expectations for each research hypothesis is presented along with the archaeological correlates – thus providing the necessary link between theory and characteristics that can be traced in the archaeological record. In Chapter 5 the author describes the methods used to test the research hypotheses. The first section describes the procedures for data collection. The second section discusses the methods for the analysis of intra-cemetery mortuary variability including its spatial aspects and mortuary variability between the sites and time periods.
Chapter 6 discusses the archaeological sites concerned, paying special attention to four main cemeteries that are analyzed in detail. Chapters 7 and 8 present the results and discussion of the analyses. Chapter 9 concludes the main findings of the study, presenting the model of changes that occurred during the transition from the Late Copper Age to the Early Bronze Age and place the results into archaeology’s wider anthropological context.
BAR S1993 2009: La “Nécropole Énéolithique” de Byblos Nouvelles Interprétations by Gassia Artin. ISBN 9781407305271. £40.00. 219 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In French with English abstract.
The Chalcolithic Period of the Levant constitutes an important and complex phase in the evolution of prehistoric societies. Certain ‘prehistoric’ traditions such as the production and use of lithic tools, continued as new technical advancements were developed in stone tool production and, metallurgy. For this author, Byblos (40 km north of Beirut on the Lebanese coast) was an obvious choice for revisiting the Levantine Chalcolithic. Besides being the largest and most thoroughly excavated site (almost 70 % of the site has been excavated), the settlement features a variety of architecture comprising dwellings, houses, silos and paved roads, and an exceptionally rich and varied corpus of burials and grave artefacts (2097 tombs in total including 2059 jar burials with 3652 objects). Despite the remarkable quality of the eneolithic material, the necropolis remains relatively unknown. Statistical, qualitative, and spatial analyses of the data are modest, making past interpretations and syntheses either too general or too incomplete to be of any value to the archaeological community. To undertake an exhaustive study of the fourth millennium layers of Byblos, it was vital to examine the archives from the original excavations, including all the unpublished data. In this way, the mass of information from the past was critically re-evaluated when necessary. At the same time, the different terminologies were also standardised. This re-evaluation allowed for the confirmation or reconsideration of past hypotheses, and when appropriate, the creation of new ones. The main sections of this study include: Research methodology; Site sectorization and organization; Funerary practices; Grave finds and analyses; Socio-economic organization and development.
BAR S1992 2009: Enthésopathies et activités des hommes préhistoriques Recherche méthodologique et application aux fossiles européens du Paléolithique supérieur et du Mésolithique by Sébastien Villotte. ISBN 9781407305264. £45.00. xxvi+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 2 in colour. In French.
An in-depth study of lesions of muscle insertion sites on bone (enthesopathies) in recent and fossilised human skeletons. The work contributes to the field of anthropology in three ways. The author presents a new method of scoring enthesopathies that takes into account variation in muscle attachment site histology and morphology with a system that may well become the new standard for studying enthesopathies in prehistoric and recent populations. Second, the author provides an exhaustive analysis of enthesopathies in three large skeletal series (from Portugal, England and Italy) of individuals of known occupation. This section provides the first controlled comparative documentation of the relationship between activity and enthesopathies, and contributes greatly to the understanding of which muscle attachment sites best reflect activity levels and patterns in individuals, and which types of activity are most likely to contribute to variation in the severity of enthesopathies. Finally, the study describes the results when the new methods are applied to European Late Pleistocene and Early Holocene fossil humans.
BAR S1991 2009: rchaeological investigations at Nawinpukyo Change and continuity in an Early Intermediate Period and Middle Horizon community in Ayacucho, Peru by Juan B. Leoni. ISBN 9781407305257. £42.00. xvi+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This work presents a study of the pre-Hispanic occupation at the site of Ñawinpukyo (Ayacucho, Peru) during the Early Intermediate Period (EIP) (ca. 200 BC – AD 600) and the Middle Horizon (MH) (ca. AD 600-1000). A local and diachronic perspective is adopted to examine the developmental trajectory of this community, in the context of the broader regional processes that took place in the valley during those periods. These processes brought about, especially during the MH, significant cultural changes not only in the Ayacucho Valley but in the whole central Andean area, with the rise of the powerful Wari society and culture. Earlier interpretations about the site and its role in Ayacucho prehistory are reevaluated in the light of the newly acquired information and the proposed interpretations. This study contributes to our current understanding of Ayacucho EIP and MH society by presenting new empirical information about the Huarpa and Wari cultures and describing the developmental trajectory of a particular local community. The specific patterns of human activities identified at the site and their changes over time illustrate from a local perspective the socio-cultural changes brought about by broader regional processes that took place in the valley during the EIP and the MH.
BAR S1990 2009: Le bassin du Rio Grande de Nazca, Pérou Archéologie d’un État andin 200 av. J.- C. – 650 ap. J.- C. by Oscar Daniel Llanos Jacinto. ISBN 9781407305240. £51.00. 323 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In French.
A study of the Nasca region and culture (Peru) from 200 BC to AD 650.
BAR S1989 2009: Competitive Advantage Strategy in Cultural Heritage Management: A Case-Study of the Mani Area in the Southern Peloponnese, Greece by Konstantina Liwieratos. ISBN 9781407305233. £38.00. 194 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This work introduces ‘competitive advantage strategy’ into heritage management within tourism and general development on the basis of differentiation. It argues that in a long term managerial policy, achieving sustainable conservation through development has a higher probability of success by shifting responsibilities to the public. The lack of a precedent managed in this way has necessitated the creation of a case-study, a strategic management model for the Mani, a region in the southern Peloponnese, Greece. The region is rich in cultural heritage but has been largely abandoned and the region’s many different aspects and the urgent need to save the Mani’s heritage are the main reasons for its selection in this study. The result is a strategic management and development plan for the Mani and a paradigmatic strategic model for further cases internationally.
BAR S1988 2009: Arquelogía Colonial Latinoamericana Modelos de estudio edited by Juan García Targa. ISBN 9781407305226. £48.00. iii+293 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; in Spanish with English abstracts.
Papers from the Historical Archaeology Symposium held in Seville, Spain in 2006. Contents: 1) Arqueología Historica de la Cuenca de México y la Región Simbiótica de la Meseta Central de México: Desarrollo, Condición Actual, y Provenir (Thomas Charlton Patricia Fournier and Cynthia Charlton); 2. Fundación y colapso. El altépetl de Ixmiquilpan entre los siglos X y XVIII. (Fernando López Aguilar); 3) Lo que quedó del sueño de vapor. Arqueología de una utopía en Sinaloa, México. Estudio de caso (Verónica Velasquez S.H.); 4. Arqueología en un lugar de enfrentamiento bélico entre indígenas y españoles durante la guerra del Mixtón (1541) ( Angélica María Medrano Enríquez); 5) Fuentes de la Alameda central de la ciudad de México, 1775 Arqlgo (Enrique Alcalá Castañeda); 6. El crisol de los pueblos de indios mesoamericanos (Jordi Gussiyer Alfonso); 7) La Arqueología Histórica del Noroeste de Yucatán (Anthony P. Andrews); 8. La localización de un sitio histórico: Chetumal (María de Guadalupe Suárez Castro); 9) Asentamientos mayas rurales coloniales: modelos históricos del siglo XVI (Juan García Targa); 10) Un estudio de caso de la Arqueología Histórica: organización espacial y memoria colectiva en Chichén Itzá (Alexandre G. Navarro Becario and Pedro Paulo A. Funari); 11) Obras hidraulicas coloniales en la región serrana de Yucatán (Jorge Victoria Ojeda and Sergio Grosjean Abimerhi); 12. La arqueología de La Isabela, República Dominicana: Primer asentamiento Europeo en América (1493-1498) (Kathleen Deagan and José M. Cruxent); 13) La Casa del Tipógrafo: arqueología de una larga historia en Santafé de Bogotá (Felipe Gaitán Ammann and Jimena Lobo Guerrero); 14) Excavaciones arqueológicas en una mision colonial franciscana del oriente de Venezuela (Alberta Zucchi); 15) Arqueologia de la primera Buenos Aires (1536-1541): entre la historia y el mito (Daniel Schávelzon); 16. Indicadores arqueológicos de cambio cultural en las comunidades indígenas pampeanas de los primeros momentos históricos (siglos XVI a XVIII). Región Pampeana, República Argentina (Fernando Oliva. F and María Laura); 17) La iglesia y convento de Santo Domingo Soriano del área fundacional de Mendoza: investigaciones arqueológicas e históricas en la antigua manzana de los dominicos (J. Roberto Bárcena).
BAR S1984 2009: War and Rumors of War. The Evidential Base for the Recognition of Warfare in Prehistory by Julie Wileman. ISBN 9781407305165. £36.00. iv+171 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The goal of this study is to examine the potential for the understanding and recognition of the processes and
occurrence of prehistoric warfare through the development of a series of correlates, resulting in testable models that can be applied to the archaeological record. Such models need to be flexible and applicable across different periods and in a variety of geographical areas. To this purpose, examples of evidence are included from a wide spectrum of sources. After offering definitions of warfare and considering the nature of its archaeological evidence, the correlates and models will, for comparative purposes, be applied to a number of case studies which are located in later prehistoric societies. This study, therefore, provides models (from the UK, France and the US), for investigation, suggests some areas for research and data-gathering, and highlight potentials and problems for the interpretation of evidence, providing some frameworks for future appreciations of the concept of prehistoric war. If evidence can be sought and recognised for warfare on more extended scales, it may be possible to approach the questions of the prevalence, scale and influence of conflict on the development of societies with a little more certainty. The aim is to encourage further debate on the range of potential evidence and its value in this sphere of archaeological research.
BAR S1983 2009: Gender Identities in Italy in the First Millennium BC edited by Edward Herring and Kathryn Lomas. ISBN 9781407305158. £34.00. 148 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs .
Papers from a conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies, London, in June 2006. Contents: 1) Where have all the men gone? Sex, Gender and Women’s Studies (Ruth D. Whitehouse); 2) Gender identities and cultural identities in the pre-Roman Veneto (Kathryn Lomas); 3) Where are they hiding? The invisibility of the native women of Puglia in the fourth century bc (Edward Herring); 4) Warriors and weavers: sex and gender in Daunian stelae (Camilla Norman); 5) Expressions of gender through dress in Latial Iron Age mortuary contexts: the case of Osteria dell’Osa (Lisa Cougle); 6) Textile tools and specialisation in Early Iron Age female burials (Margarita Gleba); 7) United in death: the changing image of Etruscan couples (Marjatta Nielsen); 8) Isn’t s/he lovely? An investigation of androgyny in Etruscan art (Bridget Sandhoff ); 9) Gender Benders? (Larissa Bonfante); 10) Burning boats and building bridges: women and cult in Roman colonization (Fay Glinister); 11) Women and the Romanisation of Etruria(Vedia Izzet); 12) Ethnicity and the costume of the Roman bride (Karen K. Hersch); 13) Livia and the lex Voconia (Bronwyn Hopwood).
BAR S1982 2009: Iconografía náutica de la Península Ibérica en la Protohistoria by Arturo Rey da Silva. ISBN 9781407305141. £29.00. 108 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In Spanish .
A study of boat iconography in the Iberian Peninsular during Prehistory.
 BAR S1981 2009: Spatial and Religious Transformations in the Late Antique Polis A multi-disciplinary analysis with a case-study of the city of Gerasa by Charles March. ISBN 9781407305134. £40.00. x+202 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs .
This work looks at basic questions pertaining to sacred space and applies them to several well documented archaeological sites with strong material remains, interpreting the meanings and causes of the changes in spatial patterns that occurred within the late Antique polis in the East. The study is based on both physical and abstract spatial dimensions (the ‘real’ and metaphysical) of civic and sacred landscapes that defined the Classical and Early Christian city ‘types’. The archaeological sites of Gerasa of Jordan and Dura Europos of Syria were selected as interpretive models due to their strong archaeological records and architectural representations. While the main aim of the work is to explain the end of the classical city in the East, Dura remains frozen in time for us depicting the pre-Christian, pagan city sitting on the historical razor edge just prior to the events initiating monumental civic change.
BAR S1980 2009: Tall Zar'a in Jordan Report on the sondage at Tall Zar'a 2001-2002 (Gadara Region Project: Tall Zira'a) by Dijkstra, Meindert Dijkstra and Karel J.H. Vriezen. ISBN 9781407305127. £28.00. v+83 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
In 2001, the Gadara Region Project was started, and the tell in the centre of Wadi al-Arab, Tall Zar'a was chosen as an initial focus of research. During previous visits to the site, it had been established that this tell had been inhabited almost continuously from the Early Bronze Age to the Late Ottoman Period. Tall Zar'a is situated in the western sector of Wadi al-'Arab, which runs from the Transjordanian highlands near the city of Irbid to the Jordan Valley near northern Shunah. Contents: Introduction; Sondage and Stratigraphy; Architectural Remains; The Pottery; Small Finds; Stone Artefacts; Iron Age Cooking Vessels; Tall Zar'a as ‘Gadara’ in the Later Bronze and Early Iron Age.
 BAR S1979 2009: The Romanesque Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela: A Reassessment by Christabel Watson. ISBN 9781407305110. £32.00. xii+117 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs .
In this work the author presents a modern study of the cathedral of Santiago de Compostela in the north-west of Spain, renowned for its Romanesque architecture and as a destination for pilgrims. The author has focussed on the two main contributors in the construction of the building: Archbishop Gelmírez and the Master Mason Mateo. The discussion over dating and building progression revolves around which of these two designed, built and completed the west end. Following a detailed study of the masonry, the author discloses fresh evidence which reveals more of the original Romanesque state of the building. She also examines how the Historia Compostelana (a contemporaneous account of the life and work of Gelmírez from circa 1100 to his death in 1140), and the fifth part of the Codex Calixtinus (purportedly written by Aymery Picaud in the mid-1130s), contribute to the understanding of the architecture of the cathedral-church. Contents: 1) An architectural survey; 2) Santiago according to Aymery Picaud; 3) Foreign influences and related problems; 4) The West Crypt; 5) The West End: from the narthex to the roof; 6) The language of architectural detailing; Conclusion, two Appendices of measurements; Glossary, Bibliography, Index.
BAR S1978 2009: Bioestratinomía de Macromamíferos Terrestres de Doñana Inferencias ecológicas en los yacimientos arqueológicos del S.O. de Andalucía by Eloísa Bernáldez Sánchez. ISBN 9781407305103. £41.00. 211 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs, 1 colour plate; in Spanish.
A biostratinomic study of the cadaver association scattered the Donana Biological Reserve (Huelva, SW Spain) to learn more of the general conservation dynamics and to deduce possible patterns that might be applied to the taphonomic study of archaeological sites. The work presents a methodology to analyse organic deposits in a natural ecosystem, studying formation dynamics of osseous assemblages in both natural and human cultural conditions.
BAR S1977 2009: Materializing Memory Archaeological material culture and the semantics of the past edited by Irene Barbiera, Alice M. Choyke and Judith A. Rasson. ISBN 9781407305097. £32.00. 131 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers based on a session presented at the 10th EAA conference in Lyon in 2004. Contents: 1) Notes on Memory-Work and Materiality (John Chapman); 2) Introduction (Irene Barbiera); 3) Grandmother’s Awl: Individual and Collective Memory Through Material Culture (Alice M. Choyke); 4) The Re-Generation of the Neolithic: Social Memory, Monuments and Generations (Liam Kilmurray); 5) Rememberance Practices in Aquincum: Memory in the Roman Capital of Pannonia Inferior – Today’s Budapest (Paula Zsidi); 6) Memory of a Better Death: Conventional and Exceptional Burial Rites in Central European Cemeteries of the AD 6th and 7th Centuries (Irene Barbiera); 7) Ritual Memory and the Rituals of Memory: Carolingian and Post-Carolingian Kingship (Maria Fiano); 8) The Politics of Memory of the Lombard Monarchy in Pavia, the Kingdom’s Capital (Piero Majocchi); 9) Memory, Politics and Holy Relics: Catholic Tactics amidst the Hussite Reformation (Katerina Hornicková); 10) The Role of the Peacock “Sanjak” in Yezidi Religious Memory; Maintaining Yezidi Oral Tradition (Eszter Spät); 11) Creating a Place of Memory: Olvera Street, Los Angeles (Judith A. Rasson).
BAR S1976 2009: Dinámica del cambio cultural en Teotihuacan durante el Epiclásico (650-900 dC) by Natàlia Moragas Segura. . ISBN 9781407305080. £49.00. vi+297; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In Spanish .
This work deals with the collapse of Teotihuacan and the period 650-900 AD. Teotihuacan was the most important urban centre in Central Mexico before the rise of Tula. The study develops a new view of the cultural changes adopted by the new society. This is the first work that attempts to reconcile the archaeological complexities of the transition.
BAR S1975 2009: The Aegean and its Cultures Proceedings of the first Oxford-Athens graduate student workshop organized by the Greek Society and the University of Oxford Taylor Institution, 22-23 April 2005 edited by Georgios Deligiannakis and Yannis Galanakis. ISBN 9781407305073. £39.00. iii+149 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 3 colour plates .
Proceedings of the first Oxford-Athens graduate student workshop organized by the Greek Society and the University of Oxford Taylor Institution, April 2005. Contents: 1) Framing the Aegean (Georgios Deligiannakis); 2) What’s in a Word? The Manifold Character of the Term Koiné and its Uses in Aegean Prehistory (Yannis Galanakis); 3) An aspect of the ‘Mycenaean koiné’? The Uniformity of the Peloponnesian Late Helladic III Palatial Megara in its Heterogeneous Context (Vassilis Petrakis); 4) The Dissemination of Attic Pottery During the Protogeometric and Geometric Periods (Fani K. Seroglou); 5) Domestic space in the Geometric and post-Geometric Aegean: An Attempt to Reconstruct Morphology and Function in 8th and 7th c. BC Houses in the Cyclades and the Eastern Aegean (Anastasia Christophilopoulou); 6) The Contexts of Archaic Cretan Terracotta Relief Plaques with a Note on the Oxford Plaques from Papoura (Oliver Pilz); 7) Extra-Urban Sanctuaries in Classical and Hellenistic Crete (Angelos Chaniotis); 8) Vogue and Utility: Terracotta Products with Ionian Kymation in Relief from the Aegean Shores of Thrace (Petya Ilieva); 9) Preliminary Report of the ‘Halasarna Project’: An Intensive Archaeological Survey of the Ancient Demos Halasarna on Kos (Konstantinos Kopanias); 10) The Coan Banquet Reliefs: Parallels in the Aegean Region (Chrysanthe Tsouli) 11) Stone Agricultural Implements from the Island of Kos. The Evidence from Kardamaina, the Ancient Demos of Halasarna (Eirene Poupaki); 12) Searching for Byzantine Model-Books based on Artists’ Inscriptions from the Middle Byzantine Period (Lambros Travlos); 13) Coexistence in the Aegean under the Ottomans (Elizabeth A. Zachariadou); 14) The Dark Side of the Sun: Aegean Islands as Places of Exile, Desolation and Death in post-World War II Greek Poetry (Eirini Kotsovili); 15) The Concept of Authenticity in Managing Cultural Heritage Resources. The Aegean Paradigm (Stelios Lekakis).
BAR S1973 2009: Self-Sufficiency and Trade in Bracara Augusta during the Early Empire A contribution to the economic study of the city by Rui Morais. ISBN 9781407305066. £53.00. xii+328 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The main goal of this monograph is the study of the trade of Bracara Augusta (modern Braga, northern Portugal) based on three factors: the history of the city; the trade and the means of transportation; the study of the goods which arrived here through the amphorae and other imported pottery materials. Chapter one presents a brief analysis of the economic geography of the region, taking in account the physical idiosyncrasies of the Minho region and of the city. Chapter two presents the antecedents of the city’s foundation and contextualizes it in the scene of its foundation and late development. Chapter three deals with the subject of Bracara Augusta’s trade in the global parameters of the empire and its role as a redistribution centre in the peninsular north-west. Chapter four is a comparative analysis of the rhythms and patterns of consumption in the city. We also present the values and the rates of the imported pottery and estimate the approximate annual average amount and its meaning for the economic and commercial life of the city.
BAR S1972 2009: Oil and Wine Presses in Israel from the Hellenistic, Roman and Byzantine Periods edited by Etan Ayalon, Rafael Frankel and Amos Kloner. ISBN 9781407305059. £65.00. vii+452 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This volume presents the reader with a selection of installations for the production of wine and oil from Israel of the Hellenistic, Roman and Byzantine periods. Many such installations have been found in Israel from earlier periods also but the peak in their development, in the number of installations found, in the technology used and in their variety is towards the end of the Byzantine period. Several factors combined to create this situation. This comprehensive study investigates their archaeological remains. The installations presented in this volume reveal the remarkable variety of techniques and devices found in one small section of the complicated mosaic of local technical cultures that were spread throughout the Mediterranean basin, each developing separately but influenced by and influencing the others. Even techniques such as the use of the screw developed in different ways in different regions. The extent and borders of these technical cultures are in many cases closely related to those of political entities changing in extent and character together with these. Thus the study of these ancient crafts not only reveals important aspects of ancient technology, economics and day to day life but mapping the variegated regional technical cultures contributes a new and independent delineation of ancient human geography.
 BAR S1971 2009: Archaeotecture: Second Floor Papers from the Archaeology of Architecture sessions held at the EAA Meetings in St Petersburg (2003) and Lyon (2004) by Xurxo Ayán, Patricia Mañana and Rebeca Blanco. ISBN 9781407305042. £31.00. iii+96 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This work focuses attention on the design of a renewed theoretical-methodological device on which a comprehensive Archaeology of Architecture could be based. It brings together the papers from two EAA sessions organized in San Petersburg 2003 and Lyon 2004. The interest in this line of work became evident in both sessions, with outstanding contributions from several European specialists, who at the same time, focused attention on chronological-cultural matters spanning the period from the Neolithic to the Modern Age. It follows on from BAR S1175 (2003) by the same editors. Contents: 1) The Lower Danube Chalcolithic Megaron House with Internal Column: the Technology of Building interpreted through experiments (Dragos Gheorghiu); 2) Liminality and the management of space on Late Bronze Age settlements in central and Eastern Slovenia (Phil Mason); 3) Architectural analysis of monumental motives Towards a methodological investigation into Iron Age drystone roundhouses in Scotland: an interim’s statement from an architectural perspective (Tanja Romankiewicz); 4) Landscape, Material Culture and Social Process along Galician Iron Age: the Architecture of Castros of Neixón (Galicia, Spain) (Xurxo M. Ayán Vila); 5) The ordinary medieval house: the use of wall stratification in French preventive archaeology of built space (Astrid Huser); 6) Concepts dominants en construction ancienne de maisons d’habitation de la zone forestière de la région de l’Oural ouest (Elisaveta Tchernykh); 7) The fortress of Rocha Forte and European military building trends A concentric castle (14th century) (Xosé M. Sánchez Sánchez); 8) The Archaeological impact of the Lisbon earthquake (1755): the Archaeology of Built Space applied to the monastery of Santa María de Melón (Galice, Spain) (Rebeca Blanco Rotea and Begoña Fernández González); 9) Deep-mapping the Gumuz house (Alfredo González Ruibal, Xurxo M. Ayán Vila and Álvaro Falquina Aparicio).
BAR S1970 2009: Toolkit Structure and Site Use: Results of a High-Power Use-Wear Analysis of Lithic Assemblages from Solutré (Saône-et-Loire), France by William E. Banks. ISBN 9781407305035. £26.00. iii+72 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Upper Paleolithic groups used the open-air site of Solutré (Saône-et-Loire, south-eastern France) as a location to intercept and hunt horse and reindeer herds. The primary goal of this study is to conduct a high-power use-wear analysis of a sample of lithic artifacts from each of the Upper Paleolithic cultural components in an effort to address a number of topics. A further aim is to test the current inferences of site activities at Solutré and attempt to identify any consistencies and differences in lithic toolkit structure and tool use through time at the site. A use-wear analysis of this sort allows one to recognize other activities unrelated to or secondarily related to the primary site function. Such methods can also be used to determine if tool use strategies changed or remained stable over time against the backdrop of site function.
BAR S1969 2009: The Dispersal of the Neolithic over the Arabian Peninsula by Philipp Drechsler. ISBN 9781407305028. £45.00. vi+254 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; with CD. Summary in German.
The general research question followed during the course of this study can be summarized as: Does the Neolithic in Arabia originate in the Levant? To approach this question, several facets of this topic have been investigated. The first aspect considered is the most fundamental one with respect to the general research question: What is the archaeological material evidence for the Neolithic dispersal over Arabia, and where did it originate? If one accepts the Levantine origin for the Arabian Neolithic, the next question which has to be answered is: How did it happen? Here, two opposing, general, explanatory concepts are provided in the archaeological, social and geographic sciences. The third focus of this study investigates the Neolithic dispersal over Arabia as a spatial process: What are the most advantageous routes the Levantine Neolithic herders could have taken during the dispersal? The structure of this book follows the research agenda as outlined: Chapter 1 describes the history of research in Arabia. Chapter 2 discusses the conceptual model which was developed to consider the Neolithic dispersal from the Levant as a spatial process. Chapter 3 provides details about the dispersal simulations performed with respect to the environmental situation on the Arabian Peninsula. Chapter 4 traces the dispersal routes suggested by the simulations by archaeological evidence. The concluding chapter 5 summarizes and compares the separate results of the study.
BAR S1968 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 28 Iran Palaeolithic / Le Paléolithique d’Iran edited by Marcel Otte, Ferreidoun Biglari and Jacques Jaubert. ISBN 9781407305011. £35.00. x+157 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; papers in English and French.
Papers from the session Iran Palaeolithic presented at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) The Middle Palaeolithic occupation of Mar-Tarik, a new Zagros Mousterian site in Bisotun massif (Kermanshah, Iran) (J. Jaubert et al.); 2) Test Excavations at the Middle Paleolithic Sites of Qaleh Bozi, Southwest of Central Iran. A Preliminary Report (Fereidoun Biglari et al.); 3) Whither the Aurignacian in the Middle East? Assessing the Zagros Upper Paleolithic (Deborah I. Olszewski); 4) A Typo-technological Study of an Upper Paleolithic Collection from Sefid-Ab, Central Iran (Sonia Shidrang); 5) Origines du Paléolithique supérieur en Asie occidentale (Marcel Otte, Janusz K. Kozlowski); 6) The Upper Paleolithic faunal remains from Yafteh cave (central Zagros), 2005 campaign. A preliminary study (Marjane Mashkour et al.); 7) La séquence baradostienne de Yafteh (Khorramabad, Lorestan, Iran) (Jean-Guillaume Bordes, Sonia Shidrang); 8) Late Pleistocene Prehistory in Central Alborz: Preliminary Results of the French and Iranian Palaeoanthropological Programme 2006 on the excavation of Garm Roud 2 (Amol, Mazandaran) (Gilles Berillon et al.) 9) Iranian Paleolithic sites on Travertine and Tufa Formations (Saman Heydari, Elham Ghasidian, Nicholas J. Conard); 10) Late Palaeolithic cultural traditions in the Basht region of the Southwestern Zagros of Iran (Elham Ghasidian et al.); 11) The Open-air Late Paleolithic site of Bardia and the Paleolithic Occupation of the Qaleh Gusheh Sand Dunes, Esfahan Province, Iran (Nicholas J. Conard, Elham Ghasidian, Saman Heydari).
BAR S1967 2009: Health and Medicine in Ancient Egypt Magic and science by Paula Alexandra da Silva Veiga. ISBN 9781407305004. £27.00. ii+80 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Health was a constant concern in life and even the deceased needed extra care so that they would be at their prime when enclosed in the sarcophagus; and in the possession of magical ‘weapons’ so that when they reached the Afterlife, they would be in complete possession of all their physical abilities. Medicine in ancient Egypt was trying to restrain all malefic beings from action and to preserve the well-being of the individual. Through this work, all descriptions and conceptions observed in the existing legacy of ancient Egypt will lead to conclusions that attest this unique duality: its main aim is to synthesize information from ancient Egyptian daily life; everything that has been written upon it and analyzed until today, throughout the world, in different perspectives and several languages, thus giving a contribution for international research and also possible future contributions for medicine and Egyptology. This work is divided into four chapters: Chapter 1: Sources of Information; Medical and Magical Papyri; Chapter 2: Heka –“the art of the magical written word”; Chapter 3: Pathological types; Chapter 4: Medical-magical prescriptions and their ingredients; this list is a description that contemplates from the global perspective to details, revealing all, from general existing sources to particular ingredients used in prescriptions.
 BAR S1966 2009: Culture, History and Identity: Landscapes of Inhabitation in the Mount Kilimanjaro Area, Tanzania Essays in Honour of Paramount Chief Thomas Lenana Mlanga Marealle II (1915-2007) edited by Timothy A. R. Clack. ISBN 9781407304496. £50.00. vi+303 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Contents: Introduction: Landscapes of Inhabitation on Mount Kilimanjaro (Timothy Clack); 1) A Global Adventure and Conservation Icon (Jeffrey Durrant); 2) Past in the Present: Tradition, Land and ‘Customary’ Law on Kilimanjaro 1880-1980 (Sally Falk Moore); 3) People of the Banana Garden: Placing the Dead at the Ultimate Home in Kilimanjaro (Päivi Hasu); 4) Social and Cultural Dimensions of Irrigation Management in Kilimanjaro (Mattias Tagseth); 5) The History of Pre-colonial and Early Colonial Agriculture on Mount Kilimanjaro: A Review (Daryl Stump and Mattias Tagseth); 6) Becoming Chagga: Population and Politics around Kilimanjaro before 1886 (Festo Mkenda); 7) Politics, Cattle and Ivory: Regional Interaction and Changing Land-use Prior to Colonialism (Thomas Hakansson); 8) Continuity and Change in the Historical Landscape of Mount Kilimanjaro: The Rau Forest and Ashira Parish (Robert Munson); 9) Local Memories of Famines (Ludgar Wimmelbücker); 10) Infusing the Sacred: Syncretistic Landscapes, Ritual Performance and Religious Experience in Chaggaland (Timothy Clack); 11) The Impact of Population Pressure on Land Management in Kilimanjaro (Paul Maro); 12) Coffee and Dairying in Kilimanjaro: Historical Development, Income Diversification and Change in the Livelihood of the Chagga (Ntengua Mdoe); 13) Cultural responses to AIDS and Sexually Transmitted Diseases (Per Bergsjo); 14) Environment and Worldview: The Chagga Homegardens (Andreas Hemp, Claudia Hemp and J. Christoph Winter).
BAR S1965 2009: Syro-Palestinian Deities in New Kingdom Egypt The hermeneutics of their existence by Keiko Tazawa. ISBN 9781407304489. £43.00. xii+210 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 2 colour plates.
How did Syro-Palestinian deities come into existence in Egyptian society? What was the raison d'etre of Syro-Palestinian deities in Egyptian society? These are among the central questions explored in this study. To answer them, the author applies interdisciplinary theories of anthropology to the pure results of data analyses of six Syro-Palestinian deities. With this purpose in mind, this work consists of compilations of as much evidence as possible of each
Deity (Baal, Reshef, Hauron, Anat, Astarte and Qadesh); analyses of these evidences from iconographic and textual representations with the use of statistical procedure; discussions of the results of these analyses for every deity from the viewpoints of history, theology, ideology and religious style and so on in the both royal and non-royal spheres; and conclusions are suggested through the discussions above with application of the anthropological theories: Tributary Relationship based on the comparative studies and Translative Adaptation theory.
BAR S1964 2009: The East European Plain on the Eve of Agriculture edited by Pavel M. Dolukhanov, Graeme R. Sarson and Anvar M. Shukurov. ISBN 9781407304472. £52.00. iv+246 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 7 colour plates.
This volume deals with the prehistoric human groups and their environments that occurred during the early and middle Holocene (roughly 10 – 6 thousand years before present) in a huge segment of the Eurasian continent forming the East European Plain, which predated the early manifestations of food-producing economies: agriculture and stock-rearing. In archaeological terms widely accepted in the West, this period corresponds to the Mesolithic, panoply of hunter-gathering communities that evolved in the aftermath of the Last Ice Age. Contents: 1) Theoretical Background (P.M. Dolukhanov); 2) Geography of East European Plain (P.M. Dolukhanov); 3) Initial Human Settlement of East European Plain (P.M. Dolukhanov et al.); 4) The Mesolithic of East European Plain (P.M. Dolukhanov); 5) Late Quaternary Environments of Northern Black Sea Area (E.P. Larchenkov et al.); 6) The Holocene Vegetation, Climate and Early Human Subsistence in the Ukraine (G.A. Pashkevich & N.P. Gerasimenko); 7) Multiple sources for Neolithic European agriculture: Geographical origins of early domesticates in Moldova and Ukraine (G. Motuzaite-Matuzeviciute et al.); 8) Late Quaternary Environments of the North Caspian Lowland (P.M. Dolukhanov et al.); 9) The Middle Volga Neolithic (A.A. Vybornov et al.); 10) The North Caspian Mesolithic and Neolithic (A.A. Vybornov et al.); 11) The Lower Don Neolithic (A.L. Aleksandrovsky et al.); 12) Early Neolithic in the South of East European Plain (P. M. Dolukhanov et al.); 13) The Holocene Environment and Prehistoric Settlements in North-Western and Central Russia (Kh.A. Arslanov et al.); 14) The Holocene History of the Baltic Sea, Ladoga Lake and Early Human Movements (D.A. Subetto et al.); 15) Mesolithic and Neolithic in the Western Dvina-Lovat Area (A.N. Mazurkevich et al.); 16) The Beginning of Farming in the Eastern Baltic Area (A. Kriiska); 17) Early Farming and Metal Working in Boreal Russia: Zhizhitsa Lake Sits Case Study (B.S. Korotkevich et al.); 18) Mesolithic and Neolithic in North Eastern Europe (M. Lavento & P.M. Dolukhanov); 19) Multiple Sources of the European Neolithic: Mathematical Modelling Constrained by Radiocarbon Dates (K. Davison et al.); 20) Mathematical Modelling of the Neolithic Transition: a Review for Non-Mathematicians (J. Fort); 21) Population Spread Along Self-organized Paths (F.G. Feugier et al.); 22) Archaeology and Languages in Northern Eurasia: New Evidence and Hypotheses (P.M. Dolukhanov); 23) Human Genetics and Neolithic Dispersals (O.P. Balanovsky).
BAR S1963 2009: Santuarios y rituales en la Hispania Céltica by Silvia Alfayé Villa. ISBN 9781407304465. £78.00. xiv+583; 492 maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; in Spanish.
This volume is a study of later Iberian prehistory and contributes to our understanding of the range of religious beliefs and practices present in the Celtic-speaking world. The author has brought together a huge mass of data and has added to it the results of her own careful observations through fieldwork and museum studies. It offers, for the first time, a balanced review of a data-set of crucial interest in the study of European pre and proto history. Dr Alfaye presents her results at several levels. There is an overview of earlier perceptions of “sacrificial stones and altars” presented in the context of developing visions of Celts and Druids beginning in the seventeenth century. There follows an in-depth study of one of the most extensively excavated hill top settlements – Numancia – a site which presents a microcosm of the issues involved in attempting to use raw archaeological evidence to interpret human behaviour. In addition there is a detailed assessment of urban and domestic sanctuaries and votive deposits; a detailed consideration of cave sanctuaries; and studies of votive metalwork, of the enigmatic “verracos”, of epigraphy from sanctuaries and or ritual artefacts. The research has been conducted, analysed and presented in the full knowledge of the much broader context of Celtic religion. Sylvia Alfaye’s new and original study of the religious beliefs and practices of Celtic Iberia helps us to address the crucial question of just how deep the roots of Iberian practices of the later first millennium BC run, and how much is shared with the broader region of Western Europe.
BAR S1962 2009: Measured on Stone: Stone Artefact Reduction, Residential Mobility, and Aboriginal Land Use in Arid Central Australia by Wallace Boone Law. ISBN 9781407304458. £37.00. x+154 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs .
This monograph explores the many ways in which stone artefact reduction can be measured and used to discern prehistoric changes in artefact technology and land use from two sites in arid Australia. Several empirical techniques are used to investigate the nature of stone artefact reduction on spatial and chronological scales at Puli Tjulkura quarry (a white chert stone artefact quarry and primary reduction site located near Mt. Peculiar, approximately 280km west of Alice Springs, Northern Territory) and Puritjarra rockshelter (located in the Cleland Hills of the Northern Territory approximately 50km southwest of Puli Tjulkura), two important Central Australian archaeological sites that both geochemical and ethnographic studies reveal are interrelated. From the studies, fresh insights are given upon the changing the settlement and subsistence strategies employed by early populations. It is concluded that the middle and late Holocene reduction trends recorded at Puritjarra are associated with a provisioning strategy and land use system characteristic of an increasingly mobile population.
 BAR S1960 2009: En Quête de la Lumière / In Quest of Light. Mélanges in Honorem Ashraf A. Sadek edited by Amanda–Alice Maravelia. ISBN 9781407304441. £45.00. xvii+221 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in French with English summary.
Contents: Prologue: Témoignage (Adel Sidarus); Introduction (Amanda-Alice Maravelia); 1) Cette Obscure Clarté qui tombe des Étoiles : Les Fêtes de Fondation et de Dédicace du Temple d’Edfou (Bernard Arquier & Nadine Guilhou); 2) Ténèbres et Lumières: A Propos d’une Scène Représentée à la Fin du Livre de la Nuit (Anne-Sophie Goddio-von Bomhard); 3) A Bronze Aegis of King Amasis II in the Egyptian Museum, Cairo (Sergej Ivanov); 4) Weni the Elder and his Royal Background (Naguib Kanawati); 5) The Growth of Plants in the Light of the Sun-God (Silvia Wiebach-Koepke); 6) Quelques Étincelles de Lumière Égyptienne pour la Théorie Nostratique: Une Lueur venue de l’Ancien Égyptien, du Copte, de l’Afro-Asiatique (Jean-Pierre Levet); 7) Les Astres selon l’Hymne Orphique Homonyme et des Textes (Funéraires) Égyptiens : Aspects d’une Métaphysique de la Lumière (Amanda-Alice Maravelia); 8) Lux et Lex: Les Six Pharaons Législateurs, d’après Diodore de Sicile (Bernadette Menu); 9) The Sun’s Rays and the Divine Image of Ramesses II (Alicia Meza); 10) The Corn-Mummy KS 342 of the Museo Civico Archeologico di Bologna (Daniela Picchi); 11) Solar Notions, Rituals and Images in Pre–Dynastic Egypt (Tatjana A. Sherkova); 12) Les Hypocéphales: Une Glorification Lumineuse d’Osiris (Brigitte Vallée); 13) Les Coptes vus par le Voyageur Johann Michael Vansleb au XVIIe Siècle (Gilbert-Robert Delahaye); 14) Philological Thoughts about the Theological Meaning of Light in Some Ancient Egyptian Words (Brigitte Göde); 15) L’Aveugle de Naissance ayant miraculeusement trouvé la Lumière, selon la «Vieille» Version Biblique Égyptienne (Bohairique B4-B74, Bodmer III, Ioan., IX) (Rodolphe Kasser); 16) De l’Âne à Roulettes à l’Âme de Lumière: pour une Lecture Iconographique du Chapiteau de la Fuite en Égypte de la Cathédrale d’Autun (Bernadette Sadek); 17) A Narrow-Sleeved Woollen Tunic from Byzantine Egypt (Sophia Tsourinaki); 18) The Monastery of Saint Macarius in the 16th Century (Youhanna Nessim Youssef); Epilogue: Conclusions, CV & Bibliography of Dr Ashraf Sadek (Amanda-Alice Maravelia).
BAR S1957 2009: Freiburg Dissertations in Aegean Archaeology 3 Raum und Ritus. Zur Rekonstruktion minoischer Kultpraxis by Mara Zatti. ISBN 9781407304403. £34.00. 145 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this study of Minoan cult practice, the author looks beyond the many vivid images from Cretan prehistory, focussing on the stratigraphy of the artefacts and buildings. She lists all the known cultural rooms in a database and divides them into “primary” and “secondary” rooms, according to their cultural objects and architectural situation. The former were selected for their good state of preservation, with their artefacts found in situ. These rooms were characterised by objects which were recognised as “cultural” by archaeology, present in other ancient religions better known from written sources (Egyptian, Hittite, Greek). Using this data it became clear that the same objects appeared in different contexts and their impact was only intelligible in combination with other findings belonging to the same surrounding architecture. Four groups of cultic activities were thus identified: Small offerings; Animal sacrifices; Ceremonial events; Purification rites.
BAR S1956 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 38 Antiquarians at the Megaliths edited by Magdalena S. Midgley. ISBN 9781407304397. £27.00. iii+78 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session ‘Antiquarians at the Megaliths’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, 2006. Contents: 1) Antiquarians at the megaliths: Introductory thoughts (Magdalena S. Midgley); 2) Chronicle of megalith research in the Netherlands, 1547-1900 (Jan Albert Bakker); 3) Jean-Marie Bachelot de la Pylaie (1786-1856). The journey of an archeologist among the antiquaries in Brittany in the second half of the XIXth century (Serge Cassen and Cyrille Chaigneau); 4) The Videdys long dolmen 1643-2006 (Torben Dehn); 5) Research history of the Altmark megalithic tombs (Barbara Fritsch); 6) Nineteenth-century Portuguese at the megaliths (Ana Cristina Martins); 7) William Greenwell and the diversity of antiquarianism (Jeff Sanders); 8) The Lukis family of Guernsey and the study of megaliths in the 19th century (Heather Sebire); 9) Antiquarians at Swedish megaliths by Karl-Göran Sjögren).
BAR S1955 2009: Ancient Maya Cityscapes Insights from Lagartera and Margarita, Quintana Roo, Mexico by Laura Villamil. ISBN 9781407304380. £40.00. vii+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
This study examines the spatial organization and long-term development of two ancient Maya centres – Lagartera and Margarita – located in south-central Quintana Roo, Mexico, that were occupied from the Middle Preclassic (ca. 500 B.C.) to the Terminal Classic (ca. A.D. 1000). Archaeological research at these two sites was designed to investigate the socio-political factors responsible for their different layouts. Spatial data, obtained through survey and mapping, and chronological data, obtained through excavations, were used to identify patterns in the built environments and to reconstruct the history of occupation of each site. By comparing the layout, composition, temporal development, and regional context of Lagartera and Margarita, this study highlights various dimensions of variability among ancient Maya centres and discusses the sources of this variability.
BAR S1954 2009: Archaeozoological Approach to Medieval Moldavia by Luminita Bejenaru. ISBN 9781407304373. £34.00. 153 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this work the author correlates animal history with the evolution of human society and with the ecological transformations in mediaeval Moldavia, revealing the role played by animals in the life of mediaeval communities, the exploitation strategies employed, the dynamics of the morphology, and the distribution of various animal species in mediaeval Moldavia. The objectives in view were: to evaluate the animal resources and the purposes of their use in various mediaeval settlements in Moldavian; to identify consumer diversity depending on the geographical, ethnical and religious factors on the urban or rural environment; to describe different animal species identified starting from the archaeozoological samples and to establish certain racial types of domestic animals in mediaeval Moldavia on the basis of the correlation of archaeozoological and historiographical data, as well as present-day zootechnological data; to estimate the ways in which animals were utilized (age, gender, butchering methods, etc.). The work is presented in four chapters, followed by conclusions, bibliography, and appendices of metric data inventories. The first chapter presents the general study framework and background on previously published data. Chapter two provides a general description of the archaeozoological samples on which the synthetic analysis is founded. Chapter three is an investigation of the animal resources used in mediaeval Moldavia. Chapter four contains the osteometric description of the domestic animal species identified in the archaeological samples.
BAR S1953 2009: Geoarchaeology of Lebanon’s Ancient Harbours by Nick Marriner. ISBN 9781407304366. £50.00. vii+307 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Beirut, Sidon and Tyre have been occupied by human societies since the third millennium BC. The sites grew up around easily defendable promontories, for Beirut and Sidon, and an offshore island, as in the case of Tyre. All three possessed natural low energy basins that could be exploited as anchorage havens with little or no need for human artificialisation. In spite of their former maritime glories, however, the evolution of these three important Phoenician citystates has remained largely enigmatic. Chapter 1: Although innumerable studies have addressed the various aspects of ancient harbour geoarchaeology, there is no single monograph that treats the subject in its entirety. The aim of this first
chapter is therefore to comprehensively review the present literature, and set ancient harbour geoscience within the wider context of Mediterranean coastal archaeology Chapter 2: The most pronounced coastal changes of all three sites have been observed at Tyre and this chapter analyses the role of various natural and anthropogenic forcings to reconstruct the Holocene accretion and progradation of Tyre’s ‘tombolo’, a peculiar sand isthmus linking the former offshore bastion to the continent. Chapter 3: The exact location of Tyre’s ancient anchorages has been a source of archaeological speculation since the sixteenth century and this chapter reviews this earlier literature before moving on to precisely relocate the ancient northern harbour, the city’s principal transport hub during antiquity, and its phases of evolution. Chapter 4: At Sidon, coastal stratigraphy has been used to reconstruct where, when and how the city’s ancient anchorages evolved. During the Bronze Age, the city’s southern bay, or ‘Crique Ronde’. Chapter 5: At Beirut, redevelopment of the central business district during the 1990s exposed great tracts of the city’s archaeology. Often dubbed as the ‘largest archaeological dig in the world’ the author and his team were called upon to link the historical data with the coastal stratigraphy and reconstruct the ancient harbour’s history. Chapter 6 draws together the data from all three sites to propose a general model of Phoenician harbour evolution since the Bronze Age.
BAR S1952 2009: Prehistoria de la navegación Origen y desarrollo de la arquitectura naval primigenia by Víctor M. Guerrero Ayuso. ISBN 9781407304359. £54.00. xii+352 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in Spanish.
A study of vessels in prehistory, both sea and river, and in all materials, from around the world.
BAR S1951 2009: Beazley Archive - Studies in Gems and Jewellery 4 Gem Mounts and the Classical Tradition Supplement to A Collection of Classical and Eastern Intaglios, Rings and Cameos (2003) by Claudia Wagner and John Boardman. ISBN 9781407304342. £35.00. 120 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, drawings and 22 colour plates.
This volume is intended to supply some supplementary information about the gems and cameos published in A Collection of Classical and Eastern Intaglios, Rings and Cameos, published in 2003 as BAR S1136 These had been chosen from a large private collection formed mainly in Italy from about 1921 into the 1960s. It comprised ancient gems but there was a number of post-antique, and part of this publication is devoted to further consideration of some of them, as well as of some comparable examples in the collection not included before, and especially to their later, most distinctive mounts, a feature not always much remarked or explored in publications of ancient gems in later settings. Those on gems in this collection are mainly remarkable for demonstrating some characteristically elaborate Sicilian methods of mounting gems, mainly of the 18th century, and not commonly encountered in published collections. The opportunity is also taken to add a few more interesting examples from the collection, and to republish in colour some of the more important pieces in the original catalogue. The opportunity is, moreover, also taken reflect briefly upon the way in which the ancient traditions in gem engraving and the classical style and subject matter survived or was revived and rediscovered in later centuries. The accompanying text attempts also to summarise some of the problems of original and copy, not only à propos of gems. The study of such matters is extremely complex, requiring a breadth of knowledge about both antiquity and the artistic and literary activities of both the Renaissance and the Neo-Classical movements of the 17th to 19th centuries. A further essay explores the ways by which the subjects of the gems became known beyond the world of those who owned or could readily view the originals, since the publication of gems, by drawing or facsimile, plays a major role in the whole story. This offers the opportunity to illustrate pages from antiquarian books to demonstrate the style and quality of reproduction available and practised before photography.
BAR S1950 2009: Dollkeim-Kovrovo, Kaliningrad Region, Russia Research on the cemetery conducted in 1879 and 1992-2002 by V.I. Kulakov. ISBN 9781407304335. £55.00. iv+333 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
This monograph is the first within the European scholarship that presents data based on an archaeological site of the southeast Baltic. The flat cemetery of Dollkeim-Kovrovo is located in the Kaliningrad Oblast’ (Region) of Russia. Contents: Foreword; 1) History of research and historiography; 2) Catalogue of burials at the Dollkeim cemetery investigated in 1879; 3) Catalogue of objects excavated by the Baltic expeditions in 1992, 1994 and 1998-2002; 4) Chance finds and destroyed burials; 5) Catalogue of destroyed and incomplete burial assemblages found out on the Dollkeim-Kovrovo cemetery (1992-2002); 5) Religious structure at Dollkeim-Dolhaims; 6) The initial typological and chronological analysis of burial assemblages of the Dollkeim cemetery; 7) Chronology of Dollkeim’s burials; 8) Ethnic groups of Austeravia; Bibliography; Archival materials and German summary.
BAR S1949 2009: Procesos de formación de sitios arqueológicos: tres casos de estudio en la Puna meridional catamarqueña argentina by Débora M. Kligmann. ISBN 9781407304328. £58.00. xvi+359 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Analyses of site formation processes in the Argentine Puna are uncommon and they are mainly devoted to answering taphonomic questions; understanding site formation processes is a prerequisite before inferring past human activity from the spatial distribution of the material remains recovered at any site. The main objective for this research (focusing on a high altitude marsh called “Vega de San Francisco” in the Puna region, located 21 km from the Argentina-Chile border) was to reconstruct the formation processes of the excavated units through the analysis of their sediments, providing the necessary information to discuss human occupation intensity as well as to examine site usage throughout the passage of time. The sediment analysis provided three research avenues: physical/chemical properties, microvertebrates and microfossils. A fourth avenue was explored by using information obtained through experimental control sites.
 BAR S1948 2009: The Archaeology of Pilgrimage on the Camino de Santiago de Compostela A landscape perspective by Julie Candy. ISBN 9781407304311. £35.00. vi+153 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Theoretical perspectives on landscape and bodily engagement with place inform an approach to the medieval pilgrimage to Santiago de Compostela. Focused primarily, but not exclusively, on the central Middle Ages, this research confronts two core questions: How did transient, mobile groups perceive and experience the diverse terrain of the pilgrim route in northern Spain? And how may their ephemeral presence be traced in the archaeological record? This study is underpinned by the conviction that the journey of medieval pilgrims, as opposed to their destination, deserves greater scrutiny. Pilgrimage is envisaged as a sequence of movement through landscapes, in which both built “sites” and unaltered aspects of the physical environment, such as rivers, mountains and arid plains, are integral to the
experience and meaning of devotional travel. Three topographically distinct ‘study areas’ along the length of the Camino de Santiago in Navarre, Burgos and Galicia form the basis for the analysis of localised sets of material culture. Within these areas, historical and geographical information, surviving monuments and structures, and a fieldwork plan designed to engage with the processes of making a linear journey, combine to form data-sets from which to tackle more refined contextual research questions. Significant issues include pilgrim versus local identity, the exertion of control over the flow of traffic, the material expression of religious behaviour and, throughout, the complex meshing of landscape, perception, movement and belief. The research carried out for this thesis represents a positive addition to current debate that scrutinises the role of archaeology in the interrogation of ritual and religion in the past.
BAR S1946 2009: Roman Amphitheatres and Spectacula: a 21st-Century perspective Papers from an international conference held at Chester, 16th-18th February, 2007 edited by Tony Wilmott. ISBN 9781407304267. £44.00. i+238 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs, including 16 colour plates.
Papers from the international conference held at Chester, England, in February 2007 on Roman Amphitheatres and Spectacular. Contents: 1) Introduction (Tony Wilmott); 2) The setting out of amphitheatres: ellipse or oval? – Questions answered and not answered (Mark Wilson Jones); 3) The amphitheatres in Hispania: recent investigations (Rosalía Durán Cabello, Carmen Fernández Ochoa and Ángel Morillo Cerdan); 4) Amphitheatres in the Roman East (Hazel Dodge); 5) Amphitheatres of Auxiliary Forts on the Frontiers (C. Sebastian Sommer); 6) Excavations on the legionary amphitheatres of Chester (Deva), Britain (Tony Wilmott and Dan Garne); 7) Excavations on the legionary amphitheatre of Burnum, Croatia (Zeljko Miletic and Miroslav Glavicic); 8) The Roman amphitheatre at Richborough (Rutupiae) Kent: non-invasive research (Tony Wilmott, Louise Martin and Neil Linford); 9) The Trier amphitheatre, an ancient monument in the light of new research (Hans-Peter Kuhnen); 10) Theatres and Amphitheatres in Augst (Augusta Raurica), Switzerland (Thomas Hufschmid); 11) The amphitheatre of Serdica, Sofia, Bulgaria (Zharin Velichkov); 12) Pre-Augustan Seating in Italy and the West (Tamara Jones); 13) Function and Community: some thoughts on the amphitheatres of Roman Britain (Tony Wilmott); 14) What’s the point of London’s amphitheatre? - a clue from Diana (Nick Bateman); 15) The Magerius mosaic revisited (David Bomgardner); 16) What can the Inscriptions tell us about Spectacles? The example of Africa Proconsularis (Renate Lafer); 17) Reading Pompeii’s Walls: A Social archaeological approach to Gladiatorial Graffiti (Pedro Paulo A. Funari and Renata S. Garrafoni); 18) Victory and Defeat in the Roman Arena: the Evidence of Gladiatorial Iconography (Jon Coulston); 19) Dying in the Arena: the Osseous Evidence from Ephesian Gladiators (Fabian Kanz and Karl Grossschmidt); 20) No More Fun? The Ends of Entertainment Structures in the Late Roman West (Neil Christie).
BAR S1945 2009: Étude du matériel de Hulbuk (Mā waxa' al-nahr Khuttal), de la conquête islamique jusqu'au milieu du XIe siècle (90/712-441/1050) Contribution à l'étude de la céramique islamique d'Asie centrale by M. Pierre Siméon. ISBN 9781407304250. £62.00. 428 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in French with English summary.
This study sets forth a typological classification of hitherto undocumented ceramic artefacts from the Hulbuk excavation site (south east of Tadjikistan, Kuliob district). This material from the ninth to the mid-eleventh century, collected from 1953 to 1978 by the Russian-Tadjik campaigns, mainly comes from the citadel, some wells located in the lower part of the city and from one or two kilns. Concentrating on this site – the capital of Khuttal – the author focuses on the material culture of the Turkish-Iranian dynasty. Previous research in this area has not been on the same scale as that undertaken in mediaeval Central Asia (West to East Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Kirghizstan and South Kazakhstan). The chronological period in question is rich in technical innovations and decorative creations. The ninth century saw the beginning of the development of glazed pottery. Under the Abbasids, considerable advances were made in science, in particular chemistry, and this led to the emergence of techniques, such as glaze, which modified the ceramic craft. In Part 1, the author examines specific aspects of the geography and history of Central Asia at the beginning of medieval period (the eighth to the eleventh century) to shed light on the extent to which this vast central-Asian area was physically and ideologically conquered. Regarding the Arab-Islamic conquest of this area, the study shows as far as is possible how a new culture and religion penetrated these countries, presenting also the influence of Near-East dynasties and the gradual lack of control of the caliph on local dynasties. Contacts and political tensions with China and tribal Turks are also taken into consideration. For the ceramic study (Part 2), the author puts in place a typology according to: fabric and shape for glazed and unglazed pottery; the nature of the glaze and decoration; and additives in the glaze-ware. This research offers an important ceramics corpus in a new typo-morphology, of interest to historians and archaeologists working on central-Asian Islamic pottery. Part 3 deals with the technical particularities of this geographical area, presenting a typology of ceramics produced in Hulbuk, and highlighted specific elements required for the manufacture of pottery (moulds), including placing and firing the pottery in the kiln. Part 4 deals briefly with the distribution of glazed and unglazed types of mains ceramics and commercial paths according to the historical sources.
 BAR S1944 2009: Ani 2004: Indagini sugli insediamenti sotterranei /Surveys on the underground settlements testi, foto e grafiche / texts, photos and graphics An examination of the underground structures of the ancient Armenian capital of Ani by Roberto Bixio, Vittoria Caloi, Vittorio Castellani and Mauro Traverso. ISBN 9781407304243. £27.00. 82 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in English and Italian.
The 2004 Ani (the ancient Armenian capital on the eastern border of modern Turkey) expedition was devoted to the inspection of the underground structures. The monumental town was built around the 10th century on a platform defined by deep canyons which cut the volcanic rocks of the plateau. The artificial cavities are located all along the walls of the canyons, often in two or more layers. The structures were first investigated in 1915, beginning a process of identifying, exploring and classified more than 800 cave forms. The 2004 mission checked the status of the dwellings with respect to the investigation of 90 years before, to undertake a detailed exploration of some selected dwellings chosen as term of comparison, and to investigate with special care those underground structures which were inside or close to the city walls, in order to establish the relations between the town and the underground sites. The first chapter of the report gives a short account of the objectives of the 2004 mission, together with an overview of the relevant literature and of the history of the town. Chapter 2 deals with the settlements outside the town (the rural settlements). The underground sites inside the town walls are discussed in Chapter 3. The nature of the underground sites is discussed in Chapter 4.
BAR S1943 2009: Karia and the Hekatomnids The creation of a dynasty by Anne Marie Carstens. ISBN 9781407304236. £35.00. 168 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
On the specific level, this work is an enquiry into Karia (south-western Turkey) and the Hekatomnids in the 4th century BC, a Persian satrapy and its political strategies expressed in its state monuments. On the general level, this is a study of divine kingship, on the creation of a national or shared identity, on acculturation and colonialism: thereby also on globalization. The result may be characterized as an ethnological dissertation on a topic of ancient history elucidated through archaeological analyses. The monograph examines how the Hekatomnids created a successful and prosperous dynasty, providing a lesson on how to enact, stage, and maintain power, by an active use of style and cultural affiliations. It is a study of the formation of an iconography of royal ideology (in its broadest sense) in the Hekatomnid dynasty of the 4th century BC, exploring the nature of power, ethnicity, and acculturation. Above all, the study narrates the story from the perspective of Karia as Karian – a landscape and people like other landscapes and peoples formed by its geographical, geopolitical, and cultural position.
 BAR S1942 2009: The Architectural Decoration of Marina el-Alamein An analysis and catalogue of the late Hellenistic and Roman decorative architectural features of the town and cemetery by Rafal Czerner. ISBN 9781407304229. £33.00. xi+132 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 12 in colour. Catalogue of architectural features.
The present study focuses on the ancient architectural decoration of a particular form uncovered on the excavation site of modern Marina which lies on the Mediterranean coast of Egypt, about 6 km east of el-Alamein. Also known as el-Bahrein, it is located 96 km west of Alexandria, 40 km west of ancient Taposiris Magna (Abu Sir), and 185 km east of Paraetonium (Marsa Matruh). For the past twenty years, Polish and Egyptian missions have been conducting archaeological research and preservation of the remains of the Hellenistic-Roman town and necropolis found on this spot and tentatively identified on the basis of descriptions of ancient destruction on the Mediterranean coast. The excavations occupy a section of the lagoon coast more than 1000 m long E-W and about 550 m wide N-S. The layout of the ancient town has been reconstructed on the basis of results of investigations conducted to date. The harbour infrastructure, including warehouses of which ruins have survived, lay immediately on the coast. Directly to the south of the port and commercial quarter, was the city centre which included baths, a civic basilica and other public buildings around a porticoed main square. Surrounding the centre were densely occupied habitation quarters. Remains of more than 50 different architectural structures have been discovered in the town and necropolis. On the basis of archaeological evidence, the town functioned from the 2nd century BC to the beginning of the 7th century AD. The earliest remains, some even from the mid 2nd century BC, were found in the necropolis. A very specific type of architectural decoration characterized by simplification and decorative geometrization appears in Marina where it also seems to have been prevalent. This kind of stylization has been associated mainly with Petra where a similar architectural decoration was commonly applied. Having been recognized first in Petra, it came to be known as Nabatean. The stylized architectural decoration discovered at Petra and Hegra is so specific and dissimilar from any of the Classical orders that it has even been described on occasion as a separate architectural order.
BAR S1941 2009: The Pottery Figurines of Pre-Columbian Peru Volume I: The figurines of the North Coast by Alexandra Morgan. ISBN 9781407304212. £62.00. 434 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
Pre-Columbian pottery figurines from Peru occur in astonishingly large numbers in museum and private collections. However in the published literature they generally occupy a place of ‘also ran’. The reason for this may be that—because of their scarcity in controlled excavations—their potential importance has been undervalued. The main purpose of this work therefore has been to fill this gap in the archaeological record by presenting a Corpus of Peruvian pottery figurines. This volume analyses material from the north coast of Peru and two subsequent volumes are planned to cover the central coast and the southern coast. For each geographic area the figurine groups are presented in chronological order. The periods covered are: The Preceramic Period; The Formative Period (subdivided into: The Lower or Early Formative, also known as Initial Period, The Middle Formative, incorporating the Early Horizon, The Epiformative, straddling Lumbreras’s Upper Formative and the beginning of the Early Intermediate Period); The Early Intermediate Period; The Middle Horizon; The Late Intermediate Period; The Late Horizon or Inca Period. Each figurine is listed on a Table, containing all the relevant data (collection, site provenance, sex, measurements, surface colour, manufacturing technique, special features and reference to publications) and illustrated on a Plate. The analytical part lists the group characteristics and discusses special features, links with other groups, context, geographic distribution and chronology of each group or sub-group. Additional data are presented in four Appendices: Appendix 1: Gives details about specific museum collections (acquisition of figurines, reliability of given provenances, etc.). Appendix 2: Describes some of the sites, with the location of successive excavations, dating of features etc. Appendix 3: Lists and briefly describes all the recorded gravelots containing figurines. Appendix 4: Quotes references to idols found in the chroniclers.
 BAR S1940 2009: University of Southampton Series in Archaeology 1 The Cave of Hearths: Makapan Middle Pleistocene Research Project Field research by Anthony Sinclair and Patrick Quinney, 1996-2001 edited by John McNabb and Anthony Sinclair. ISBN 9781407304205. £45.00. xii+193 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs, 2 in colour.
This volume represents the efforts of a significant collaborative project and provides a completely up-to-date interpretation of the Cave of Hearths (Makapan Cave Valley, Limpopo Province, South Africa), which has played a key role in furthering knowledge of hominin prehistory and evolution in southern Africa. This work provides new analyses and interpretations of this important site and its archaeology, geology and palaeontology.
BAR S1939 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 11 Non-Flint Raw Material Use in Prehistory / L’utilisation préhistorique de matières premières lithiques alternatives Old prejudices and new directions / Anciens préjugés, nouvelles perspectives edited by Farina Sternke, Lotte Eigeland and Laurent-Jacques Costa. ISBN 9781407304199. £45.00. xiv+248 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Non-Flint Raw Material Use in Prehistory: Old prejudices and new directions’ (Vol. 11, Session C77) presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) The Scar Identification of Lithic Quartz Industries (Arturo de Lombera Hermida); 2) Reflections on Prismatic Blades - The Terminology of Blades and Classification of Lithic Artefacts in Central Sweden (Per Falkenström); 3) Approche comportementale du Magdalénien d’après l’étude techno-fonctionnelle de l’outillage lithique hors silex. La grotte de Bourrouilla (Arancou, Pyrénées-Atlantiques, France) (Loïc Daulny & Morgane Dachary); 4) Petrographical composition and provenance of Neolithic Black stone artefacts in the collection of the Museum der Kulturen in Basel and in archaeological excavations near the shoreline of Lake Neuchâtel Switzerland (Inge Diethelm); 5) Instrumental Methods of Obsidian Characterization and Prehistoric Obsidian Provenance Studies: the current status (Gérard Poupeau, François -X. Le Bourdonnec, Sarah Delerue, Stephan Dubernet, Rosa B. Scorzelli & Mathieu Duttine); 6) Functional analysis of macro-lithic artefacts: a focus on working surfaces (Jenny Adams, Selina Delgado, Laure Dubreuil, Caroline Hamon, Hugues Plisson & Roberto Risch); 7) The rock that rocks the rock – An experimental study with hammerstones (Elin Hansen & Lotte Eigeland); 8) Lithic Raw Material Variability and Use-wear Accrual on Short-term Use Implements: An Example from Northwestern New Mexico (Harry Lerner); 9) Formation of use-wear traces in non-flint rocks: the case of quartzite and rhyolite. Differences and similarities (Ignacio Clemente Conte & Juan F. Gibaja Bao); 10) A functional comparison of Bečov quartzite and flint tools: preliminary results (Petra Priorová, Linda Hroníková & Andrea Šajnerová-Dušková); 11) Approche fonctionnelle des tessons à bords abrasés du site néolithique ancien de Kovačevo (6200-5500 avant J.-C., Bulgarie) (Julien Vieugué); 12) Quinzano and Rivoli – two Middle Neolithic sites in the Adige Valley (Verona, North-eastern Italy): lithic choices and functional aspects of the non-flint stone implements (Anna Lunardi); 13) Les râpes Baniwa et Wai Wai, derniers instruments de pierre taillé indigènes d’Amérique du Sud (André Prous, Jorge Manuel Costa e Souza, Filipe Amorelli, Marcio Alonso, Ana Carolina Rodriguez Cunha & Angelo Pessoa Lima); 14) Matières premières “alternatives” dans le Brésil central: quartz, quartzite, agate et hématite (André Prous, Andrei Isnardis, Ângelo Pessoa Lima, Marcio Alonso, Henrique Pilo & Maria Clara Migliacio); 15) Pitted and grinding stones from Middle Palaeolithic settlements in Bohemia: a functional study (Andrea Šajnerová-Dušková, Jan Fridrich & Ivana Sýkorová); 16) Le site magdalénien Final d’Etigny le Brassot (Yonne, France) : Un exemple d’utilisation des roches non taillées pour le Tardiglaciaire du bassin Parisien (Gaëlle Dumarçay); 17) The use of non-flint raw materials by Paleoindians in Eastern South America: A Brazilian perspective (Astolfo Gomes de Mello Araujo & Francisco Pugliese); 18) Lithic industries and raw material in Southern Italy Mousterian: an example from the Grotta dei Giganti (Salento, Apulia) (Enza Spinapolice); 19) The First Obsidian Workshop at the Polish Lowland – a Technological and Microwear Study (Małgorzata Winiarska-Kabacińska & Jacek Kabaciński); 20) Mesolithic quartz quarrying in Eastern Middle Sweden – In the light of a quarry excavated at Stjärneberg, Linköping (Fredrik Molin, Magnus Rolöf & Roger Wikell); 21) Obsidian Economy in the Rio Saboccu Open-Air Early Neolithic Site (Sardinia, Italy) (Carlo Lugliè, François-Xavier Le Bourdonnec, Gérard Poupeau, Consuelo Congia, Thomas Calligaro, Ignazio Sanna & Stéphan Duberne); 22) The use of quartzite as a chrono-cultural marker in the Mesolithic of the Low Countries (Yves Perdaen, Philippe Crombé & Joris Sergant); 23) Quartz and other knapped raw materials of the South Indian Neolithic: A comparison of surface assemblages from three Indian ashmound sites (Ulla Rajala, Marco Madella & Ravi Korisettar); 24) What shall we leave behind ? From the mechanical analysis of rocks to stylistic variability in the Mesolithic of Brittany (Grégor Marchand & Rodrigue Tsobgou Ahoupe); 25) Irreplaceable? Or just not indispensable … Substitution and complementarity in lithic raw material management in the Maya lowland (Chloé Andrieu).
BAR S1938 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) Le concept de territoires dans le Paléolithique supérieur européen edited by François Djindjian, Janusz Kozlowski & Nuno Bicho. ISBN 9781407304182. £46.00. x+262 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Le concept de territoires dans le Paléolithique supérieur européen’ (Vol. 3, Session C16) presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Le concept de territoires pour les chasseurs cueilleurs du Paléolithique supérieur européen (François Djindjian); 2) Le concept de territoire au Paléolithique supérieur: la Pologne en périphérie septentrionale de l’oecumène (Janusz K. Kozlowski); 3) Le concept de territoire à partir des données des sites des régions du Dniepr au Paléolithique supérieur récent en Europe orientale (Lioudmila Iakovleva ); 4) Ukrainian Upper Palaeolithic between 40/10 000 BP: Current Insights into Environmental-Climatic Change and Cultural Development (Vadim N. Stepanchuk, Igor V. Sapozhnikov, Mikhail I.Gladkikh, Sergei N.Ryzhov); 5) Mobilité des groupes préhistoriques et approvisionnement en matières premières à la fin du Paléolithique supérieur dans le Petit Caucase : données récentes sur le site de plein air de Kalavan 1 (nord du lac Sevan, Arménie) (Liagre J., Arakelyan D., Gasparyan B., Nahapetyan S., Chataigner C.); 6) Searching for territoriality over a limited territory: the case of Greece (Eugenia Adam ); 7) Cultural regionalization in the Palaeolithic of the middle Danube basin and western Balkans (Dušan Mihailović, Bojana Mihailović); 8) Le concept de territoire dans le Paléolithique supérieur morave (Martin Oliva); 9) Methods of stone raw material characterisation and raw material origins in the Palaeolithic: State of art in Hungary (Katalin T. Biró, Viola T. Dobosi, András Markó); 10) Constancy and change in Upper Palaeolithic, Hungary (V.T. Dobosi); 11) The Lincombian-Ranisian-Jerzmanowician and the limits of Aurignacian expansion on the Northern European Plain (Damien Flas); 12) Le territoire de la basse vallée du Rhin, de la Meuse et de leurs affluents à la fin du paléolithique supérieur (Belgique, Hollande, Allemagne du nord-ouest) (Marcel Otte, Pierre Noiret); 13) Provenance de diverses matières premières: un indice pour définir circulations et territoires au Magdalénien supérieur en Suisse (Marie-Isabelle Cattin, Jehanne Affolter, Nigel Thew); 14) Le territoire des chasseurs aurignaciens dans les Préalpes de la Vénétie: l’exemple de la grotte de Fumane (Stefano Bertola, Alberto Broglio, Giampaolo De Vecchi, Alessandra Facciolo, Ivana Fiore, Fabio Gurioli, Pasquino Pallecchi, Antonio Tagliacozzo); 15) Ressources lithiques en Languedoc-Roussillon et territoires d’exploitations au Paléolithique supérieur (Sophie Grégoire, Frédéric Bazile, Guillaume Boccaccio); 16) Exploitation des ressources et territoire dans le Massif central français au Paléolithique supérieur: approche méthodologique et hypothèses (Laure Fontana, Mahaut Digan, Thierry Aubry, Javier Mangado Llach, François-Xavier Chauvière); 17) Mobilité, territoires et relations culturelles au début du Magdalénien moyen cantabrique: nouvelles perspectives (Mª Soledad Corchón Rodríguz, Antonio Tarriño Vinagre, Jimena Martínez); 18) Territorial patterns during Middle to Upper Palaeolithic Transition in Cantabrian Iberia (Ordoño, Javier Arrizabalaga, Alvaro ); 19) Fashion and glamour: weaponry and beads as territorial markers in Southern Iberia (Nuno Bicho); 20) Ibex as indicator of hunter-gatherer mobility during the Late Palaeolithic and Mesolithic (Paolo Boscato, Ursula Wierer).
BAR S1932 2009: Lithics in the Scandinavian Late Bronze Age Sociotechnical change and persistence by Anders Högberg. ISBN 9781407304144. £49.00. 303 pages; illustrated throughout in colour and black and white, and with fold-out plans and drawings. Indices.
Some time just after 900 BC a tool was introduced with a shaft of wood and a knife blade of flint. It was manufactured and used for cutting and reaping over a large geographical area. It was included in the ritual depositions of the age. Over time the original intention of making knife blades for a composite tool was renegotiated. The tool became part of a dynamic between old and new, for example, through manufacturing sites, use, and deposits. This original study discusses how interaction between actors and ‘actants’ during the Late Bronze Age in the area of modern southern Scandinavia created socio-technical networks of change and persistence. Flint technology was a palpable part of this, contributing to a technical shaping of society. At the same time, there was a social shaping of technology. By focusing on manufacturing sites and different ways of making large flint blade-knives the author emphasizes the dynamic between different claims in society, between two social groups – the institution of the transformer and the institution of the innovator. Large flint blade-knives were a point of reference to certain ideas about new technology in the form of the use of flint and iron. This was the dynamic that gradually marginalized older positions of power, and over a long time it had the effect of shaping society in a new way. The author’s findings show that this was not to do with a direct change between ‘Bronze Age’ and ‘Iron Age’: there was something else in between. This ‘something else’ has not been formulated before and the results demonstrate how intentions and consequences do not necessarily follow straight lines. Nevertheless, a consequence was – just before 500 BC – that society changed: iron attained widespread distribution and the large flint blade-knives disappeared.
 BAR S1931 2009: Nautical Archaeology Society Monograph Series (NAS) 2 Records of Traditional Watercraft from South and West Sri Lanka by Gerhard Kapitän . Edited by Gerald Grainge in association with Somasiri Devendra. ISBN 9781407304137. £45.00. iv+191 pages; illustrated throughout in colour and black and white, and with fold-out plans and drawings. Indices.
Gerhard Kapitän, born in Meissen (Dresden, Germany) on the 23rd April 1924, is a scholar whose main field of
study is maritime archaeology and ethnography. This book is Gerhard Kapitän’s inventory of traditional Sri Lankan watercraft and his great achievement. Prepared for publication by Gerald Grainge, in association with Somasiri Devendra, the volume represents Kapitän’s collection of scale drawings and photographs of traditional watercraft from west and south Sri Lanka. The material submitted consisted of Kapitän’s drawings, photographs and captions – still the centrepiece of the book – together with a brief introductory overview by the author (Chapter 2) and an early draft of his classification of the watercraft of Sri Lanka (Chapter 4) along with brief notes on each of the drawings. The editor has written up a brief introductory comment to each of the chapters, based on what Gerhard Kapitän had previously published. Kapitän passionately believed in the importance of the traditional watercraft of Sri Lanka in terms of heritage, not only for Sri Lanka, but for the world. His vision of a maritime museum to preserve these craft was realized in 1992 in the old Dutch warehouse, situated near the Old Gate of Galle Fort, but unfortunately it was devastated by the 2004 tsunami. This volume, an important contribution to nautical archaeology, presents a unique record of the traditional craft that plied, and in many cases still plies, around the coastal waters of Sri Lanka.
 BAR S1930 2009: The Harbour of Sebastos (Caesarea Maritima) in its Roman Mediterranean Context by Avner Raban . Edited by M. Artzy, B. Goodman and Z. Gal. ISBN 9781407304120. £49.00. xi+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs, including 4 colour plates.
The publication of the late Avner Raban’s wide-ranging work on the harbour of Sebastos (Caesarea Maritima), completed and edited by his colleagues under the aegis of Michal Artzy. Contents: Chapter I) Ancient Harbours of the Mediterranean; Chapter II) Straton’s Tower and its Havens; Chapter III) Sebastos and Caesarea; Chapter IV) Harbour Construction; Chapter V) Sebastos; Chapter VI) Imperial Harbours and Havens; Chapter VII) The Demise of Sebastos and Flourishing Caesarea; Ancient Sources; Bibliography.
 BAR S1929 2009: A Place in Europe: Bulgaria and its Museums in ‘New’ Europe by Gabriela Petkova-Campbell. ISBN 9781407304113. £35.00. vii+157 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
This book explores the origins and development of museums and heritage sites in Bulgaria (1856-2006) in relation to societal change and major historic events. It seeks to determine the key factors that promoted museum building, and pinpoint the key individuals who were involved. Original and archival sources, interviews, observations and field visits have provided a rich dataset which has been analysed to reveal how systems of power, politics and social control affected how museums were created and subsequently managed. Furthermore the Bulgarian case is situated within a broader European context and comparisons are made with the museum institutions in different countries in order to determine any specifics and particularities of Bulgarian museum building and operation. The book demonstrates how different administrations have used museums to promote their own political views of the nation’s cultural identity, and in particular how the strategies employed by the Communist regime continue to influence the museum sector today. The major contribution of this book lies in its use of archival documents. This has resulted in a different account of the formation of Bulgarian museums, on some occasions contradicting accepted histories. It also introduces the little known Bulgarian museology to a wider audience, which is seen to be important at a point in time when Bulgarian has become part of the European Union.
 BAR S1928 2009: The Portuguese City of Braga during the Modern Era Landscape and identity by Gustavo Portocarrero. ISBN 9781407304106. £30.00. v+111 pages; 36 figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
The construction of urban identities through the landscape during the Modern Era in Portugal, is an area of historical research which, so far, has been little explored. In this work, the author develops this theme with an emphasis on the city of Braga (north-west Portrugal). The study is also a ‘humanist’ alternative to the empiricism that is, presently, common in the studies of the cities of that period. Chapter 2 is a critical overview of the study of cities as it is presently conducted in Portugal. Chapter 3 delineates an alternative approach to the study of Modern Era cities in Portugal, with a focus on the concepts of identity and landscape. Chapter 4 offers a brief overview of the sources that were used in the research on Braga, with a particular focus on maps, documents and standing buildings. Chapter 5 is an analysis of what the city’s landscape looked like by the late 15th century and what can be inferred about its identity through it. Chapters 6 and 7 are about the radical changes that took place in the city’s identity and landscape in the early 16th century. Chapter 6 is about the space of the city proper and Chapter 7 discusses the outskirts. Chapter 8 relates the actions that took place in the middle of the 16th century under the initiative of the Church in order to consolidate Braga’s catholic identity. Chapter 9 deals mostly with the actions of Fr. Agostinho da Cruz in the late 16th century in order to reaffirm Braga’s primate status within the Hispanic Monarchy. Chapter 10 covers the years 1620-70, a period of strong political and social turmoil, which caused a crisis of identity in Braga. Chapter 11 argues that this crisis of identity was responsible in the late 17th century for a fragmentation of Braga’s identity into smaller ones among its inhabitants. Finally, Chapter 12 analyses the attempts by Archbishop D. Rodrigo Moura Teles in the early 18th century to create a common identity that again united Braga’s inhabitants.
BAR S1927 2009: Indigenous Archaeology in India: Prospects of an Archaeology for the Subaltern by Ajay Pratap. ISBN 9781407304090. £29.00. xi+89 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
In this book the author presents his findings connected with the archaeology of the Rajmahal Hills (Jharkhand State, north-eastern India), and discusses the wider relevance of his surface archaeology approach to the archaeology of the rest of the tribal areas of India. He also approaches the issue of a gendered study of rock-art and landscape archaeology both of which again fall within the domain of tribal archaeology proper. The author also has a keen interest in the theory of history and archaeology and writes about this subject in several of the chapters. Further sections engage in theoretical debates regarding the relationship between history and archaeology. The study concludes that it may be possible to delineate a separate domain for the archaeology of the tribal areas – called ‘subaltern archaeology’. The present work breaks further new ground in historical and archaeological research in terms of the fieldwork undertaken in the Rajmahal Hills and elsewhere in India: the novel idea being that the tribal population of India does have a long-term past – an issue thus far relatively rarely investigated.
BAR S1926 2009: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 77 Using Stone Tools: The Evidence from Aksum, Ethiopia by Laurel Phillipson. ISBN 9781407304083. £34.00. iv+149 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
In this book the author presents the results of more than ten years of systematic fieldwork and analysis
of the stone tool assemblages in the region of Aksum (Ethiopia). The result is a detailed description and interpretation of the different lithic traditions which were incorporated into the local Pre-Aksumite and Aksumite cultural traditions and represented an important component of the ancient polities in the region, providing a much more complicated picture of the social and economic development of these polities than that so far outlined on the basis of the ceramic and architectural evidence. The study is a very important contribution to the archaeology of Aksum (northern Ethiopia) as well as Ethiopian and African archaeology, as it provides scholars with the first exhaustive analysis and interpretation of the stone tools dating to historical time (1st millennium BC – 1st millennium AD) in the region of Aksum. The book, moreover, is a crucial contribution to the cultural resources management in the archaeological area of Aksum insofar as it provides a complete inventory of all assemblages with stone tools in the region. These assemblages are vanishing very quickly because of the fragility of the archaeological deposits and the urban expansion in the area. Therefore, the descriptions of the sites and their assessments are most likely the last records of this evidence.
BAR S1925 2009: The Past in the Past: The Significance of Memory and Tradition in the Transmission of Culture edited by Mercourios Georgiadis and Chrysanthi Gallou. ISBN 9781407304076. £30.00. 119 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
The present volume is the outcome of a session held at the 12th European Archaeological Association conference at Krakow in Poland, in September 2006. The purpose of this volume is to present several studies related to the issues of memory, tradition and identity, and highlight different dimensions. The aim is to offer fresh views with up-to-date approaches on specific examples which follow different theoretical and thematic paths. The papers in this volume are chronologically diverse, covering prehistory, the classical period, the middle ages and as well as modern times, and are presented in this order. Spatially, they are concentrated in the Aegean and Scandinavia, offering different geographical contexts. Contents: Introduction (Mercourios Georgiadis and Chrysanthi Gallou); 1) Memory and Cultural Values in the Middle Helladic Period Some Preliminary Thoughts (Helène Whittaker); 2) Old Bulls, New Tricks: The Reinvention of a Minoan Tradition (Kathryn Soar); 3) The East Aegean-Western Anatolia in the Late Bronze Age III: what do the tombs tell us about memory, tradition and identity? (Mercourios Georgiadis); 4) Memories of place. Bronze Age rock art and landscape in West Norway (Melanie Wrigglesworth); 5) Living in the mountains, Arkadian identity in the classical period (James Roy); 6) The Formation of Female Identity in Ancient Sparta through Kinetics (Pandelis Constantinakos and Metaxia Papapostolou); 7) Memories, practice and identity. A case of early medieval migration (Magdalena Naum); 8) The Branding of Minoan Archaeology ™ (Anna Simandiraki, Trevor Grimshaw); 9) Material Identity – Archaeology and National Identity (Charlotta Hillerdal).
BAR S1924 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 1 Status of Prehistoric Studies in the Twenty First Century in India / État de l’art d’études réhistoriques au XXIe siècle en Inde Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006), Vol. 1, Session C01 edited by Ranjana Ray and Vidula Jayaswal. ISBN 9781407304069. £27.00. iii+76 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session entitled ‘Status of Prehistoric Studies in the Twenty First Century in India’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Prehistoric India: Assessment & Prospects in the 21st Century (Vidula Jayaswal); 2) On the status of Indian Hominoid and Hominid Fossils (A. R. Sankhyan); 3) Understanding Acheulian Culture in the Gandheswari River Valley; Bankura; West-Bengal, India (Asok Datta); 4) Prehistoric Research in Bengal - On the threshold (Bishnupriya Basak); 5) The Neolithic Culture in the Northern Vindhyas and the Middle Gangetic Plain (Jagannath Pal); 6) Experimental Study on the Manufacturing process of the Lower Palaelithic implements from Quartz nodules (Krishnendu Polley, Ranjana Ray); 7) Dohkra Craft of West Bengali: A legacy of Indian Archaeometallurgy (Falguni Chakrabarty); 8) Studies on a human skull fossil entombed within the ferricrete (P.Rajendran); 9) Human Bio-Cultural Diversity in Prehistoric-to-Protohistoric India (A. R. Sankhyan); 10) Is Study of Stone Age Cultures Dead in India? (Manoj Kumar Singh).
BAR S1923 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 31 Megalithic Quarrying: Sourcing, extracting and manipulating the stones Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006), Vol 31, Session WS02 edited by Chris Scarre. ISBN 9781407304052. £28.00. iv+92 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session entitled ‘Megalithic Quarrying’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: Preface (Chris Scarre); 1) Stony Ground: outcrops, rocks and quarries in the creation of megalithic monuments (Chris Scarre); 3) The Megalithic Building Site (Torben Dehn); 4) Hunebedden and Hünengräber: the construction of megalithic tombs west of the River Elbe (Jan Albert Bakker); 5) The Gallery Graves of Hesse and Westphalia, Germany: extracting and working the stones ( Kerstin Schierhold); 6) Beyond Stonehenge: seeking the start of the bluestone trail (Timothy Darvill); 7) Architectonique et esthétique des alignements de menhirs
du sud de la Vendée (France) (Gérard Benéteau-Douillard); 8) Technologie des mégalithes dans l’Ouest de la France: la carrière du Rocher Mouton à Besné (Loire-Atlantique, France) (Emmanuel Mens); 9) Exploitation de la pierre et mise en œuvre des matériaux sur le site néolithique du Souc’h en Plouhinec (Finistère, France) (Michel Le Goffic); 10) Transforming Stone: ethnoarchaeological perspectives on megalith form in Eastern Indonesia (Ron L. Adams).
BAR S1922 2009: Fähren, Frachter, Fischerboote Antike Kleinschiffe in Wort und Bild by Arvid Göttlicher. ISBN 9781407304045. £40.00. 207 pages; 217 illustrations. In German.
A fully-illustrated study of small vessels – river and coastal – from prehistoric to Roman times, focussing on the Near East, Egypt and the Mediterranean.
BAR S1919 2009: L'eau dans les espaces et les pratiques funéraires d'Alexandrie aux époques grecque et romaine (IVe siècle av. J.-C. – IIIe siècle ap. J.-C.) by Agnès Tricoche. ISBN 9781407304021. £43.00. iii+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 4 colour plates; catalogue. In French with English abstract.
In the cemeteries of Graeco-Roman Alexandria in Egypt, archaeological investigations initiated more than a century ago discovered various water systems adapted for specific funerary purposes. From the foundation of the city in 332 B.C. to the third century A.C., over fifty hydraulic installations have been noted within the records of Alexandria itself and its vicinity. From a corpus that inventories the hydraulic structures identified to this day in the archaeological literature, the different water management systems are described and reasons put forward to explain the presence of these devices (wells, cisterns, basins, etc.). The results show that the cemeteries should not just be considered as a ‘cities for the dead’ but also as places of rebirth and life. Some of the devices discovered within the funerary context have echoes in the libation systems already known in the Mediterranean and lead towards an evaluation, from textual and iconographical documents, of the role of water in the offerings to the Alexandrian dead.
BAR S1918 2009: Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Conference of the British Association for Biological Anthropology and Osteoarchaeology, Department of Archaeology, University of Reading edited by Mary E. Lewis and Margaret Clegg. ISBN 9781407304014. £33.00. 135 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Conference of the British Association for Biological Anthropology and Osteoarchaeology (BABAO) held at the University of Reading in 2007. Contents: 1) A life course perspective of growing up in medieval London: evidence of sub-adult health from St Mary Spital (London) (Rebecca Redfern and Don Walker); 2) Preservation of non-adult long bones from an almshouse cemetery in the United States dating to the late nineteenth to the early twentieth centuries (Colleen Milligan, Jessica Zotcavage and Norman Sullivan); 3) Childhood oral health: dental palaeopathology of Kellis 2, Dakhleh, Egypt. A preliminary investigation (Stephanie Shukrum and JE Molto); 4) Skeletal manifestation of non-adult scurvy from early medieval Northumbria: the Black Gate cemetery, Newcastle-upon-Tyne (Diana Mahoney-Swales and Pia Nystrom); 5) Infantile cortical hyperostosis: cases, causes and contradictions (Mary Lewis and Rebecca Gowland); 6) Biological Anthropology Tuberculosis of the hip in the Victorian Britain (Benjamin Clarke and Piers Mitchell); 7) The re-analysis of Iron Age human skeletal material from Winnall Down (Justine Tracey); 8) Can we estimate post-mortem interval from an individual body part? A field study using sus scrofa (Branka Franicevec and Robert Pastor); 9) The expression of asymmetry in hand bones from the medieval cemetery at Écija, Spain (Lisa Cashmore and Sonia Zakrezewski); 10) Returning remains: a curator’s view (Quinton Carroll); 11) Authority and decision making over British human remains: issues and challenges (Piotr Bienkowski and Malcolm Chapman); 12) Ethical dimensions of reburial, retention and repatriation of archaeological human remains: a British perspective (Simon Mays and Martin Smith); 13) The problem of provenace: inaccuracies, changes and misconceptions (Margaret Clegg); 14) Native American human remains in UK collections: implications of NAGPRA to consultation, repatriation, and policy development (Myra J Giesen); 15) Repatriation – a view from the receiving end: New Zealand (Nancy Tayles).
BAR S1917 2009: The LMΙΙΙ Cemetery at Tourloti, Siteia The ‘Xanthoudidis Master’ and the Octopus Style in East Crete by Constantinos Paschalidis, with a contribution by P.J.P. McGeorge. ISBN 9781407304007. £31.00. 106 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 4 colour plates. Summaries in Greek and Italian.
Halfway along the mountainous route between the Ierapetra isthmus and Siteia, on the northern limits of the western mountain range of the Siteia province (eastern Crete), is the small village of Tourloti. Approximately 2.5 kilometres north of the village, on the hillside that drops down to the beach at Mochlos, on the site of Plakalona, is a LMIII chamber tomb cemetery. Richard B. Seager was the first to identify and excavate the site in 1900. He collected the LMIII stirrup-jar now in the museum of the University of Pennsylvania. In 1906, Stefanos Xanthoudidis reported that ‘Mycenaean’ copper alloy weapons and tools had been found at Metochia, Tourloti. The first brief archaeological report for investigations in the area was published in 1938 by Manolis Mavroreidis of Siteia, temporary curator of antiquities and schoolteacher, who excavated a rich grave at Plakalona, unpublished to this day. In 1959, Nikolaos Platon identified a further group of rock-hewn chamber tombs, which he never excavated, despite his original intentions. The chance discovery of seven vases from one or more tombs at the end of the 1950s or the beginning of the 1960s once again disturbed the peaceful cemetery. The vases were presented to the Archaeological Service of Siteia, as well as a LMIIIC tub larnax from the same cemetery. In June 1984, after the Town of Tourloti notified the Archaeological Service of antiquities found during construction work and a (looted) chamber tomb was explored at Plakalona, as well as a second, richly appointed chamber tomb. A third looted LMIII chamber tomb was identified in 1990 and recently (2006) another wealthy chamber tomb. This work presents the finds of the chamber tombs excavated and the vases handed over previously. The latter group includes Octopus Close Style stirrup-jar presented in the volume’s second chapter together with a discussion of its attribution to a particular workshop and a distinct vase painter conventionally dubbed the ‘Xanthoudidis Master’. In the absence of petrographic or other analysis, the hypothesis on the vase’s provenance is based on morphological and stylistic criteria and on the fabric’s macroscopic examination. A study of the human bones from the Papadakis excavation by Dr P.J. P. McGeorge completes this volume.
BAR S1916 2009: Social Interaction in the Prehistoric Natufian Generating an interactive agency model using GIS by Carla A Parslow. ISBN 9781407303994. £31.00. vi+120 pages ; 16 tables ; 58 figures; 3 data Appendices.
The objective of this research is to develop a model of social interaction for the Natufian culture in Southwest Asia through interpretation of environmental and material-culture variability. The author achieves this through the development of rigorous systematic grouping and spatial analysis of artifacts. The Natufian culture (approximately 13,000 or 12,800 BP) is critical to our understanding of the transition from mobile hunter-gatherers to sedentary hunter-gatherer-farmers. They are thought to represent one of the final periods of archaeologically known hunter-gatherers in Southwest Asia, preceding the advent of cultivation and agricultural economies. The people who we classify as Natufian are situated in the Levant, which now encompasses Israel, Jordan, Syria and Lebanon. This research is limited to those Natufian sites situated in what is now modern day Israel and Jordan. Characterization of the Natufian is primarily based on the chipped-stone technology. Other distinctive characteristics include material culture of ground stone, marine shell, and bone as well as architecture, bedrock mortars, and burials. The methods for this research include two components: systematics and spatial analysis. The first part addresses the theoretical paradigm and its role in this research. Chapter two explores the origins of agency theory and reviews the history of agency-centered research in archaeology, and discusses the theoretical perspective applied for this research. Chapter three explores the vibrant history of research on the Natufian. Chapters four to six introduce the archaeological data used in this research as well as the first stage of analysis. Chapters seven to nine direct attention to the second stage of analysis: spatial analysis. The last part of this research, chapter 10, tests the previous hypotheses and outlines the construction of an agency-centered model based on the information provided in the second stage of analysis, with the aim of constructing a model proposing social relations for a prehistoric population. Overall the study attempts to incorporate a social agency dimension into Natufian research.
BAR S1915 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 20 Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Evolutionary Archaeology / Questions théorétiques et méthodologiques en archéologie évolutive Toward an unified Darwinian paradigm / Vers un paradigme Darwinien unifié edited by Hernán Juan Muscio and Gabriel Eduardo José López. ISBN 9781407303987. £30.00. vi+110 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session ‘Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Evolutionary Archaeology’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) The Application of Darwinian Cultural Evolutionary Theory to Ceramics: The Case of “Soft Pottery” from Luwu, South Sulawesi, Indonesia (David Bulbeck); 2) Temporal Trends in the Morphometric Variation of the Lithic Projectile Points during the Middle Holocene of Southern Andes (Puna Region). A Coevolutionary approach (Marcelo Cardillo); 3) Interdemic Selection and Phoenician Priesthood. Darwinian Reflections on the Archaeoastronomy of Southern Spain (José Luis Escacena Carrasco, Daniel García Rivero); 4) An Evolutionary Theory of Cultural Differentiation (Agner Fog); 5) A Group Selection Model of Territorial War, Xenophobia and Altruism in Humans and other Primates (Agner Fog); 5) Two Faces of Darwin: On the Complementarity of Evolutionary Archaeology and Human Behavioral Ecology (Kristen J Gremillion); 6) The Study of the archaeological record of Santa Rosa de los Pastos Grandes, Puna of Salta, Argentina, from an inclusive evolutionary perspective (Gabriel López); 7) Finding Concordance in Darwinian Archaeologies: and why an Unified Evolutionary Archaeology is both impossible and undesirable (Herbert D. G. Maschner, Ben Marler); 8) The Experimental Simulation of Archaeological Patterns: A Contribution to a Unified Science of Cultural Evolution (Alex Mesoudi); 9) A Synthetic Darwinian Paradigm in Evolutionary Archaeology is possible and convenient (Hernán Juan Muscio); 10) Niche Construction Applied: Triple-Inheritance Insights into the Pioneer Late Glacial Colonization of Southern Scandinavia (Felix Riede); 11) Acheulean Biface Refinement in the Hunsgi-Baichbal Valley, Karnataka, India (Shipton, C., Paddayya, K., Petraglia, M.); 12) Evolutionary Transitions and Co-Evolutionary Dynamics in Biology and in Culture (Mónica Tamariz).
BAR S1914 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 13 Gestion des combustibles au paléolithique et au mésolithique / Fuel Management during the Palaeolithic and Mesolithic Periods Nouveaux outils, nouvelles interprétations / New tools, new interpretations edited by Isabelle Théry-Parisot, Sandrine Costamagno et Auréade Henry. ISBN 9781407303970. £32.00. 133 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in French and English.
Papers from the session Fuel Management during the Palaeolithic and Mesolithic Periods New tools, new interpretations presented at the XV UISPP World Congress in September 2006. Contents: 1) La gestion du bois de feu en forêt boréale: problématique archéo-anthracologique et étude d’un cas ethnographique (région de l’Amour, Sibérie) (Auréade Henry, Isabelle Théry-Parisot et Evguenia Voronkova); 2) Gestion des combustibles dans la province de Jujuy (Puna, Argentine) depuis l’Holocène ancien : croisement des résultats ethnologiques et anthracologiques (Delphine Joly, Ramiro March, Dominique Marguerie et Hugo Yacobacc io); 3) Bone as a Fuel Source: The Effects of Initial Fragment Size Distribution (Susan M. Mentzer); 4) Combustible ou non ? Analyse multifactorielle et modèles explicatifs sur des ossements brûlés paléolithiques (Sandrine Costamagno, Isabelle Théry-Parisot, Jean-Christophe Castel et Jean-Philip Brugal); 5) Mise en évidence de l’utilisation d’un combustible osseux au Paléolithique moyen: le cas du gisement de Remicourt « En Bia Flo » I (province de Liège, Belgique) (Dominique Bosquet, Freddy Damblon et Paul Haesaerts); 6) Structures de combustion, choix des combustibles et degré de mobilité des groupes dans le Paléolithique moyen du Proche-Orient (grottes de Kébara et d’Hayonim, Israël) (Liliane Meignen, Paul Goldb erg, Rosa Maria Albert et Ofer Bar-Yosef ); 7) De la forêt aux foyers paléolithiques et mésolithiques dans le sud de la France: une revue des données anthracologiques et phytolithiques (Claire Delhon et Stéphanie Thiébault).
BAR S1913 2009: The Distribution of Bronze Drums in Early Southeast Asia Trade routes and cultural spheres by Ambra Calò. ISBN 9781407303963. £51.00. xiii+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This study focuses on the distribution of early Dong Son bronze drums, from their centres of production in north Vietnam throughout Mainland and Island Southeast Asia, as evidence of cultural contact and cross-regional exchange along river and maritime routes from the late Metal Age to the proto-historic period. This is the period just prior to, and overlapping with, the first Chinese and Indian influences in the wider region. The exchange of bronze drums established alliances between early centres favouring the trade of other goods. Such early centres allow us to identify early cultural spheres which set the stage for the process of state formation in the historic period. Adopting a synoptic view over the entire distribution across present national boundaries, the author analyses the implications of what types of drums are found where. As a working tool towards this goal, she identifies specific regional clusters. Each cluster of drums highlights and clarifies specific questions regarding chronology, routes of transmission, the geographical extent of trade networks, and new local bronze casting traditions arising from the influence of the imported bronze drums.
BAR S1912 2009: The Evolutionary Archaeology of Ceramic Diversity in Ancient Fiji by Ethan E. Cochrane. ISBN 9781407303956. £36.00. ii+167 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; Appendix of clay compositional data.
The research presented here investigates the evolution of material cultural diversity in the Yasawa Islands in the northwestern corner of the Fijian archipelago. This work builds upon several field seasons of basic research in the Yasawas, as well as other large-scale ceramic analyses in Fiji. This study constructs answers using an explanatory framework explicitly designed to account for the evolution of cultural diversity in prehistory. This explanatory framework combines the effects of cultural transmission, selection and other sorting processes, and innovation. Using this explanatory framework this research attempts to answer the following three questions: 1. What domains of ceramic similarity in the Yasawa Islands can be used to define culturally transmitting populations or lineages; 2. What are the spatial and temporal distributions of transmission lineages defined along different avenues of transmission; and 3. What are the possible explanations for the distribution of these lineages? Chapter 2 examines some of the previous archaeological and other research in Fiji that has attempted to explain or document cultural, biological, and linguistic diversity. Chapter 3 more completely develops the theoretical framework used to explain prehistoric ceramic similarities and difference in terms of transmission lineages. An outline of the natural and cultural history of the Yasawa Islands is presented in Chapter 4. Classifications of ceramic variation and other analyses are presented in Chapter 5. In Chapter 6 cladistic and seriation analyses generate hypotheses for the transmission history of Yasawa Islands populations. Chapter 7 reviews the results of this research in the context of other archaeological work in Fiji. The approach to explaining cultural similarities and differences employed in this research indicates that prehistoric cultural diversity can be examined using cultural transmission, selection, and innovation to produce empirically testable hypotheses regarding the historical relatedness of populations. The further development of this approach by scholars will do much to answer long-standing questions.
BAR S1911 2009: Transformation du cuivre au Moyen-Orient du Néolithique à la fin du 3ème millénaire Etude d’une chaîne technologique by Nicolas Gailhard. ISBN 9781407303949. £47.00. xii+247 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including two in colour. In French with English summary.
This work details the origins of copper working in the Near East from the Neolithic to the end of the 3rd millennium. Both dates are significant because one marks the apparition of the first villages and the exploitation of copper and the other marks the pathway towards historic times and the beginning of ironworking. Between the two ran the great adventure of copper and bronze. Its mastery never ceased developing – from the outset of this new technological chain, it directly resulted not only in a better knowledge of the natural environment and the development of more important socio-economic ties, but also the effects and the indirect repercussions of these discoveries that required the setting up of new methods and organizations, including workshops, the outcome of which is the apparition of a complex industry at the end of the 3rd millennium. This study is based on a multi-disciplinary approach, associating a set of experimentations on technological problems around the smelting of bronze and a survey of the ethno-archaeological considerations: the near-east is very much a focal point of the project. The survey and analysis of the archaeological data relates to the technical aspects of the metallurgies involved. The three main areas of the study look at development, the concept of ‘the workshop’, and early hints of trade and even perhaps ‘industrialization’.
BAR S1910 2009: Patterns and Corporeality: Neolithic Visual Culture from the Republic of Macedonia by Goce Naumov. ISBN 9781407303932. £34.00. xi+145 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The numerous Neolithic finds from the territory of the Republic of Macedonia show an abundance of data which can be concentrated into different relations. They all approach certain ideas through which we attempt to learn about the character of Neolithic populations and their way of life. Within the context of the explored Neolithic settlements from the Republic of Macedonia, a large number of ceramic finds (decorated vessels, figurines, seals, models of houses and ‘altars’) are discussed in this study. The first chapter gives a brief introduction and acquaintance with the territory and its condition during the time of all Neolithic phases. Chapter two elaborates the white painted vessels originating from whole territory of the Republic of Macedonia. Chapters three and four deal with the painted compositions from the Middle Neolithic. In the chapter Imprints of the Neolithic Mind the ceramic stamps and the patterns which are usually engraved on them are presented. The second part of the book elaborates the concepts of corporeality present in the several ceramic figurative forms, including burials. Subsequent chapters are dedicated to the anthropomorphic vessels, placed in a wider context with those excavated in the Neolithic from south-eastern Europe, as well as later phases. The last chapter, 'Housing the Dead', completes the concept of burials in vessels, ‘oven’ forms, and ceramic ‘houses’.
 BAR S1909 2009: SOMA 2008 Proceedings of the XII Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology, Famagusta, North Cyprus, 5-8 March 2008 edited by Hakan Oniz. ISBN 9781407303925. £39.00. ii+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from SOMA 2008 Proceedings of the XII Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology, Famagusta, North Cyprus, 5-8 March 2008.
BAR S1908 2009: Romanesque Chevron Ornament The Language of British, Norman and Irish sculpture in the twelfth century by Rachel Moss. ISBN 9781407303918. £33.00. 137 pages; 36 pages of plates; 2 Appendices of moulding profiles.
This study deals with the form and development of a single type of architectural ornament, ubiquitous from the late eleventh to the early thirteenth centuries in northwestern Europe. Chevron ornament, or three-dimensional zigzag, has been described as the single most characteristic moulding, or indeed feature of any kind in Norman architecture in England. It is the most enduring of the decorative motifs that formed part of the so-called style géométrique, current in those areas in the earlier part of the twelfth century, and is found most typically decorating arches, stringcourses and columns in a wide variety of structures, from castles, to cathedrals to parish churches to the extent that for a period during the twelfth century its absence is more notable than its presence. Among the major preoccupations of scholarship in medieval art and architecture are the issues of authorship and chronology. Given the potential for a type of ornament such as chevron to reveal etymological characteristics it is surprising that studies of the apparent formal grammars of Romanesque ornament have not been more commonplace. It is with these issues in mind then that the current study sets out to explore the degree to which an architectural motif like chevron can be ‘read’ in a meaningful way.
BAR S1907 2009: Chemical Arts and Technologies of Indigenous Americans by B. L. Gordon. ISBN 9781407303901. £36.00. x+167 pages; 49 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Written records of knowledge in the pre-Columbian New World are virtually non-existent (in contrast to an abundance of such records for ancient China and the Near East). Consequently chemical knowledge in the Americas, prior to the arrival of Europeans, is poorly documented. The arts and technologies discussed in this volume are those known to have existed in pre-Columbian times, as well as those thought to have been developed by native peoples (independently of foreign influence) during the five centuries since the European conquest of the Americas began. Contents 1) Fire; 2) Preparing, cooking, and preserving foodstuffs; 3) Alcoholic beverages and vinegar; 4) Drugs and poisons; 5) Treatment of plant fibers; 6) Colorants and dyeing; 7) Etching; 8) Processing rubber, chicle, and beeswax; 9) Personal beautification, perfumes and incense, and cleansing agents; 10) Hide curing and feather work; 11) Embalming and mummification; 12) Salt making; 13) Building materials and architectural decoration; 14) Pottery making; 15) Lacquers and varnishes; 16) Metal-working and metallurgy.
 BAR S1905 2009: The Manufacture of Iron in Ancient Colchis by David A. Khakhutaishvili. ISBN . £30.00. 9781407303895.
A study of early Georgian smelting sites. The features described here are remarkably consistent in their layout and the results of the present publication indicate a large, well developed industry. Further survey work should give us a better idea of just how large this prehistoric iron industry was, but it is already clear from the results reported in this book that the furnaces varied in size, with some being very large.
BAR S1903 2009: The Elite Late Period Egyptian Tombs of Memphis by Michael Stammers. ISBN 9781407303857. £38.00. viii+214 pages; 9 maps; 23 tables; 164 figures; 5 data Appendices and with CD.
This study investigates the drivers for the development of the elite Late Period tombs of the necropoleis of Memphis. It studies their conceptual basis in the context of the social and political situation of the Late Period. It examines the landscape of Memphis and explores the geographic, geological and man-made features that encouraged the creation of a ‘sacred landscape’ with a view to discovering what features made this a desirable place for the building of tombs and why Late Period clusters of tombs were built in some parts of that landscape but not in others; it also considers the significance of their alignment. It sets out to discover what religious, social or ancestral factors made the elite choose the location of the individual tombs, what determined their structure and how they relate to older as well as contemporary structures. Finally, the reason for the positions of the different burial grounds of Memphis, and the interrelation between them, is explored in order to establish the socio-political factors influencing that choice.
BAR S1902 2009: Pots, People, and Politics: A Reconsideration of the Role of Ceramics in Reconstructions of the Iron Age Northern Levant by Matthew R. Whincop. ISBN 9781407303840. £70.00. xx+408 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; 2 data Appendices and data CD.
This study aims to reconsider current reconstructions of the Iron Age Northern Levant and the role that ceramics studies have played in these interpretations. The author presents a regional ceramic typology for the Iron Age (including the Persian period) and undertakes an analysis of the distribution patterns of this typology across the Northern Levant. An alternative interpretation of the ceramic data is offered, before being compared with the conventional historical model. This alternative reconstruction focuses on theories of practice, and foodways, whilst appreciating the dynamic manner by which material culture is used to constantly negotiate and consolidate social structures. In the end, the study offers one perspective on the compatibility of archaeological data and the historical text, and makes some final recommendations for their correlation.
BAR S1901 2009: Estrategias de aprovisionamiento y utilización de las materias primas líticas en el campo volcánico Pali Aike (prov. Santa Cruz, Argentina) by Judith E. Charlin. ISBN 9781407303833. £40.00. vii+240 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. Data Appendix. In Spanish with English summary.
The main goal of this research is the study of the strategies of provisioning and utilization of lithic raw materials within the Pali Aike volcanic field, Santa Cruz Province, Argentina (South America). The work includes an analysis of the land-use patterns and home ranges of the human populations that inhabited this region during the Late Holocene (ca. last 4000 years BP). The case-study presented here employs a methodology of lithic analysis that is regional and non-typological, which has the potential to be of value in other areas of the world and with other specific research goals.
BAR S1900 2009: SOMA 2007 Proceedings of the XI Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology, Istanbul Technical University, 24 and 29 April 2007 edited by Cigdem Ozkan Aygun. ISBN 9781407303826. £63.00. vi+469 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the 11th Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology held at Istanbul Technical University, 24 to 29 April 2007.
BAR S1899 2009: A Landscape of Pilgrimage and Trade in Wadi Masila, Yemen: The Case of al-Qisha and Qabr Hud in the Islamic Period by Lynne S. Newton. ISBN 9781407303819. £34.00. ii+186 pages; 8 tables; 52 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Archaeological excavations were carried out at al-Qisha, located on the Wadi Masila in the Mahra region of the Republic of Yemen. Situated along the Northern Indian Ocean coast, the Wadi Masila is an integral part of the Hadramaut drainage system located within the geological Hadramaut Arch. Regional surveys were carried out between 1997-2000, defining Bronze and Iron Age and Islamic period sites. Al-Qisha is an Islamic period settlement site that spans over 1 km and includes an extensive village (part of which is still inhabited), a cemetery, and a mosque. Al-Qisha as an archaeological site is enmeshed in an historical and ethnographic landscape of trade and mediation. This volume has three goals. The main objective is to present the data collected from excavations at al-Qisha, the first excavated Islamic period settlement site in the Mahra region of Yemen to date. The second goal is to examine this site in its greater cultural and physical landscape. And third, getting to the “route” of the matter, al-Qisha serves as a gateway community linked with the Ba‘Abbad of Qabr Hud, the tomb of the pre-Islamic prophet Hud. This study is unique in that it presents a first attempt to integrate archaeology with the scant history and sparse ethnography of the Mahra and Hadramaut regions.
BAR S1898 2009: Okinawa; the Rise of an Island Kingdom Archaeological and Cultural Perspectives. Proceedings of a Symposium, Kingdom of the Coral Seas, November 17, 2007, at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London edited by Richard Pearson. ISBN 9781407303802. £29.00. vii+106 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 8 colour plates.
Papers from the Symposium, Kingdom of the Coral Seas, November 17, 2007, at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. The symposium and lectures brought Okinawan
archaeology to a wide audience, including many students, professionals and those with an interest in this fascinating part of the Japanese archipelago from across Europe and elsewhere. The current volume represents a full record of the proceedings of the symposium, hopefully bringing the Ryukyus to an even broader readership. Contents: Preface (Richard Pearson); 1) Archaeology of the Ryukyu Islands: Major Themes (Shijun Asato); 2) Okinawa’s Earliest Inhabitants and Life on the Coral Islands (Hiroto Takamiya); 3) Shell Exchange in the Ryukyu Islands and in East Asia (Naoko Kinoshita); 4) Kamuiyaki and Early Trade in the Ryukyu Islands (Akito Shinzato); 5) The Emergence of Ryukyu Royal Authority and Urasoe (Susumu Asato); 6) The Significance of Chinese Trade Ceramics from Ryukyu: Focusing on Yuan Dynasty Blue and White Porcelain (Meitoku Kamei); 7) The Architectural Landscape of the Kingdom of Ko Ryukyu (Takashi Uezato); 8) The Kingdom of Ryukyu: Culture, Politics, Mentality (Arne Rokkum); Appendix 1. Recent Discoveries on Kikai Island (Richard Pearson); Appendix 2. Archaeology of Sakishima (Richard Pearson); Appendix 3. Useful Reference Materials for Ryukyu Archaeology (Richard Pearson) Appendix 4. The Successive Rulers of Chuzan (Ryukyu) (Richard Pearson).
BAR S1897 2009: Shallale; Ancient City of Carmel by Shimon Dar. ISBN 9781407303796. £60.00. xxii+441 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; with data Appendices.
The results of work at Shallale on Mount Carmel, Israel. Content: 1) Shallale: History of Research; 2) Archaeological Sites in the Vicinity of Shallale; 3) Geographical and Physical Features of the Shallale Area; 4) Soil and Water in the Vicinity of Shallale; 5) Residential Building (Area 1); 6) Hewn Oil Press (Area 2); 7) Public and Residential Buildings (Area 3); 8) A Trial Section Near the Ottoman Burj (Area 4); 9) Trial Sections Near an Ottoman Period Storage Building (Area 6); 10) Trial Sections Near Caves (Areas 5, 10, 14); 11) A Potter’s Workshop (Area 7); 12) Water Cistern (Area 9) and Water Ascent Path (Area 17); 13) Lower Shallale – The Installation Area; 14) Stone Quarries on Mt. Carmel; 15) Architectural Elements; 16) Stone Implements from Shallale; 17) The Water Mill in Nahal Oren (Area 15); 18) The Burial Cave in Nahal Oren (Area 13) by Yigael Ben-Ephraim; 19) H. Shallale: Excavation Seasons 2003-2007 – List of Loci by Yigael Ben-Ephraim; 20) The Vicinity of Shallale from the Hellenistic Period to the British Mandate; Bibliography. Appendices 1) Christian Presence on Mt. Carmel in Late Antiquity by Leah Di Segni; 2) A Will that Sheds Light on the Druze Settlements on Mt. Carmel by Shimon Avivi; 3) Pottery Oil Lamps from H. Shallale by Varda Sussman and Einat Ambar-Armon; 4) The Pottery Assemblage from H. Shallale by Miriam Avissar, Yigael Ben-Ephraim and Anna de Vincenz; 5) The Glass from H. Shallale by Gusta Lehrer Jacobson; 6) The Coin Finds from H. Shallale by Ariel Berman; 7) Dendroarchaeological Excavations: H. Shallale, Mt. Carmel by Nili Liphschitz; 8) Human Remains from H. Shallale by Patricia Smith; 9) Roman Through Ottoman Period Fauna from H. Shallale by Liora Kolska Horwitz; 10) Metal Finds from H. Shallale by Shua Amorai-Stark; 11) Chemical Analysis: Results of Selected Metal Finds from H. Shallale by Shua Amorai-Stark and Michael Dvorachek; 12) Metal Weights from H. Shallale by Shimon Dar; 13) A Report Concerning the Shells from the Excavation of H. Shallale by Henk K. Mienis; 14) Terrestrial Snails from a Burial Cave in Nahal Oren near H. Shallale by Henk K. Mienis.
BAR S1896 2009: Image and Ritual in the Aztec World Selected papers of the ‘Ritual Americas’ conferences organized by the Société des Américanistes de Belgique in collaboration with the Red Europea de Estudios Amerindios Louvain-la-Neuve (Belgium), 2-5 April 2008 edited by Sylvie Peperstraete. ISBN 9781407303789. £30.00. 134 pages; Illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures and drawings. Papers in English and Spanish.
Selected papers of the sesion Image and Ritual in the Aztec World from the ‘Ritual Americas’ conferences organized by the Société des Américanistes de Belgique in collaboration with the Red Europea de Estudios Amerindios Louvain-la-Neuve (Belgium), April 2008. Contents: 1) Foreword – Image in Ancient Mesoamerican Ritual (Sylvie Peperstraete); 2) Lenguaje ceremonial en los códices mixtecos (Maarten E.R.G.N. Jansen and Gabina Aurora Pérez Jiménez); 3) El lenguaje ritual de los mexicas: hacia un método de análisis (Danièle Dehouve); 4) Ritos y rituales en torno a Mictlantecuhtli (Nathalie Ragot); 5) Los textiles y el calendario tenochca (Montserrat Bargalló Sánchez); 6) Los tocados de Tlaloc en el Códice Borgia (Karla Rámirez Rosas); 7) 4-Ollin, the Aztec Creation of a Fifth Sun 9Arnold Lebeuf); 8) Los ritos aztecas en imágenes. Textos y representaciones de los dioses y fiestas en la obra de Fray Diego Durán (Sylvie Peperstraete) 9) Importancia e interés del Códice Florentino en la medicina novohispana del XVI (Cristina López Ortego).
BAR S1895 2009: Caribou Inuit Traders of the Kivalliq Nunavut, Canada by Matthew Walls. ISBN 9781407303772. £25.00. iv+73 pages; 26 figures; 11 tables.
In 1717 A.D., the Caribou Inuit of the Kivalliq,
Nunavut were introduced to the Fur Trade through the
Hudson Bay Company. It has been previously posited
that between that time and 1900 A.D., the Caribou Inuit
were drawn out of a traditional subsistence pattern and
into an economy that was a part of a world system.
However, the actual process of how trade goods and
technologies were incorporated into Caribou Inuit society by the Caribou Inuit themselves has received little attention. Using a combination of archaeology, archival history, and oral history to examine the profiles of specific individuals, this report demonstrates the importance of Caribou Inuit families that acted as intermediaries between their culture and European trade in the process of Caribou Inuit economic transition during the early historic period.
BAR S1893 2008: The Iron Gates in Prehistory New perspectives edited by Clive Bonsall, Vasile Boroneanţ and Ivana Radovanović. ISBN 9781407303734. £42.00. iii+260 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 4 in colour.
This book had its origins in a symposium held at the University of Edinburgh from 30 March to 2 April 2000, which was attended by archaeologists with a shared interest in the prehistory of the small but distinctive region of Southeast Europe known as the Iron Gates. In the broad sense the area refers to the section of the Danube valley where the river forms the modern political border between Serbia and Romania, and this definition is adopted for the present volume. First and foremost the volume
is intended to illustrate the immense research potential of the Iron Gates region. A second objective is to provide case studies that illustrate the nature of current research and the rich possibilities offered by the growing range of scientific techniques available to archaeologists and their application to existing archaeological collections. Contents: 1) Lithic technology and settlement systems of the Final Palaeolithic and Early Mesolithic in the Iron Gates (Dusan Mihailovic); 2) The development of the ground stone industry in the Serbian part of the Iron Gates (Dragana Antonovic); 3) Sturgeon fishing along the Middle and Lower Danube (Laszlo Bartosiewicz, Clive Bonsall & Vasile Sisu); 4) The Mesolithic–Neolithic in the Derdap as evidenced by non-metric anatomical variants (Mirjana Roksandic); 5) Demography of the Derdap Mesolithic–Neolithic transition (Mary Jackes, Mirjana Roksandic & Christopher Meiklejohn); 6) Approaches to Starcevo culture chronology (Joni L. Manson); 7) Faunal assemblages from the Early Neolithic of the central Balkans: methodological issues in the reconstruction of subsistence and land Use (Haskel Greenfield); 8) Lepenski Vir animal bones: what was left in the houses? (Vesna Dimitrijevic); 9) New-born infant burials underneath house floors at Lepenski Vir: in pursuit of contextual meanings (Sofija Stefanovic & Dusan Boric); 10) DNA-based sex identification of the infant remains from Lepenski Vir (Biljana Culjkovic, Sofija Stefanovic & Stanka Romac); 11) Dating burials and architecture at Lepenski Vir (Clive Bonsall, Ivana Radovanovic, Mirjana Roksandic, Gordon Cook, Thomas Higham & Catriona Pickard); 12) Reanalysis of the vertebrate fauna from Hajducka Vodenica in the Danubian Iron Gates: subsistence and taphonomy from the Early Neolithic and Mesolithic (Haskel Greenfield); 13) Velesnica and the Lepenski Vir culture (Rastko Vasic); 14) The human osteological material from Velesnica (Mirjana Roksandic); 15) The Mesolithic–Neolithic transition in the Trieste Karst (north-eastern Italy) as seen from the excavations at the Edera Cave (Paolo Biagi, Elisabetta Starnini & Barbara Voytek).
 BAR S1892 2008: The Genesis of Early Christian Art Syncretic juxtapostion in the Roman world by Yukako Suzawa. ISBN 9781407303727. £33.00. xii+163 pages; 165 figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this wide-ranging study of the beginnings of Christian art, the author takes as her starting point the question of positive assimilation between Christian and non-Christian images in early Christian art. This study attempts to determine whether the theological term of syncretism can be appropriate to the study of early Christian art. During her study of the genesis of early Christian art, the author became aware that her attitude toward the notion of syncretism differs from most of the existing literature on early Christian art history and architecture. Some scholars have avoided using the notion of syncretism, and some have used it pejoratively to describe a mish-mash of religions, perhaps taking their cue from the doctrinal discussion of the term by the Church itself. In contrast, in the literature of the history of Japanese religions and art, religious synthesis has been referred to as ‘syncretism,’ and the term in that literature is defined as a blending of the ideas or practices of different religions that results in a unity of deities.
BAR S1891 2008: Flint Mining in Prehistoric Europe Interpreting the archaeological records edited by Pierre Allard, Françoise Bostyn, François Giligny and Jacek Lech. ISBN 9781407303710. £35.00. 163 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 1 in colour.
Papers from the Flint Mining in Prehistoric Europe session held at European Association of Archaeologists 12th Annual Meeting Cracow, Poland, 19th-24th September 2006. Contents: 1) Flint extraction and processing from secondary flint deposits in the north-east of Scotland in the Neolithic period (Alan Saville); 2) Flint working at the early linearbandkeramik settlement of Geleen-Janskamperveld (Marjorie E. Th. de Grooth); 3) An economy of surplus production in the early Neolithic of Hesbaye (Belgium): Bandkeramik blade debitage at Verlaine ‘Petit Paradis’ (Pierre Allard, Laurence Burnez-Lanotte); 4) The prehistoric flint mining complex at Spiennes (Belgium) on the occasion of its discovery 140 years ago (Hélène Collet, Anne Hauzeur, Jacek Lech); 5) A new flint mine at Flins-sur-Seine/ Aubergenville (Yvelines, France) (Françoise Bostyn, François Giligny, Adrienne Lo Carmine); 6) The Krzemionki flint mines latest underground research 2001-2004 (Jerzy Bąbel); 7) Open-cast flint mining, long blade production and long distance exchange: an example from Bulgaria (Laurence Manolakakis); 8) Flint mining in early Neolithic Iberia: a preliminary report on ‘Casa Montero’ (Madrid, Spain) (Marta Capote, Nuria Castañeda, Susana Consuegra,Cristina Criado, Pedro Díaz-del-Río); 9) Intensive extraction of non-metallic minerals during the early protohistory in the northern half of Europe (Yoann Gauvry); 10) Ideology and influences behind the Neolithic flint mines of the Southern Britain (Paul Wheeler).
BAR S1890 2008: The Morocco Maritime Survey An archaeological contribution to the history of the Tangier peninsula by Elarbi Erbati and Athena Trakadas. ISBN 9781407303703. £33.00. xii+126 pages; 5 tables; 78 maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Appendices including catalogue of finds.
The Morocco Maritime Survey (MMS) was initiated in 2001 in order to investigate the coasts of the Tangier peninsula in northern Morocco. This publication serves as a final report of the project, presenting the survey’s findings from the two field seasons (2002-2003), subsequent artefact analyses and overall conclusions. The purpose of the MMS is to investigate the maritime record of Morocco through archaeological survey and historical research. Even though ancient, medieval and historical coastal sites are present, the maritime aspects of these periods remain relatively unknown. The questions for this survey ask: Who was here, and when and where were they present? Are maritime archaeological sites such as shipwrecks and anchorages present? If cultural remains are located, are they related to terrestrial sites, and if so, which ones and how are they linked? Can the survey’s findings reveal anything about the logistics and past levels of navigation and maritime-borne exchange in the region?
BAR S1889 2009: DIOSKOUROI Studies presented to W.G. Cavanagh and C.B. Mee on the anniversary of their 30-year joint contribution to Aegean Archaeology edited by C. Gallou, M. Georgiadis and G.M. Muskett.. ISBN 9781407303697. £53.00. 369 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 3 in colour.
This Festschrift celebrates the 30th anniversary of Bill Cavanagh and Chris Mee’s joint contribution to Aegean Archaeology. Contents: A message from Sparti (Metaxia Papapostolou); Bill Cavanagh: A personal appreciation (Stephen Hodkinson); Chris Mee: A personal appreciation (Matthew Fitzjohn); A Shrine - or Shrine Treasury - in the Country House at Myrtos-Pyrgos (Gerald Cadogan); Communal Ceremonies in an Early Minoan Tholos Cemetery (Keith Branigan); A Goddess in a Boat (†Nicolas Coldstream); Mycenaean Cult Practice: ‘Private’ and ‘Public’ Ritual Acts (Christina Aamont); The Tholos Tombs of Messenia: An Overview (Emily Banou); The Ever Intriguing ‘Terracotta Anchors’ of the Early Bronze Age (Jeannette Forsén); Mycenaean Figurines: 50 Years on (Elizabeth French); A Mycenaean Stirrup Jar from Enkomi O.T. 74 (Penelope Mountjoy); The Knossos "Jewel Fresco" Reconsidered (John Younger); Gender Boundaries in Late Bronze Age Greece: The Contribution of Dress (Georgina Muskett); Twin Aegean Seals in Liverpool and Manchester († John Betts); Giorgio De Chirico and Greek Prehistory (Robin Barber); Chamber Tombs, Family, and State in Mycenaean Greece (James Wright); Creation and Expression of Identity in Cyprus at the End of The Late Bronze Age (Louise Steel); Interaction of Large and Small Communities in Arkadia in the Archaic, Classical, Hellenistic and Roman Periods (James Roy); Froggies Round the Pond: La Protohistoire Égéenne en France (Josette Renard); Was There Really a Trojan War? (Oliver Dickinson); A Heifer to Ithaca (George Huxley); Appearance and Reality: Thoughts on the Interpretation of Archaeological Field Surveys (Hector Catling); “In Praise Of The Ancestors”. Catchment and Territory in Agricultural Landscapes: Revisiting the Birth of a Concept in the Light of Current Research in Landscape Archaeology (John Bintliff); Kos in the Bronze Age: The Settlement Pattern and its Significance (Mercourios Georgiadis); Interpreting the Bronze Age Landscape of Kephalonia. A (Preliminary) View from the Livatho Valley Survey (Christina Souyoudzoglou-Haywood); Bronze Age Aphrodisias Revisited (Alan Greaves); Ahhiyawa, Argos and the Argive Plain (Joost Crouwel); Between Admetus and Jason: Pherai in the Early Iron Age (Ioannis Georganas); Pseudo-Skylax on the Peloponnese (Graham Shipley); ‘Between Scylla and Charybdis’: The Archaeology of Mycenaean Vatika on the Malea Peninsula (Chrysanthi Gallou); Ionian Influence on Spartan Architecture? (Richard Tomlinson); A Sixth-Century Kantharos from the Menelaion, Sparta (Richard Catling); Black Sparta(n)? (Paul Cartledge); Lakedaimonian Xenoi in Thessaly: The Onomastic Evidence (Nicholas Sekunda); The Monasteries of Saint Nikon: The Amyklaion, Sparta and Lakonia (Pamela Armstrong).
BAR S1888 2008: South Asian Archaeology 2007 Miscellanies about the Buddha Image edited by Claudine Bautze-Picron. ISBN 9781407303680. £28.00. 124 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The papers included here address various issues that reflect manifold ways of approaching study of the Buddha image. Most were presented in July 2007 during the Nineteenth International Conference of the Association of South Asia Archaeologists in Europe. This volume intends to cast light on numerous possible ways of looking at the image and as such, should be considered in a sense ‘preliminary’ to further, more specific studies bearing on the topic. Contents: 1) Introduction (Claudine Bautze-Picron); 2) Seeking the Buddha in the American Museum of Natural History’s Collection (Serinity Young and Kate Bollinger); 3) The dāna, the pātra and the cakravartin-ship: archaeological and art historical evidence for a social history of early medieval Buddhism (Anna Filigenzi); 4) Aspects of the Earliest Buddha Images in Gandhāra (Akira Miyaji); The Flaming Protuberance on the Head of Tamil Buddhas, Its representations and concepts (Yuko Fukuroi); 5) New Considerations on some Gandhāran Fasting Buddhas (Anna Maria Quagliotti); 6) The Emaciated Buddha in Southeast Bangladesh and Pagan (Myanmar) (Claudine Bautze-Picron); 7) Gandhāran Bodhisattva Maitreya Image, Soteriological function of Ketos and Eros (Katsumi Tanabe); 8) Māyā, Gandhāra’s Grieving Mother, Part 2 (Doris Meth Srinivasan).
BAR S1887 2008: From Xerxes’ Murder (465) to Arridaios’ Execution (317) Updates to Achaemenid chronology (Including errata in past reports) by Leo Depuydt. ISBN 9781407303673. £26.00. iii+95 pages; 2 Appendices and Indices.
This investigation consists of updates to the chronology of Achaemenid Persia (539 BCE-304 BCE). The state of Achaemenid chronology was the subject of a series of studies published by this writer about ten to fifteen years ago. Newly emerged evidence has necessitated the present updates. Errata in those earlier studies are listed in an appendix. The focus of the present investigation is on what is new. A comprehensive statement on Achaemenid chronology that progresses from first principles and combines all that is new with all that is old remains desirable. Few historical events are as transforming in the history of nations as the death of one ruler and the accession of the next. Accordingly, the chronology of regnal transitions deserves special attention in the study of ancient chronology. This study provides updates for the chronology of nine regnal transitions in the Achaemenid empire: Xerxes I to Artaxerxes I (465); Artaxerxes I to Darius II (424-23); Darius II to Artaxerxes II (405/4); Artaxerxes II to Artaxerxes III (359/58); Artaxerxes III to Arses (338); Arses to Darius III (336/35); Darius III to Alexander III (331); Alexander III to Philip Arridaios (323); and Arridaios to Alexander IV (317). A comprehensive tabulation of the regnal years of the final years of the empire (340-304) is presented at the end.
BAR S1886 2008: Estructura demográfica, estilo de vida y relaciones biológicas de cazadores recolectores en un ambiente de desierto Sitio Chenque I (Parque Nacional Lihué Calel, provincia de la Pampa, Argentina) by Leandro H. Luna. ISBN 9781407303666. £45.00. xvi+363 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices. In Spanish.
This volume is an important contribution to knowledge of the bioarchaeology of the Argentine Pampas. The author develops a rigorous application of different and actualized methodologies that improve the comprehension of a very rich bioachaeological record of hunter-gatherers, including problems of conservation conditions. The results obtained from the authors data (in part collected from Pampas cemeteries and a study of demographic questions) open a new perspective for our knowledge of these ancient societies.
BAR S1885 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 26 Mountain Environments in Prehistoric Europe Settlement and mobility strategies from Palaeolithic to the Early Bronze Age edited by Stefano Grimaldi and Thomas Perrin . ISBN 9781407303659. £33.00. viii+169 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the ‘Mountain Environments in Prehistoric Europe’ session (C31) of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Exploitation du milieu montagnard dans le mousterien final: la Grotte du Noisetier a frechet-aure (Pyrenees centrales Françaises) (Vincent Mourre, Sandrine Costamagno, Laurent Bruxelles, David Colonge, Stéphanie Cravinho, Véronique Laroulandie, Bruno Maureille, Céline Thiébaut, Julien Viguier); 2) Late Pleistocene Human Occupation and Large Mammal Distribution in the Eastern Alpine Region (Martina Pacher); 3) The Mousterian of the Vallicelli Cave (Monte San Giacomo, Salerno, Italy), in the pre- and protohistoric settlement framework at the slopes of Mount Cervati (Carmine Collina, Rosalia Gallotti, Marcello Piperno, Nicoletta Santangelo, Antonio Santo); 4) From Lake Chiemsee to the Totes Gebirge – on the Alpine path of the Neanderthals? (Doris Döppes, Wilfried Rosendahl); 5) Adaptation à l'environnement montagneux au Paléolithique en Hongrie (Zsolt Mester); 6) Des caches et entrepots au Paléolithique: une nécessité dans l’exploitation cynégétique saisonnière des milieux montagnards (Thierry Tillet); 7) Locating micro-refugia in periglacial environments during the LGM (Nathan Walker); 8) Processus évolutifs essentiels dans le paléoenvironnement et les industries de la fin du Tardiglaciaire dans les Alpes du Nord françaises et le Jura meridional (Gilbert Pion); 9) Prehistoric reindeer-hunting in the southern Norwegian highlands (Sveinung Bang-Andersen); 10) The first occupation of the Southern Alps in the Late Glacial at Riparo Tagliente (Verona, Italy). Detecting the organisation of living-floors through a G.I.S. integrated analysis of technological, functional, palaeoeconomic and spatial attributes (Federica Fontana, Antonio Guerreschi, Stefano Bertola, Francesca Bonci, Cristina Cilli, Jeremie Liagre, Laura Longo, Giovanna Pizziolo, Ursula Thun Hohenstein); 11) Changes of Geographical Environment in Prehistoric Azerbaijan (Upper Pleistocene and Holocene) (Malahat Farajova); 12) The Palaeolithic naturalistic art at the Dalmeri Rockshelter and climate variability (G. Dalmeri, A. Cusinato, S. Frisia, M. Hrozny Kompatscher, K. Kompatscher, M. Bassetti, R. Belli); 13) The use of mountain sectors during Epipalaeolithic and Mesolithic in the Western Switzerland Prealps (Pierre Crotti, Jérôme Bullinger); 14) Structuring a settlement model for the early Mesolithic in north-eastern Italy (Stefano Grimaldi); 15) The oldest silex and rock crystal mining traces in high alpine regions (Walter Leitner); 16) La néolithisation de la vallée du Rhône et de ses marges (Thomas Perrin); 17) Neolithic in the European Mid-Mountains. Case study from the Polish Carpathians (Paweł Valde-Nowak); 18) A view from the Apennines: the role of the inland sites in southern Italy during the Bronze Age (Alberto Cazzella, Giulia Recchia); 19) Settlement strategies in alpine valleys of Lombardy (Northern Italy) from Neolithic to Early Bronze Age: some examples (Marco Baioni, Raffaella Poggiani Keller); 20) Data on settlement views during Neolithic in prealpin lakes of NW Lombardy (northern Italy) (Daria Giuseppina Banchieri); 21) Mountain environment and landscape in prehistoric Sicily: the Madonie region (Palermo, Italy) (Vincenza Forgia).
BAR S1881 2008: Ancient German Identity in the Shadow of the Roman Empire The impact of Roman trade and contact along the middle Danube frontier, 10 BC–AD 166 by Eric Michael Vrba. ISBN 9781407303611. £48.00. xvi+355 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; with catalogue.
Slovakia is a convergent zone of three interrelated spheres of study in Roman history and archaeology. These three spheres are the frontier, Romanization, and cultural identity. The aim of the project that forms the core of this book is a greater understanding of how identity functions, as reflected in a culture’s material remains, and what affect outside agents have on identity, if any. The primary focus of this project is cultural identity and Part I outlines the ancient German culture along the Middle Danube River using ancient literary evidence and archaeological material. Part II is an account of the archaeological project conducted at Urbárske Sedliská, along with detailed descriptions of specific artifact groups, such as pottery, seen in southwest Slovakia. The final section, Part III, is a synthesis of parts I and II, bringing together the known archaeological data of the region and the theoretical discussions with the new data recovered from the excavations.
BAR S1880 2008: A Thousand Years of Farming: Late Chalcolithic Agricultural Practices at Tell Brak in Northern Mesopotamia by Mette Marie Hald. ISBN 9781407303604. £34.00. x+175 pages; 54 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 32 tables; 2 data Appendices.
The Late Chalcolithic is a period of far-reaching changes in many aspects of life in Mesopotamia. On the southern alluvial plain (present day Iraq) the first city states appear, among them the city of Uruk, which grows to become the largest of the cities in the south. The growth of cities coincides with evidence for elaborate ritual building complexes, an increasingly class-stratified society, industrial specialisation, and multi-tiered administration, which includes the invention of writing. The present volume focuses on the agricultural developments in Late Chalcolithic northern Mesopotamia from the perspective of a major settlement in the region, Tell Brak in modern northeast Syria. Agriculture formed the basis of the economy of ancient Near Eastern communities; a study of the crop husbandry practices of Tell Brak can potentially identify the plant economy of the site, including the crops present in the settlement, and methods of crop processsing and use. Any agricultural responses to changes in the socio-political system, known from the archaeological evidence to have taken place during the Late Chalcolithic, can also be assessed. These responses may be able to give us an indication of the wider economic responses to societal change during the Late Chalcolithic.
BAR S1879 2008: Rain Harvesting in the Rainforest: The Ancient Maya Agricultural Landscape of Calakmul, Campeche, Mexico by Helga Geovannini Acuña. ISBN 9781407303598. £30.00. vii+141 pages; 62 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 29 tables. 4 data Appendices.
The main subject discussed in this study is the way in which the ancient Maya of Calakmul (modern Mexico), who thrived between 900 B.C. to A.D. 1000, managed their landscape in order to survive in the tropical rainforest. Their lithic technology, the hot, humid climate with a prolonged dry season, the lack of permanent surface sources of fresh water, and thin soils, considered insufficient for sustained agricultural production, are factors that were addressed successfully by the Maya in developing their complex civilization. The author’s research begins with landscape, archaeological, and edaphological analyses, after which she explores the areas most advantageous to permanent habitation, suitable agricultural zones, land potential of the region and the capability of the area for supporting population. In addition, a complex agricultural channel irrigation system is explored as a critical factor for managing productive terrain for agriculture in karstic depressions (bajos). Similarly, an impressive rain harvesting system is exposed as an option to optimize hydrological resources for canalizing excessive rain during the wet season and storing water during the dry period. Finally, a reconstruction of the agricultural landscape is proposed.
BAR S1878 2008: Freiburg Dissertations in Aegean Archaeology Befestigungsanlagen im griechischen Raum in der Bronzezeit und ihre Entwicklung von neolithischer bis in archaische Zeit by Georgios Kalogeroudis. ISBN 9781407303581. £65.00. iv+486 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs, 3 in colour; in German.
A comprehensive study of all known fortifications in Neolithic and Bronze Age Greece has so far been lacking. This work attempts to fill the gap and, through individual examinations, to arrive at a complete picture of the development of these sites in prehistoric times. The pivotal questions are the following: Why did people build fortifications and in what conditions were they built?
BAR S1877 2008: ARCHAIA: Case Studies on Research Planning, Characterisation, Conservation and Management of Archaeological Sites edited by Nicolò Marchetti and Ingolf Thuesen. ISBN 9781407303574. £65.00. 470 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs, including 17 colour plates.
That field archaeological research and the conservation of ancient remains are inseparable actions is now a commonly shared opinion. However, in practice this consensus does not come with a check-list of shared protocols which can help in identifying the best possible solutions in each case. The ways of presenting a site to the public are often conceived a posteriori, after the completion of an archaeological project and without taking advantage of all the data produced by secondary studies and analysis of the excavated materials. Field archaeologists have long been confronted by these problems and this work is the result of a symposium on the topic, now known as the ARCHAIA project, held by group of colleagues from the Universities of Bologna, Copenhagen and Zadar, to which some other key speakers were added. This book contains the results of their joint efforts in highlighting what they think may be some of the most promising avenues for future practice and research. Contents: 1) ARCHAIA: from excavation strategies to archaeological parks (Nicolò Marchetti); 2) Protection of cultural property and archaeological heritage in the European Union and in Italy (legislation and recent case-law) (Guglielmo Cevolin); 3) Towards an international agenda for agreeing on a standard policy of preservation, presentation and management of archaeological sites and parks (Ingolf Thuesen); 4 Survey and technical analysis: a must for understanding monuments (Carla Maria Amici); 5) Image-based 3D recording and modelling of landscapes and large Cultural Heritage sites (Armin Gruen); 6) Multiscale integrated application of geomatic techniques for Cultural Heritage documentation (Gabriele Bitelli); 7) Precise global georeferencing of sites and geodetic techniques for morphological surveys within a common reference frame (Luca Vittuari); 8) Topographi cal field operations in mapping archaeological sites (Enrico Giorgi); 9) Some aspects of close-range photogrammetric surveys for Cultural Heritage documentation (Antonio Zanutta, Gabriele Bitelli); 10) Take a look, make a sketch and re-think it: surveying and 4D models for reconstructing archaeological sites (Moritz Kinzel); 11) Traces of the past: characterising material culture (Luisa Mazzeo Saracino); 12) A mineralogical-geochemical app roach to pottery characterisation (Vanna Minguzzi, Maria Carla Nannetti); 13) A systematic approach for the damage assessment of museum metals collections based on statistics and portable techniques: the case study of ancient Messene, Greece (M. Giannoulaki, V. Argyropoulos, T. Panou, G. Michalakakos, A.G. Karydas, V. Kantarelou, D. Anglos, A. Giakoumaki, V. Perdikatsis, C. Apostolaki, P. Themelis, S. Poulimenea); 14) Characterisation and documentation of material culture (particularly pottery) (Susanne Kerner); 15) Reconstructing hi story from material culture: the case of Etruscan Marzabotto (Elisabetta Govi)16) Material evidence as a vehicle for socio-cultural reconstruction (Alan Walmsley); 17) GIS archi ves for sites and their landscapes (Maurizio Cattani); 18) Semantic profiling to supp ort multi-view and multimodal interaction (Flavio De Paoli, Glauco Mantegari); 19) Computational intelligence in archaeology: the automatic production of knowledge (Juan A. Barceló); 20) Wireless networks in archaeology and Cultural Heritage (Massimo Ancona, Davide Conte, Donatella Pian, Sonia Pini, Gianluca Quercini, Antonella Traverso); 21) NADIR – The Archaeological Research Network of the Department of Archaeology, University of Bologna (Antonio Gottarelli); 22) An introduction to Bioarchaeology through a zooarchaeological perspective (Antonio Curci); 23) Bioarchaeology: the human skeleton as a hi storical source (Maria Giovanna Belcastro, Valentina Mariotti); 24) Faces from the past: the reconstruction of human physical appearance (Niels Lynnerup, Bjørn Skaarup); 25) Palaeoenvironment and subsistence economy through the analysis of botanical macroremains (Marialetizia Carra); 26) The use of archaeobotanical assemblages in palaeoeconomic reconstructions (Mette Marie Hald); 27) An introduction to faunal remains and environmental studies: a mismatch or a match made in heaven? (Pernille Bangsgaard); 28) Conservation and presentation of historical European mining landscapes: the Rammelsberg and Goslar UNESCO World Heritage Site, and the North-Western Harz Mountains in Germany (Christoph Bartels); 29) Ten years of collaboration on cultural landscapes research (Almudena Orejas, María Ruiz del Árbol); 30) From archaeological parks to the enhancement of archaeological landscapes: new directions in Italian heritage management (Andrea Zifferero); 31) Environmental assessment of an archaeological site for the development of an archaeological park (Paola Rossi Pisa, Gabriele Bitelli, Marco Bittelli, Maria Speranza, Lucia Ferroni, Pietro Catizone, Marco Vignudelli); 32) Culture, context, communication: an essay on the museological depth of field (Tim Flohr Sørensen); 33) Global climate change and archaeological heritage: prevision, impact and mapping (Cristina Sabbioni, Alessandra Bonazza, Palmira Messina); 34) The restoration and consolidation of archaeological sites and historical buildings. Science – research – technology (Pasquale Zaffaroni); 35) Modern approaches to archaeological conservation (Giovanna De Palma); 36) The policy for the conservation of the archaeological heritage in Turkey (Abdullah Kocapınar); 37) Low impact restoration techniques, coverings and fixed devices in an archaeological park: a case study at Tilmen Höyük in Turkey (Stefano F. Musso); 38) Preservation and presentation of Neolithic sites: a case study at Shkarat Msaied, Southern Jordan (Moritz Kinzel); 39); Cultural Heritage management: the special case of the World Heritage Site of Petra (May Shaer); 40) The desert and the sown: Islamic cities as a paradigm for sites on the fringe? (Alan Walmsley); 41) The archaeological park and open-air museum at the Middle Bronze Age site of Montale (Modena, Italy) (Andrea Cardarelli, Ilaria Pulini); 42) Strategic management of enhancement projects on urban archaeological sites: the APEAR method (Anne Warnotte, Marianne Tinant, Pierre Hupet); 43) Understanding the historic urban fabric of towns: implications for archaeological research design and public archaeology (Ian Simpson); 44) Late antique mosaics and their archaeological context (Isabella Baldini); 45) Archaeology and its museums: from the excavation to multimedia dissemination (Maria Teresa Guaitoli); 46) The Croatian archaeological heritage: some introductory remarks (Nenad Cambi, Giuseppe Lepore); 47) The archaeological site of Burnum: research perspectives within a protected natural landscape (Igor Borzić); 48) Archaeological diagnostics experiences at Burnum (Federica Boschi, Alessandro Campedelli); 49) Critical approach to the exhibitions of the imperial cult in the Roman Illyricum with regard to its early stage of development (Miroslav Glavičić, Željko Miletić); 50) Archaeological heritage alongside the Krka River (Josko Zaninović); 51) Roman epigraphical monuments from Asseria and Burnum: the role of epigraphy in reconstructing the history of sites (Miroslav Glavičić, Željko Miletić).
BAR S1876 2008: Reconstruction of the Bronze Age of the Caspian Steppes Life styles and life ways of pastoral nomads by Natalia Shishlina. ISBN 9781407303567. £47.00. xiv+299 pages; 140 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 31 tables; 3 data Appendices.
The Caspian Steppes have been attracting attention in the focus of many scholars for more than a hundred years, because the steppes that lie between the Lower Volga and the Lower Don regions, and border with the North Caucasus is an area where many cultural traditions formed and developed. Multiethnic and multicultural groups are behind such traditions. The objective of this book is to systematize the dating of Caspian Steppes’ sites to different cultures, based on new archaeological sources that have appeared recently as a result of new excavations. The detailed analysis of key features of the burial rite and general categories of the material culture, i.e. grave offerings, provides a possibility to present in Chapter 1 characteristics of archaeological cultures and cultural groups of the Caspian Steppes in the Eneolithic–Middle Bronze Age. Application of the complex method of establishing culture sequence in Chapter 2 is aimed at revealing changes of cultural traditions in the region and establishing their absolute chronology. The database obtained gives grounds to evaluate the ethno-cultural historical process in the region under discussion through models of the economic cycle and production developed by ancient population is presented in Chapter 3. Amongst others, this book is based on the Bronze Age collections from the Eurasian Steppe and the Caucasus of the Archaeology Department of the State Historical Museum in Moscow, and data obtained from the excavation of the Steppe Archaeological Expedition of the State Historical Museum.
BAR S1875 2008: Recent Approaches to the Archaeology of Land Allotment edited by Adrian M. Chadwick. ISBN 9781407303550. £60.00. vi+459 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
The idea of this volume came out of two research gatherings that focused on land allotment and field systems. The first was a day seminar on Ancient Fields, held at the National Monuments Record centre at Swindon, England, in June 2002, and organised. The second was the session on Land Allotment at the 24th annual conference of the Theoretical Archaeology Group, held at Manchester University in December 2002. Contents: 1) Land, landscape and Englishness in the discovery of prehistoric land division (Helen Wickstead); 2) From clearance plots to ‘sustained’ farming: Peak District fields in prehistory (John Barnatt); 3) Commons, fields and communities in prehistoric Cornwall (Peter Herring); 4) Encounters with place in prehistory: writing a case study for Shipman Head Down, Isles of Scilly (Eleanor Breen); 5) The place and materiality of an upland field system at Cwm Ffrydlas, North Wales (Robert Johnston); 6) After the axe: ways into the upland landscapes of Cumbria (Helen Evans); 7) An empty hole, or a meaningful whole? Approaches to the study of pit alignments (John Thomas); 8) Towards a bounded landscape. Excavations at Gonalston, Nottinghamshire, and the development of the earliest field systems in the Trent Valley (David Knight and Lee Elliott); 9) Late prehistoric and Romano-British land division in South and West Yorkshire: an overview of the evidence (Ian Roberts); 10) Fields for discourse? Towards more self-critical, theoretical and interpretative approaches to the archaeology of field systems and land allotment (Adrian M. Chadwick); 11) ‘The pleasant land of counterpane’: linking site-specific archaeological land use to the landscape of prehistoric field systems (Helen Lewis); 12) Mobile and enclosed landscapes on the Yorkshire Wolds (Chris Fenton-Thomas); 13) Stone walls in west Östergötland – their dating and its consequences (Maria Petersson); 14) Unfamiliar landscapes: infields, outfields, boundaries and landscapes in Iceland (Oscar Aldred); 15) Field-names in reconstructing late Anglo-Saxon agricultural land-use in the Bourn Valley, West Cambridgeshire (Susan Oosthuizen); 16) Not so common fields: the making of the East Anglian landscape (Edward Martin); 17) The co-axial field systems of Pembrokeshire revisited: towards an ekistic explanation (Jonathan Kissock); 18) Woodland and Champion: farming, ‘the social’, and the origins of medieval landscapes (Tom Williamson); 19) Parks and perceptions of parkland (Richard Muir); 20) Parliamentary Process: the creation of farming landscapes in eighteenth and nineteenth century Buckinghamshire (Hannah Sackett); 21) The irregularity of fields: historic piecemeal enclosure and dispersed settlement in upland England at the Upper Derwent, Peak District, and Great Langdale, Lake District (Bill Bevan).
BAR S1874 2008: Australia and the Origins of Agriculture by Rupert Gerritsen. ISBN 9781407303543. £37.00. iii+205 pages; 28 figures, maps, plans and drawings.
In this work the author explores issues of the origin of agriculture in Australia such as the “failure” of agriculture to develop indigenously, and its “failure” to diffuse into Australia, despite contact with Indonesian (Macassan) agriculturalists or New Guinean horticulturalists. Although not always explicitly stated or recognised, significant differences probably exist in the factors and dynamics that led to the pristine development of agriculture, as opposed to agriculture that arose as a result of outside influences, as a result of cultural transfers. In addition, a further question is investigated relating to the concept of Complex Hunter-Gatherers and the validity of some of the frameworks, key arguments, and critical evidence, that have been put forward concerning the development of agriculture, animal husbandry and Complex Hunter-Gatherer economies. A corollary of certain additional factors also explored, such as British colonisation, is the recognition that particular geographic, environmental, climatic, demographic and cultural factors, either singly or in concert, must have affected development in this continent.
BAR S1873 2008: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 76 The Archaeology of Tanzanian Coastal Landscapes in the 6th to 15th Centuries AD the Middle Iron Age of the Region by Edward John David Pollard. ISBN 9781407303536. £54.00. xv+367 pages; 147 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 30 figures; 5 data Appendices, Gazetteer .
This study seeks insights into the peoples and traditions of the Tanzanian coast, East Africa, during the 6th to 15th century through the application of archaeological survey and excavation techniques in the vicinity of the two important trading centres of Kaole and Kilwa. It adopts a maritime cultural landscape perspective, an approach that has seen very limited previous application to the East African coast, despite the central role played by the sea in the development of its port settlements and exploitation of its resources. Six themes are covered, namely the identification of coastal settlement sites and establishment of their chronology; recognition of principal phases in settlement development; exploitation of maritime resources and economy; identification of settlement location in relationship to the physical environment of the coast; establishment of the hierarchical nature of coastal settlement; and recognition of the principal harbour and port types.
BAR S1872 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 16 Prehistoric Art and Ideology Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 16, Session C27 edited by Emmanuel Anati. ISBN 9781407303529. £28.00. v+123 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in English, French and Italian.
Papers from the ‘Prehistoric Art and Ideology’ session (C27) held at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) Prehistoric art and ideology (Emmanuel Anati); 2) Deciphering mythological narrations in the rock art of Valcamonica: the rock of the phallus (Emmanuel Anati and Ariela Fradkin); 3) Gravettian burial rites: functional analysis of the lithic grave goods (S. Arrighi and V. Borgia); 4) Animal deities and shamans, warriors and Aesir Gods – rock art of the Nothern Countries – Scandinavia, Finland and Russia (Ulf Bertilsson); 5) Dancing scenes and ideology in the Neolithic Near East (Yosef Garfinkel); 6) Patriarchy and ideology in the rock art of the Iberian Mediterranean Basin (Mateu Escoriza); 7) The symbolism and the wearing fashion of jewellery-pendants during the Bronze Age in Hungary (Katalin Jankovits); 8) Les “arts” megalithiques d’Europe Occidentale: pourquoi une telle diversité? (Jean-Pierre Mohen); 9) How the artistic production of a Prehistoric society can suggest cultural changes and everyday life imagery: the case of the Predynastic Nile Valley (Simona Moscadelli); 10) Evidence for a Muelos belief in African and near East Neolithic mortuary rituals? (Estelle Orrelle); 11) Simboli al femminile: linee parallele e a volta nell’arte rupestre Calcolitica (Umberto Sansoni); 12) Idéologie et symbolisme dans l’art nord-thrace (Valeriu Sirbu); 13) Animals as symbols in Upper Palaeolithic art (Christian Zuchner).
BAR S1871 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 9 A New Dawn for the Dark Age? Shifting Paradigms in Mediterranean Iron Age Chronology / L'âge obscur se fait-il jour de nouveau? Les paradigmes changeants de la chronologie de l'âge du Fer en Méditerranée Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 9, Session C53 edited by Dirk Brandherm and Martin Trachsel. ISBN 9781407303512. £34.00. vi+176 pages; v+123 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in English with French and German summaries.
Papers from the ‘A New Dawn for the Dark Age? Shifting Paradigms in Mediterranean Iron Age Chronology’ session (C53) held at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) Western challenges to East Mediterranean chronological frameworks (Francisco J. Núñez Calvo); 2) Dark Age pottery from southern Aeolis (Kaan İren); 3) The beginning of the Iron Age in Thrace: archaeological evidence and questions of chronology (Elena Bozhinova); 4) Steps towards a revised chronology of Greek Geometric pottery by Martin Trachsel; 5) Italian metalwork of the 11th–9th centuries BC and the absolute chronology of the Dark Age Mediterranean (Christopher Pare); 6) The Iron Age in the Mediterranean: recent radiocarbon research at the University of Groningen (Albert J. Nijboer and Hans van der Plicht); 7) Relative and absolute chronology of Latium vetus from the Bronze Age to the transition to the Orientalizing period (Anna Maria Bietti Sestieri and Anna De Santis); 8) The chronology of the Late Bronze Age in western Iberia and the beginning of the Phoenician colonization in the western Mediterranean (Mariano Torres Ortiz); 9) Greek and Phoenician potsherds between East and West: a chronological dilemma? (Dirk Brandherm).
BAR S1866 2008: Bronze Priests of Ancient Egypt from the Middle Kingdom to the Græco-Roman Period by Barbara Mendoza. ISBN 9781407303499. £56.00. viii+402 pages; 143 plates; catalogues, inscriptions and data Appendices.
Ancient Egyptian bronze sculpture appears in many major European and North American museum
collections, but its inadequate study makes the sculpture very difficult to analyze. The aim of the present study is to analyze and organize the corpus of priestly bronze statuary, a rather large subgroup of non-royal ancient Egyptian bronze statuary. To this end, the author utilizes several factors intrinsic to each three-dimensional figure: epigraphical, stylistical, contextual, and technical, to show the temporal development of the ancient Egyptian priest and priestly figure in bronze. With this study the author provides a foundation for further study in the area of non-royal bronze statuary in general and a clearer view of the artistic contribution of priestly bronze statuary in particular, as well as a better understanding of the role and development of priestly bronze statuary.
BAR S1865 2008: Early Human Impact on Megamolluscs edited by Andrzej Antczak and Roberto Cipriani. ISBN 9781407303482. £41.00. iv+254 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Papers from an international workshop the Early Human Impact on Megamolluscs (EHIM), held on the Isla de Margarita, in Venezuela, between September 26th and 28th, 2005. Contents: 1) Early Human Impact on Megamolluscs: How Much Do We Know? (Andrzej Antczak and Roberto Cipriani); 2) Trends and Strategies in Shellfish Gathering on the Pacific Northwest Coast of North America (Aubrey Cannon, Meghan Burchell, and Rhonda Bathurst); 3) Human Exploitation of the Quahog Mercenaria mercenaria in Eastern North-America: Historical Patterns and Controls (Harold B. Rollins, Robert S. Prezant, and Ronald B. Toll); 4) Shellfish Use in Pre-Columbian Panama (Diana Rocio Carvajal Contreras); 5) A History of Human Impact on the Queen Conch (Strombus gigas) in Venezuela (Andrzej Antczak, Juan M. Posada, Diego Schapira, Ma. Magdalena Antczak, Roberto Cipriani, and Irene Amarilis Montaño); 6) A Recipe for a Sambaqui: Considerations on Brazilian Shell Mound Composition and Building (Levy Figuti); 7) Exploitation of loco, Concholepas concholepas (Gastropoda: Muricidae), during the Holocene of Norte Semiárido, Chile (Pedro Báez R. and Donald Jackson S.); 8) Qualitative Effects of Pre-Hispanic Harvesting on Queen Conch: The Tale of a Structured Matrix Model (Roberto Cipriani and Andrzej Antczak); 9) Molluscan Archives from European Prehistory (Geoff Bailey and Nicky Milner); 10) Shell Middens (“Køkkenmøddinger”): The Danish Evidence (Søren H. Andersen); 11) Marine Molluscs in Danish Stone Age Middens; A Case Study on Krabbesholm II (Nina Nielsen); 12) Limpet Sizes in Stone Age Archaeological Contexts at the Cape, South Africa: Changing Environment or Human Impact? (John Parkington); 13) From Prehistoric to Present: Giant Clam (Tridacnidae) Use in Papua New Guinea (Jeff Kinch); 14) Palaeobiomass Estimation and Collecting Pressure on Molluscs in Japan (Hiroko Koike); 15) Mediterranean, Red Sea and Nilotic Shell Artifacts in the Levant: Indicators of Trade Routes in the Bronze Age (Daniella E. Bar-Yosef Mayer); 16) Archaeomalacological Research in India with Special Reference to Early Historic Exploitation of the Sacred Conch Shell (Turbinella pyrum) in Western Deccan (Arati Deshpande-Mukherjee); 17. Shell Symbolism in Pre-Columbian North America (Cheryl Claassen); 18) Between Food and Symbol: The Role of Marine Molluscs in the Late Pre-Hispanic North-Central Venezuela (Ma. Magdalena Antczak and Andrzej Antczak); 19) The Study of Ancient Human-Mollusc Interactions as an Interdisciplinary Challenge (Roberto Cipriani, Andrzej Antczak and Ma. Magdalena Antczak).
BAR S1864 2008: Monographs of the Sydney University Teleilat Ghassul Project 2 Chalcolithic Cult and Risk Management at Teleilat Ghassul The Area E Sanctuary by Peta Seaton. ISBN 9781407303475. £62.00. 471 pages; 161 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 2 colour plates; 59 tables; 2 catalogues and index.
This work addresses a number of issues emerging from evidence from Teleilat Ghassul in the south Jordan Valley, incorporating unpublished material from Professor J.B. Hennessy’s excavations in 1967, 1975-1977, and new material from Bourke’s 1994- present campaigns at the site. These include: A report of the excavated material and architecture from Area E, the ‘Sanctuary’ precinct; Justification for the ‘cultic’ attribution of the precinct, and some proposals about the nature of the cult activities and their purpose; The evidence for emerging internal competitive diversity in cult and religious activities at the site, its cause and consequences; Observations on the spatial and temporal place of Teleilat Ghassul, and specifically the Sanctuary, in the broader Chalcolithic and pre-state spectrum; The extent to which cult expression reflects a social response to managing crisis, rather than success; The extent to which the evidence supports conventional paradigms about increasing social, economic and technological complexity in pre-state societies, and the value added by the Ghassul evidence to our understanding of Chalcolithic culture and social systems; Analysis of the extent to which the Sanctuary and the broader site can inform the extension of archaeological analysis, to identify the conscious behaviour and evidence of individuals manipulating social and economic circumstances to alter the power relationships in a community; and the degree to which we can extend recent conceptual frameworks in articulating an ‘Archaeology of Politics’ from pre-literate evidence in cult contexts. Part I presents a full report on the architecture, ceramics and small finds from Area E. The stratigraphy, architecture and phasing of the Sanctuary precinct, including the Sanctuary Courtyard, and the adjacent Industrial Area, reports previously unpublished detail of the excavated remains. This is followed by the ceramics from the Sanctuary precinct, with reference to the Pontifical Biblical Institute material where appropriate and with a broad indication of parallels in the region. The distribution of ceramic forms and wares is presented as the basis of evidence for the unique and specialised nature of the Sanctuary. Objects from the Sanctuary precinct are also presented in a comparable descriptive and statistical format to the ceramics. The architecture of other Chalcolithic sites, cultic and domestic, is discussed in Part II with the aim of drawing conclusions about the function of the Sanctuary, and its relationship with identified comparators at En Gedi and Gilat. Possible links with Mesopotamian, southern Anatolian, Syrian, Egyptian and desert sites are also explored. Part III takes a deliberate context-based approach to cult analysis, drawing together the objects from the Sanctuary Courtyard, Sanctuary Temenos, Industrial Area and Painters Workshop to demonstrate the significance of the components of each assemblage and their relationship to the cult activities. Part III also examines the Ghassul Area E Sanctuary against existing and respected models of cultic criteria and recommends additional criteria to be added to this model. A catalogue of objects from the Sanctuary precinct is presented in the Appendix to emphasise the significance of each assemblage and promote the benefits of context-based publication of objects. Part III draws together current debates and evidence on chronology, environment and economy in the Chalcolithic with specific reference to Ghassul and the Sanctuary, and presents some conclusions about the evidence for risk and crisis, which may have generated the social and political responses by groups and individuals inherent in the Sanctuary evidence. Conclusions in Part IV respond to the aims set out above.
BAR S1863 2008: Conceptualization of ‘Xihuitl’: History, Environment and Cultural Dynamics in Postclassic Mexica Cognition by Mutsumi Izeki. ISBN 9781407303468. £35.00. viii+191 pages; 60 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices and catalogues.
This study is concerned with how the Postclassic Mexica people developed their unique perspective of history and environment in a dynamic cultural context. By focusing on the process of conceptualization of the Nahuatl word ‘xihuitl’, the author analyzes the way the Mexica expressed their cognition. Xihuitl covers a range of meanings: ‘turquoise’, ‘grass’, ‘solar year’, ‘comet’, ‘preciousness’, ‘blue-green’ and ‘fire’. The correlations of the meanings of xihuitl can be explained from a structural point of view. However, structural analysis does not reveal the dynamic experiential processes that produced such correlations in the minds of the Mexica. In order to account for this dynamic aspect of the concept, the author employs a theory drawn from cognitive science. This theory argues that the meanings and representations of a concept are metaphoric extensions that derive from the central sense of the concept. Applying this theory, the author examines the metaphoric extension of each xihuitl representation from the central sense. The author also analyzes the four media of expression—linguistic, iconographic, material and ritual—in which representations of xihuitl occur. The representations of xihuitl in each medium embody a particular aspect of the concept. At the same time, the concept as a whole was affected by the Mexica conceptual system—the way the Mexica saw their world—rooted in the connections they believed existed between themselves and those who established earlier Central Mexican civilizations.
BAR S1862 2008: Engendering Social Dynamics: The Archaeology of Maintenance Activities edited by Sandra Montón-Subías and Margarita Sánchez-Romero. ISBN 9781407303451. £26.00. iii+95 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
A selection of some of the papers presented at two international workshops: Women and Maintenance
activities in times of change and Interpreting household practices: reflections on the social and cultural roles of maintenance activities, which were held in Barcelona in November 2005 and November 2007. These two workshops were co-organised by the Centre d’Estudis del Patrimoni Arqueològic de la Prehistòria-CEPAP (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain) and by the Departament d’Humanitats (Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Spain). Contents: Introduction: Engendering social dynamics. The archaeology of maintenance activities. An introduction (Paloma González-Marcén, Sandra Montón-Subías, Marina Picazo, and Margarita Sánchez-Romero); 2) Chapter 1. Towards an archaeology of maintenance activities (Paloma González-Marcén, Sandra Montón-Subías and Marina Picazo); Chapter 2. Why has history not appreciated maintenance activities? (Almudena Hernando); Chapter 3. Thoughts on a method for zooarchaeological study of quotidian life (Diane Gifford-González); Chapter 4. The technics of the American Home (Francesca Bray ); Chapter 5. Sun Disks and solar cycles: weaving and the down of solar cosmologies in Post-Classical Mexico (Elisabeth Brumfiel ); Chapter 6. Nurturing the dead: medieval women as family undertakers (Roberta Gilchrist); Chapter 7. Maintenance activities in the funerary record. The case of Iberian cemeteries (Antonia García-Luque and Carmen Risquez ); Chapter 8. Greek terracota figurines: images and representations of everyday life (Marina Picazo );
Chapter 9. Grinding to a Halt: Gender and the Changing Technology of Flour Production in Roman Galilee (Carol Meyers); Chapter 10. Changing foodways: new strategies in food preparation, serving and consumption in the Bronze Age of the Iberian Peninsula (Margarita Sánchez-Romero and Gonzalo Aranda); Chapter 11. “Spun on a wheel were women’s hearts”. Women between ideology and life in the Nordic past (Liv Helga Dommasnes).
BAR S1861 2008: Prehistoric Ceramics Research Group: Occasional Paper 6 Breaking the Mould: Challenging the Past through Pottery edited by Ina Berg. ISBN 9781407303444. £28.00. vi+123 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
In October 2006, the 3rd International Conference on Prehistoric Ceramics, entitled ‘Breaking the Mould: Challenging the Past through Pottery’, was hosted by the Department of Archaeology on behalf of the Prehistoric Ceramics Research Group and The Prehistoric Society at the University of Manchester. Contents: 1) Skill amongst the sherds: understanding the role of skill in the early to late Middle Bronze Age in Hungary (Sandy Budden);2) Thinking outside of the pot: what other containers can tell us about the inception of ceramics in the Neolithic Near East (Rachel Conroy); 3) The trajectory of the wheel-coiling technique in the southern Levant: historical scenarios and explanatory mechanisms (Valentine Roux); 4) Undecorated Calatagan pots as active symbols of cultural affiliation (Grace Barretto-Tesoro); 5) Pottery and feasting in central Sweden (Thomas Eriksson); 6) A re-evaluation of the pottery assemblages from Ville-es-Nouaux, Les Platons and La Hougue Mauger, Jersey, Channel Islands (Paul-David Francis Driscoll); 7) Thoughts and adjustments in the potter’s backyard (Olivier Gosselain); 8) The hand that makes the pot…: craft traditions in South Sweden in the third millennium BC (Åsa M. Larsson); 9) The vessel as a human body: Neolithic anthropomorphic vessels and their reflection in later periods (Goce Naumov); 10) Influence from the ‘Group Rhin-Suisse-France Orientale’ on the pottery from the Late Bronze Age urnfields in western Belgium. A confrontation between pottery forming technology, 14C dates and typo-chronology (Guy de Mulder, Walter Leclercq and Mark Strydonck);11) Dating a pot beaker and the surrounding landscape using OSL dating (Simone B.C. Bloo, Frieda S. Zuidhoff, Jakob Wallinga and Candice A. Johns).
BAR S1860 2008: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 75 Holocene Prehistory of the Southern Cape, South Africa Excavations at Blombos Cave and the Blombosfontein Nature Reserve by Christopher Stuart Henshilwood. ISBN 9781407303437. £34.00. xi+171 pages; 121 figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
During 1992/3 nine Later Stone Age (LSA) coastal midden sites ranging in age from 6960 BP to 290 BP, and representing 28 depositional units were excavated in the Blombosfontein Nature Reserve and in the directly adjacent Blombos Estates, situated 20 km to the west of Still Bay, southern Cape, South Africa. This monograph is based on the results derived from the author’s research of these sites, including more recent data. In this monograph the term Blombosfontein i s used to cover both the Blombosfontein Nature Reserve and the Blombos Estates. The original excavations of 1992 revealed Middle Stone Age deposits but excavation in these levels was limited and the age of the deposits could not be determined. Subsequent excavations of the MSA levels show that the BBC deposits range in age from over 140 000 years to less than 300 years. Excavation of these MSA levels is continuing . The primary objectives of the initial research at Blombosfontein were to examine the economic and cultural diversity present within and across these nine coastal middens. The core of the project revolved around the excavation of the 9 sites and the subsequent analysis and interpretation of the recovered data. Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction; Chapter 2. Environment and Palaeoenvironment; Chapter 3. Ethnohistory of the Southern Cape; Chapter 4. Holocene Archaeology of the Southern Cape; Chapter 5. Site Descriptions and Radiocarbon Dates; Chapter 6. Shellfish Analysis; Chapter 7. Fauna: Mammals, Reptiles & Fish; Chapter 8. Cultural Artefacts; Chapter 9. Seasonality and Oxygen Isotope Analysis; Chapter 10. Summary & Discussion.
 BAR S1859 2008: Il Tardiglaciale in Italia – Lavori in corso edited by Margherita Mussi. ISBN 9781407303420. £35.00. vi+155 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; papers in Italian with English abstracts.
Papers from a symposium held in May 2006 in Rome on the Italian Late Glacial. Contents: 1) Lineamenti della vegetazione tardoglaciale in Italia peninsulare e in Sicilia (Donatella Magri); 2) L’uso degli isotopi nella ricostruzione delle migrazioni delle faune nel Tardiglaciale (Maura Pellegrini, Randolph E. Donahue, Julia Lee-Thorp, Jane Evans, Janet Montgomery, Carolyn Chenery, Margherita Mussi); 3) Il livello di conoscenza sulle strategie di sussistenza e i modelli di insediamento nel Tardiglaciale italiano: un bilancio dopo più di 15 anni (Francesca Alhaique, Amilcare Bietti); 4) Continuità e discontinuità nel panorama funerario del Paleolitico superiore in Italia (Vincenzo Formicola); 5) Evolution des concepts de productions lithiques et artistiques à l’epigravettien recent: analyses de collections des préalpes de la Vénétie et des préalpes du sud Françaises (Cyril Montoya) ; 6) La caccia a Riparo Dalmeri nel Tardiglaciale dell’Italia nord-orientale (Ivana Fiore, Antonio Tagliacozzo); 7) Grotta del Clusantin, un sito inusuale nel sistema insediativo epigravettiano delle Alpi italiane (Marco Peresani, Ornella De Curtis, Rossella Duches, Fabio Gurioli, Matteo Romandini, Benedetto Sala); 8) Madonna dell’Ospedale, un sito epigravettiano antico al margine dell’Appennino Marchigiano: osservazioni sulla produzione litica (Mara Silvestrini, Emanuele Cancellieri, Marco Peresani); 9) Une approche taphonomique de l’occupation humaine au Tardiglaciaire dans la vallée du Gallero (Prov. de Pescara, Abruzzes) (Yann Le Jeune, Monique Olive) ; 10) Tempi e modi del ripopolamento dell’Appennino centrale nel Tardiglaciale: nuove evidenze da Grotta di Pozzo (AQ) (Margherita Mussi, Enzo Cocca, Emanuela D’Angelo, Ivana Fiore, Rita Melis, Hannah Russ); 11) Il Gravettiano di Roccia San Sebastiano (Mondragone, Caserta)( Carmine Collina, Ivana Fiore, Rosalia Gallotti, Massimo Pennacchioni, Marcello Piperno, Loretana Salvadei, Antonio Tagliacozzo); 12) Recenti ricerche sul Tardoglaciale del basso versante tirrenico (Fabio Martini, André Carlo Colonese, Zelia Di Giuseppe, Massimiliano Ghinassi, Lisa Govoni, Domenico Lo Vetro, Silvia Ricciardi).
BAR S1858 2008: The Role of the Religious Sector in the Economy of Late Bronze Age Mycenaean Greece by Susan M. Lupack. ISBN 9781407303413. £34.00. vi+181 pages; 5 figures .
Our conception of the Mycenaean economy has been considerably altered in recent times. The palatial administration has gone from being conceived of as a centralized, almost totalitarian bureaucracy that collected and subsequently redistributed goods to the society at large, to one that is conceived of as predominantly interested in mobilizing resources almost solely for the purpose of producing its own elite goods. Alternative foci of economic power have been recognized, the damos and the religious sector. In this work the author thoroughly explores the clues to the latter’s economic activities as they appear in the Linear B tablets and the archaeological record in order to better understand the economic role of the religious sector in Mycenaean society. In addition, the author bears in mind that economic power can bring social and political power. Indeed, they are very often intertwined; therefore she also examines, where possible, the indications that the religious sector wielded some influence within their communities and with respect to the palatial authority. The early chapters, before delving into the archaeological and Linear B evidence concerning the economic activities of the religious sector, explore exactly what the author means when referring to a site as a workshop or a sanctuary, and the methods used in identifying such places. Chapter 3 is a discussion of the workshop-shrine connection as it is manifested in archaeological contexts outside of Mycenaean Greece. Chapter 4 turns to one of the bodies of evidence that has proved most useful for this study: the Pylos land tenure tablets which deal with the landholdings of Pa-ki-ja-ne. Chapter 5 focuses on the religious sector’s involvement in other economic activities, including shepherding, textile production, bronze working, perfume production, and chariot and armor production. Chapter 6 investigates the Mycenaean archaeological material that appears to support the evidence found in the tablets for the involvement of the religious sector in industrial production.
BAR S1857 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 18 The Early Neolithic in the Iberian Peninsula / Le Néolithique ancien dans la Péninsule Ibérique Regional and transregional components / Les éléments regionaux et transregionaux edited by Mariana Diniz. ISBN 9781407303406. £25.00. illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; papers in English, French and Italian (with English abstracts).
Papers from the session ‘The Early Neolithic in the Iberian Peninsula Regional and transregional components’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) The Portalón at Cueva Mayor (Sierra de Atapuerca, Spain): a new archaeological sequence (Ortega, A. I.; Juez, L.; Carretero, J. M.; Arsuaga, J. L.; Pérez-González, A.; Ortega, M. C.; Pérez, R.; Pérez, A.; Rodríguez, A. D.; Santos, E.; García, R. ; Gómez, A.; Rodríguez, L.; Martínez de Pinillos, M. & Martínez, I.); 2) Torca l’Arroyu: A new holocene site in the centre of Asturias (North of Spain) (Rogelio Estrada García, Jesús F. Jordá Pardo, Joan S. Mestres Torres and José Yravedra Sainz de los Terreros); 3) From “Inland Neolithic” to “Neolithic dwelling in the inland”: the role of homogeneous and heterogeneous elements on the explanation of earlier agricultural stages in Central Spain (Enrique Cerrillo Cuenca); 4) Néolithisation et structure sociale: données et discussion dans le nord-est de l’Espagne pour (Clop, Xavier; Gibaja, Juan Francisco); 5) El Valle de Ambrona (Soria, España): un referente cronológico para la primera ocupación neolítica del interior peninsular (Manuel A. Rojo-Guerra, Rafael Garrido-Pena e Íñigo García-Martínez-de-Lagrán); 6) Neolithisation process in lower Tagus valley left bank: old perspectives and new data (César Neves, Filipa Rodrigues, Mariana Diniz); 7) Early Neolithic at the Serpis Valley, Alicante, Spain (J. Bernabeu Aubán, LL. Molina Balaguer, T. Orozco Köhler, A. Diez Castillo, C.M. Barton); 8) Sources of monumentality: standing stones in context (Fontaínhas, Alentejo Central, Portugal) (Manuel Calado, Leonor Rocha); Castelo Belinho (Algarve, Portugal) and the first Southwest Iberian Villages (Mário Varela Gomes).
BAR S1852 2008: Egyptian Tomb Architecture The archaeological facts of pharaonic circular symbolism by David I. Lightbody. ISBN 9781407303390. £25.00. xiii+88 pages; 77 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 4 data Appendices.
The objective of this monograph is to describe and explain the meanings underlying some otherwise anomalous archaeological data drawn from the study of Ancient Egypt. An explanation for the phenomena observed has hitherto proved elusive. The data is principally concerned with royal funerary architecture from the Old Kingdom, and the underlying systems of measurement and geometry that were employed therein. As well as providing a description and explanation for the data, this work also has the objective of providing the first synthesis of related cultural information drawn from several different textual and archaeological resources. The general subject matter is pharaonic funerary architecture from Old Kingdom Egypt, and the work focuses specifically on the circular proportions deliberately incorporated into the tomb designs by the architects. Contents: Introduction; 1) Fundamentals of Ancient Egyptian mathematics and architecture; 2) The Evidence and facts of Egyptian circular proportions; 3) The symbolism; 4) Methodology, analysis and discussion of mathematics; 5) Arguments from authorities; 6) Archaeology and philology; fieldwork and deskwork; 7) Conclusions; Appendix 1: Secondary Issues; Appendix 2: Social Context of early Egyptology; Appendix 3: Egyptian and Greek Mathematics; Appendix 4: Quotes from the Greeks.
BAR S1851 2008: Wine In Ancient Egypt A Cultural and analytical study by Maria Rosa Guasch Jané. ISBN 9781407303383. £25.00. ix+72 pages; 50 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 1 in colour.
Wine is a beverage that belongs to the Mediterranean culture. A study of the origins of wine shows how deep vineyards are rooted in this area from West to East and since antiquity. The oldest and most extensive documentation about viticulture and winemaking comes from Egypt. Vineyards have been grown in the Nile Delta for five thousand years. The historical and archaeological study of documents and paintings related to winemaking coming from walls of Egyptian tombs, still presents nowadays unknown aspects. Thanks to the development of analytical techniques, we are now able to shed light on a new aspect known to us from the first Mediterranean civilization: the wine culture in Egypt. This present study has three objectives: To provide a bibliographical study of viticulture and oenology in ancient Egypt; to verify, in an analytical way, the presence of wine in amphorae of ancient Egypt; and to investigate what kinds of wine were produced in ancient Egypt.
BAR S1850 2008: Amun Temples in Nubia A typological study of New Kingdom, Napatan and Meroitic Temples by Caroline M. Rocheleau. ISBN 9781407303376. £26.00. ix+96 pages; 3 tables; 42 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; Gazetteer of sites.
The aims of this study are to observe patterns in the spatial configuration of Egyptian and
Kushite temples dedicated to Amun in Nubia; to identify architectural models; and finally, to ascribe these models to certain historical periods or specific rulers. The core of the work is a typological study based on the comparison of architectural plans of one type of building dedicated to a particular deity. Although it used two earlier typological studies of Kushite architecture as a stepping stone, this study differed in the definition of its assemblage. the present corpus includes New Kingdom temples in an attempt to follow the architectural evolution of Kushite temples from their source of inspiration. Because ancient Egyptian temples were undoubtedly the prototypes upon which Napatan and Meroitic temples were modelled, it was necessary to include them in the study and classify them together with later temples in order to properly establish patterns. Additionally, the newly uncovered temples at Doukki Gel, Hugeir Gubli, Usli, Soniyat, Dangeil, and el-Hassa offered new material that needed to be included in such a study. As much as the study of Egyptian temples contributed to our understanding of ancient Egyptian civilisation, the study of Napatan and Meroitic temples might just do the same for the Kushite kingdom.
BAR S1849 2008: Animals and People: Archaeozoological Papers in Honour of Ina Plug edited by Shaw Badenhorst, Peter Mitchell and Jonathan C. Driver. ISBN 9781407303369. £36.00. vi+228 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This collection of papers is dedicated to Dr Ina Plug to celebrate her tremendous contributions to archaeozoology (or zooarchaeology) in a career that has so far spanned more than three decades. Contents: Preface; Ina Plug: A Tribute (Shaw Badenhorst); Zooarchaeology in Southern Africa: A View from the North (Terry O’Connor); Archaeozoology at the Transvaal Museum and Its Future in South Africa (Karin Scott); Models for Zooarchaeologists from Modern Bushmeat Studies (Jonathan C. Driver); The Contribution of Sibudu Fauna to an Understanding of KwaZulu-Natal Environments at ~60 ka, ~50 ka and ~37 ka (Lyn Wadley, Ina Plug, and Jamie L. Clark); Variability and Change in Middle Stone Age Hunting Behaviour: Aspects from the Lithic and Faunal Records (Marlize Lombard and Jamie L. Clark); Archaeobiodiversity of Ichthyofaunas from the Holocene Sahel (Nadja Pöllath, Joris Peters, and Hélène Jousse); Shrews from Ein el Gazzareen, Dakhleh Oasis, Western Desert, Egypt (C.S. Churcher); Human and Animal Interaction on the Shire Highlands, Malawi: The Evidence from Malowa Rockshelter (Yusuf M. Juwayeyi); Early Herders in Southern Africa: A Synthesis (Andrew B. Smith); The Canine Connection: Dogs and Southern African Hunter-gatherers (Peter Mitchell); Fishing in the Senegal River during the Iron Age: The Evidence from the Habitation Mounds of Cubalel and Siouré (Wim Van Neer); Early Iron Age Regional Settlement and Demographic Patterns along the Eastern Seaboard of South Africa: A View from the Lower Thukela River Valley (Haskel J. Greenfield and Leonard O. van Schalkwyk); A Consideration of Livestock Exploitation during the Early Iron Age in the Thukela Valley, KwaZulu-Natal (Elizabeth R. Arnold); Social Memory and the Antiquity of Snake and Crocodile Symbolism in Southern Africa (Kent D. Fowler); Symbolic Animal Burials from the Venda Region in the Limpopo Province, South Africa (Louisa Hutten); Zhizo and Leopard’s Kopje: Test Excavations at Simamwe and Mtanye, Zimbabwe (T.N. Huffman); Subsistence Change among Farming Communities in Southern Africa during the Last Two Millennia: A Search for Potential Causes (Shaw Badenhorst).
BAR S1848 2008: Lenguajes Visuales de los Incas edited by Paola González Carvajal and Tamara L. Bray. ISBN 9781407303352. £35.00. 193 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in Spanish and English. Abstract in English.
Approaching precolumbian art in all of its various forms as the material expression of interlocking systems of visual communication opens a rich terrain upon which to further our insights into the cultural and symbolic lives of Andean peoples. For archaeologists, ethnohistorians, and anthropologists interested in such studies, however, it is no simple matter to determine how the varied graphic, artifactual, architectural, and spatial systems of visual communication found in the precolumbian world can or should be interpreted. This volume focuses specifically on the various systems of visual communication created by, or associated, with the imperial Inca state. This collection of papers advances understanding of Inca forms of representation, as well Andean systems more generally, by attending to the formal, contextual, functional, and ideological processes through which they are constructed and within which they are embedded. In essence, the volume constitutes a joint reflection on the important themes of representation and material systems of communication in the Andean context. Contents: Introduction Lenguajes Visuales de los Incas/Introduction: Visual Languages of the Inca (Paola González Carvajal y Tamara L. Bray); 1) Las Dimensiones Simbólicas del Poder dentro del Imperio Inca (Tamara L. Bray); 2) Mediating Opposition: On Redefining Diaguita Visual Codes and Their Social Role During the Inca Period (Paola González Carvajal); 3) Espacios Conquistados y Símbolos Materiales del Imperio Inca en el Noroeste de Argentina (Verónica Williams); 4) Insignias para la Frente de los Nobles Incas: Una Aproximación Etnohistórica- Arqueológica al Principio de la Dualidad (Helena Horta Tricallotis); 5) Del Número al Cálculo en el Imperio Inca: El Lenguaje y sus Representaciones (Viviana Moscovich); 6) El Sistema de Ceques como Computadora (R. Tom Zuidema); 7) Arte Rupestre en Tiempos Incaicos: Nuevos Elementos para una Vieja Discusión (Marcela Sepúlveda); 8) Arquitectura, Arte Rupestre, y las Nociones de Exclusión e Inclusión: El Tawantinsuyu en Aconcagua, Chile (Rodrigo Rodrigo Sánchez Romero y Andrés Troncoso Meléndez); 9) Para que la Letra lo Tenga en los Ojos: Tocapu, Emblemas, y Letreros en los Andes Coloniales del Siglo XVII (Rocío Quispe-Agnoli); 10) Pensarse y Representarse: Aproximaciones a Algunas Prácticas Coloniales Andinas de los Siglos XVI y XVII (José Luis Martínez C.); 11) La Historia en los Queros: Apuntes acerca de la Relación entre las Representaciones Figurativas y los Signos “Tocapus” (Mariusz S. Ziółkowski, Jarosław Arabas, y Jan Szemiński); 12) Tocapu in a Colonial Frame:Andean Space and the Semiotics of Painted Colonial Tocapu (Marie Timberlake).
BAR S1847 2008: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 74 Current Archaeological Research in Ghana edited by Timothy Insoll. ISBN 9781407303345. £31.00. iv+149 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This work presents and evaluates internal perspectives on the profile of archaeology in the University of Ghana, Legon, internationally, and nationally, and also its future.Chapter 1. Archaeology in the University of Ghana, Legon. A Survey of Emic Perspectives on its Profile and Future, with an Etic Commentary (Timothy Insoll); Chapter 2. An Investigation of a Kintampo Complex Site at Boyasi Hill, near Kumasi, Ghana (James Anquandah); Chapter 3. Molluscs in Archaeological Reconstruction: The Kpone Coastline, Ghana, as a Case Study (Fritz Biveridge); Chapter 4. Excavations at Fort Amsterdam, Abandze, Central Region, Ghana (J. Boachie-Ansah); Chapter 5. Researching the Internal African Diaspora in Ghana (Kodzo Gavua); Chapter 6. Current Archaeological Research at the Krobo Mountain Site, Ghana (William Narteh Gblerkpor); Chapter 7. Placing the Tongo Hills, Northern Ghana, in Archaeological Time and Space: Reflexivity and the Research Process (Timothy Insoll); Chapter 8. Rethinking the Stone Circles of Komaland. A Preliminary Report on the 2007/2008 Fieldwork at Yikpabongo, Northern Region, Ghana 9Benjamin W. Kankpeyeng and Samuel Nilirmi Nkumbaan); Chapter 9. The Archaeology of Slavery: A Study of Kasana, Upper West Region, Ghana (Samuel Nilirmi Nkumbaan); Chapter 10. Clay Toys of the Grandchildren of a Potter in Salaga: Insights for Archaeology in Ghana (J. Ako Okoro); Chapter 11. The Late Stone Age in Ghana: The Re-excavation of Bosumpra Cave in Context (Derek Watson).
BAR S1846 2008: Vulvae, Eyes, Snake Heads. Archaeological Finds of Cowrie Amulets by László Kovács with malacological identifications by Gyula Radócz. ISBN 9781407303338. £69.00. xx+512 pages; 196 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; with extensive catalogue.
A comprehensive study of cowries and other shells, including fossilised material. Contents: Chapter 1) Cowries; Chapter 2) Archaeological finds and parallels to cowries; Chapter 3) Summary; Chapter 4) Catalogue.
BAR S1845 2008: L’area ionico-tarantina nel quadro della diffusione neolitica Problematiche e analisi dei rapporti con le culture coeve dell’Italia sud-orientale e del Vicino Oriente edited by Patrizia Lorusso. ISBN 9781407303321. £28.00. iii+115 pages; 43 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In Italian with English abstract.
The stratigraphic surveys periodically done since the 1980s within the Neolithic settlement of Montedoro (Grottaglie, Taranto, southern Italy), the north-eastern slope of the basin of the ‘Small Sea’ of Taranto, have highlighted aspects and problems about the process of neolithization in an area insufficiently studied. In this work the author has made a detailed analysis of the archaeological and topographic stratigraphy, including the recovery of the geo-paleoenvironmental data and of the archaeozoological data for historic and cultural reconstructions. The documentation includes ceramic and lithic objects, as well as faunal and palinological finds. The contextualized data provide a significant contribution to an area little known from the preclassical viewpoint.
BAR S1844 2008: Current Research in Animal Palaeopathology Proceedings of the Second ICAZ Animal Palaeopathology Working Group Conference edited by Zora Miklíková and Richard Thomas. ISBN 9781407303314. £26.00. vii+98 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, tables and photographs.
Papers from the Second ICAZ Animal Palaeopathology Working Group Conference held at Nitra, Slovakia in September 2005. 1) Introduction: current research in animal palaeopathology (R. Thomas & Z. Miklíková); 2) Environmental stress in early domestic sheep (L. Bartosiewicz); 3) A developmental anomaly of prehistoric roe deer dentition from Svodín, Slovakia (M. Fabis, R. Thomas, V. Páral & D. Vondrák); 4) A possible case of tuberculosis or brucellosis in an Iron Age horse skeleton from Viables Farm, Basingstoke, England (R. Bendrey); 5) Animal palaeopathology at two Roman sites in central Britain (S. Vann); 6) Understanding past human-animal relationships through the analysis of fractures: a case study from a Roman site in The Netherlands (M. Groot); 7) Pathology in horses from a Roman cemetery (K. Lyublyanovics); 8) Animal diseases at a Celtic-Roman village in Hungary (M. Daróczi-Szabó); 9) Skeletal alterations of animal remains from the early medieval settlement of Bajč, southwest Slovakia (Z. Miklíková); 10) Animal diseases from medieval Buda (P. Csippán & L. Daróczi-Szabó); 11) Broken-winged: fossil and sub-fossil pathological bird bones from recent excavations (E. Gál); 12) Osteoporosis in animal palaeopathology (M. Martiniaková, R. Omelka, M. Vondráková, M. Bauerová, P. Massányi & M. Fabis); 13) Cranial perforations in Armenian cattle (N. Manaseryan).
BAR S1843 : Maison de l’Orient Méditerranéen Le site néolithique de Tell Mureybet (Syrie du Nord) En hommage à Jacques Cauvin edited by Juan José Ibáñez. ISBN 9781407303307. £100.00. 731 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings, tables and photographs. In French; abstracts in English and Arabic. Two volumes.
A major report on the Neolithic site of Tell Mureybet (northern Syria). Contents: Introduction (J.J. Ibánez); Jacques Cauvin, In memoriam (M. Molist ); Historique (M.-C. Cauvin); Chronostratigraphie de Mureybet. Apport des datations radiocarbone (J. Évin et D. Stordeur); Stratigraphie et répartition des architectures à Mureybet (D. Stordeur et J.J. Ibánez ); Foyers et fours du site de Mureybet (M. Molist); Les nouvelles données archéobotaniques de Mureybet et la néolithisation du Moyen Euphrate (G. Willcox); Étude archéozoologique de Mureybet (L. Gourichon et D. Helmer); L’outillage lithique: Introduction (M.-C. Cauvin); Matières premières siliceuses et comportements techniques (F. Abbès et J.A. Sánchez Priego); Analyse technologique (F. Abbès); Analyse du mobilier retouché (M.-C. Cauvin et F. Abbès); Analyse fonctionnelle de l’outillage lithique de Mureybet (J.J. Ibánez, J.E. González Urquijo et A. Rodríguez Rodríguez); Analyse technologique et fonctionnelle des herminettes de Mureybet (J.A. Sánchez Priego); Conclusion sur l’outillage lithique (M.-C. Cauvin, F. Abbès, J.E. González Urquijo, J.J. Ibáñez, A. Rodríguez Rodríguez et J.A. Sánchez Priego); L’industrie de l’os (D. Stordeur et R. Christidou); L’outillage de mouture et de broyage (M.-C. Nierlé); Les récipients en pierre (M. Lebreton); Les éléments de parure de Mureybet (C. Maréchal et H. Alarashi); Figurines, pierres à rainures, « petits objets divers » et manches de Mureybet (D. Stordeur et M. Lebreton); Conclusion (French) (J.J. Ibánez); Conclusion (English); Conclusion (Arabic) J.J. Ibáñez (translated into Arabic by Hala Alarashi); Bibliography.
BAR S1842 2008: La préhistoire du Yémen Diffusions et diversités locales, à travers l’étude d’industries lithiques du Hadramawt by Rémy Crassard. ISBN 9781407303277. £38.00. 227 pages; 168 maps, plans, drawings, tables and photographs; in French with English abstract.
Analysis, carried out within a wide chronological framework, of the variability of technological modalities for the lithic industries known from Yemen to date, has allowed a certain ‘fine-tuning’ in terms of our knowledge of the regional prehistory of Yemen. This research is founded on the definition of the environmental context of the region and the methodologies used for fieldwork and analysis. A focus on the Hadramawt region follows, which is used as a strong model for defining and orienting questions related to the transformations of the role occupied by southwest Arabia throughout prehistory. Starting with the oldest recovered prehistoric lithic artefacts (Acheulian bifaces and Levallois methods) to the youngest (South Arabian microliths), and with an intensive focus on the intermediate Early to Mid- Holocene industries, this work temporally traces a large corpus of prehistoric knapping modalities in Hadramawt and compares these to adjacent regions in Yemen. The temporal and spatial analysis of lithic technologies has enabled for a number of models of prehistoric occupation and dispersal to be proposed for Yemen. At the same time, the discovery and excavation of several stratified prehistoric sites has allowed for a reassessment and restructuring of the chronology and terminology used for the region, as well as introducing new research perspectives that have, until now, been undervalued.
BAR S1841 2008: Atti del 3o Convegno Nazionale di Etnoarcheologia, Mondaino, 17-19 marzo 2004 / Proceedings of the 3rd Italian Congress of Ethnoarchaeology, Mondaino (Italy), 17-19 March, 2004 edited by Francesca Lugli and Alessandra Assunta Stoppiello. ISBN 9781407303260. £38.00. 221 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in Italian and English.
Proceedings of the 3rd Italian Congress of Ethnoarchaeology held in Mondaino (Italy), 17-19 March, 2004. Contents: 1) Ethnoarchaeology: a new agency (S. di Lernia); Some brief notes on a survey of the Middle Indus Valley: the connection between petroglyphs, foundation myths and the ritual practices of the brok-pas (A. Benassi, I .E. Scerrato); Archetypal logic, rogations, ambarvalia, human sacrifices and … Kyoto Protocols (G. Forni); Traditional tools and techniques to produce the metal vessels: the coppersmith from Roccagorga and the archaeometallurgy (C. Giardino); Wood locks with dropping pivots. an ethnoarchaeological example from north-western Italy (O. Musso); Purun Runa. a brief essay of Andean ethno-history (M.I. Pannaccione Apa); Wool and olive oil, a winning combination in the textile industry (M.R. Belgiorno); Women potters of Notse’ (Togo). Documents in the manufacturing of globe-shaped jars (G. Calegari); Basketry: craftsmanship, experimental archaeology and archaeology (E. Cristiani, C. Lemorini, M. Massussi, I. Piccoli); The end of the typical pottery manufacture of Barrama (Tunisia) (A. Depalmas, F. di Gennaro); The kiln of Montottone (central Italy) - an ethnoarchaeological research (L. Foglini); Ethnohistorical analogies and functional contexts: grinding/pounding tools from the site of Monte Loffa (Monti Lessini, Verona) (M. Migliavacca, A. Atzori, L. Longo); The Tamberma’ Culture between Togo and Benin. Warriors entrenched in clay castles (A. Priuli); Circulation of human groups patterns and raw material strategies in the hunter-gatherer’s society (M.F. Rolfo, A. Spera, G. Reddavide); The wedding trousseau: broom material productions in textile manufacture. The renewal of an ancient tradition (R. Agostino, M. Sica); Ethnoarchaeology of rock shelters (S. Biagetti, C. Delpino, M. Tarantini); Farming in hollow structures (F. Brescia, P. Cerino); What we can learn about the archaeological record combining quantitative analysis and ethnoarchaeology: issues from a work in progress (C. Cortese); Fresh milk from “Malgas” and ethnoarchaeological research: a food for thought? (G. de Angeli, A. de Guio, S. Vicari); « su per i monti che noi andremo… » : war-paths for archaeology (A. de Guio, A. Betto); Nomadic campsites from west-central Mongolia (F. Lugli); Functional interpretation of protohistoric domestic structures remains from an ethno-archaeological research about domestic architecture of south-western Senegal's Peul groups (C. Moffa); Southern Iraq. investigating Magan’s technologies. Boats from “marsh arabs” (L. Bezzi); The fish-well ships: an ethno-archeological study (G. Boetto); Hemp’s craftsmanship in a fishing context of the Picenum region (Marche) (G. Cavezzi); Shipyards in Varazze (Savona, Italy): ethnohistorical analysis of ancient shipbuilding contracts (F. Ciciliot); The dhoni from the Maldives (P. Bell’Amico); Cyclades-Eoliian islands: piracy as a forced option for the population of the lesser islands during the Bronze Age …and in modern times (G. Giorgianni); Practical meteorology and navigation. a comparison between antiquity and tradition (S. Medas, R. Brizzi); Techniques, functions and symbols in ancient and modern ship modeling (V. Li Vigni, S. Tusa); Perforated dolia. New data on the seafaring economy in Dalmatia? (I. Radic Rossi).
BAR S1840 2008: Estudio historiográfico de las investigaciones sobre cerámica arqueológica en el Noroeste Argentino by Paola Silvia Ramundo. ISBN 9781407303253. £52.00. 365 pages; 32 tables, 27 graphs, 11 maps and 30 plans, drawings and photographs. 7 data appendices. In Spanish with English abstract .
This work provides a critical, reflexive panorama of the way archaeological pottery studies in North-western Argentina were carried out throughout the discipline’s history (from 16th century onwards). It evaluates their variation or lack of variation in the different sub-areas in the region (Puna, Valleys, Ravines and Western Forests) and analyzes the development of these studies against the theoretical-methodological changes in national archaeology (thus evaluating how and why these studies have changed). It presents the state-of-the-art view of pottery studies in North-western Argentina discussing their theoretical-methodological frameworks and evaluating the features and associated impact of world archaeological thought. In this research many sources were consulted, such as documental sources, background histories of Argentinean archaeology, printed personal reflections of the protagonists, main periodical journals of Argentinean archaeology (from its origins to nowadays), proceedings of all Argentinean archaeology national congresses, seminars, workshops, regional archaeological congresses proceedings, and proceedings of the International Congresses of Americanists held in Argentina, as well as Argentinean researchers’ papers presented in World Archaeological Congresses and in Spanish publications of the kind (to assess the impact of Argentinean archaeology in Spain), and various Ph.D. and Undergraduate Theses in Argentina. Different specialized conferences were considered and supplemented with interviews to Argentinean and Latino-American archaeologists. References to such documental sources are included, compiling a bibliographic corpus of general Argentinean archaeology.
BAR S1838 2008: Lo Stato egiziano nelle fonti scritte del periodo tinita by Simone Lanna. ISBN 9781407303222. £37.00. xiii+194 pages; 28 tables; 33 plates. In Italian with 11-page English summary.
This work presents the development of a theoretical model of land management (with its resources and inhabitants) for Thinite Egypt (the period when the kings coming from the city of This and buried in Umm el-Qaab cemeteries ruled most of Egypt). This volume is divided into three parts: textual analysis of Thinite inscriptions ; the second part is a synthesis of the data achieved with the former analysis, delineating a historical model of Early Egyptian State. The third part includes an appendix containing 28 tables with a further complete analysis of all the inscriptions in a tabular and really easy-consulting format. Finally there are 33 plates with the figures of almost all the inscription used in the volume.
BAR S1837 2008: 2008 Campaniforme y rituales estratégicos en la Cuenca Media y Baja del Guadiana (Suroeste de la Península Ibérica) by Daniel García Rivero. ISBN 9781407303215. £47.00. 311 pages; 5 tables; 28 figures; 6 maps (1 in colour); 43 plates. Catalogue of sites. In Spanish with English abstract.
This is the first major study on bell beaker pottery in the Middle and Lower Guadiana basin (south-western Iberian Peninsula). Recent archaeological excavations in the area, because of the construction of the Alqueva dam, have provided new and substantial information relating to the 3rd millennium BC. This work contributes not only to the currently known bell beaker pots, but also to information related to their archaeological contexts. There are 54 known sites with beaker pottery throughout the region under study, which is noteworthy if one takes into account that this area was considered as marginal with regards to the beaker phenomenon twenty years ago, when only a few sites had been identified.
BAR S1836 2008: A Critical Exploration of Frameworks for Assessing the Significance of New Zealand’s Historic Heritage by Sara Donaghey. ISBN 9781407303208. £36.00. viii+196; 59 tables; 10 figures; 7 data Appendices.
This study argues that considerations of value and significance are fundamental to sustainable heritage
management practice. It explores critical issues relating to the valorisation of historic heritage in New Zealand and considers whether existing frameworks for evaluation and assessment are effective and appropriate. The two frames of reference comprise: firstly, theoretical principles relating to the nature and qualities of heritage value and secondly, operational strategies relating to the process of assessment. The study integrates current policy and practice within existing epistemology with primary research data using a mixed methodology. A review of international policy and practice contrasts the various approaches used in Australia, Canada, England and the United States of America, and
identifies effective system characteristics. Existing understandings and practice within New Zealand are considered and analogies made between particular elements of the primary research drawn from surveys of professional and non-professional opinion of the heritage assessment process. The New Zealand findings are then set against the review of international evidence and the literature to identify significant strengths and shortcomings.
BAR S1835 2008: Incremental Structures and Wear Patterns of Teeth for Age Assessment of Red Deer edited by Tina Dudley Furniss-Roe. ISBN 9781407303192. £29.00. vi+131 pages; 17 tables; 81 figures, drawings and photographs; 131 pages; 17 tables; 81 figures, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices.
The ability to age animals accurately is of great importance both to archaeologists and to wildlife managers. Archaeologists are also particularly interested in the ability to determine the season of death of mammals, in order to reach a greater understanding of how man was exploiting or responding to his environment. A number of methods of age determination are available to wildlife managers, who have the advantage of having an entire animal in good condition at their disposal. Archaeologists, however, have more limited resources, and often wish to attempt age, and even seasonality, assessments using only bones and teeth. Teeth survive very well in the ground, and can often reveal information that would otherwise be lost, such as the species, which were available, and whether they were being hunted, scavenged, or farmed. The principal aim of this research was to examine the scientific basis and methodology of incremental analysis in order to arrive at increased understanding of the British Mesolithic. The approach includes an examination of every aspect of incremental analysis: the scientific basis, the methodology of thin section production, microscopical techniques, and interpretation, in order to obtain the greatest possible amount of information from a rather specialised technique. The species chosen was Red deer, a common animal on archaeological sites in British prehistory.
BAR S1834 2008: An Investigation of the Common Cockle (Cerastoderma edule (L)) Collection practices at the kitchen midden sites of Norsminde and Krabbesholm, Denmark by Eva M. Laurie. ISBN 9781407303185. £47.00. viii+305 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs; 10 data Appendices.
The aim of this work is to determine to what extent the exploitation of cockles changed across the Mesolithic/Neolithic transition in Denmark. This is an important question for three main reasons: The Mesolithic/Neolithic transition is a key topic in archaeological research; the exploitation of shellfish has been much discussed in terms of environmental and dietary changes over the transition period; wider issues of marine exploitation and human diets have been recently debated for the transition. This research examines these issues through a detailed study of cockles and addresses the following research questions: To what extent did shellfish consumption change through time? What evidence is there for changing cockle exploitation through time? Are there any patterns in the seasonality of cockle exploitation? After the introductory chapter, the first part of chapter 2 briefly explores the relationship between people and sea shells in prehistory and historic times. This is followed by information on the morphology, physiology, habitat and habits of the common cockle. The chapter closes with a review of past mollusc growth line research. Chapters 3 and 4 lays out the methodology followed in the selection and preparation of both the modern and archaeological cockle shells. Chapter 5 introduces background information on the two archaeological sites of Norsminde and Krabbesholm. The archaeological cockle analysis results are presented in chapter 6. Chapter 7 discusses the archaeological results in the context of the questions raised in chapter 1 and chapter 8 draws conclusions and suggests further avenues of research. There are 10 Appendices: 1) A full catalogue of the modern cockle collections from Essex, Lincolnshire, Scotland and Wales which includes individual shell reference numbers, shell measurements, age and growth line counts; 2) A full catalogue of the archaeological cockles containing the same information; 3 A catalogue of the modern cockle acetate peels and growth lines; 4) A full catalogue of the archaeological acetate peels and growth lines; 5) Modern and archaeological cockle age data percentage conversion tables; 6) Modern and archaeological cockle size data percentage conversion tables; 7) Norsminde and Krabbesholm bag lists showing the bag numbers from which the cockle samples were extracted; 8) Norsminde C14 dates; 9) Full cockle and oyster seasonality, age and size comparison figures for Norsminde and Krabbesholm; 10) Species list giving full latin and common names where applicable.
 BAR S1833 2008: The Archaeology of Semiotics and the Social Order of Things edited by George Nash and George Children. ISBN 9781407303178. £36.00. iv+204 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The Archaeology of Semiotics and the social order of things is edited by George Nash and George Children and brings together 15 thought-provoking chapters from contributors around the world. A sequel to an earlier volume published in 1997, it tackles the problem of understanding how complex communities interact with landscape and shows how the rules concerning landscape constitute a recognised and readable grammar. The mechanisms underlying landscape grammar are both physical and mental, being based in part on the mindset of the individual; the same landscape can thus evoke different meanings for different people and at different times. People’s perception has greatly influenced the construction of landscapes over millennia but, until recently, the potential of this area has been largely untapped.
Apart from chapters focusing solely upon human interaction with landscape, there are several which skilfully integrate artefacts and place with landscape (e.g. Gheorghiu and Sognnes). Other chapters look at the way people have marked the landscape through such mechanisms as rock-art (e.g. Clegg, Devereux, Estévez, Fossati, Kelleher and Skier). Rock-art establishes personal and communal identity in relation to landscape and it is clear that other forms of visual expression were in place which distinctively created special places within the landscape. Landscape constructs can bind cultures together; bringing the old ways of reading the landscape into contemporary life (e.g. Smiseth). Defining early and late prehistoric landscapes and segregating these into, say, mundane domestic and ritualised spaces rely on both clear and subtle archaeologies and in this volume distinct monument clustering and ritualised linearity are considered (e.g. Mason and Nash). A volume such as this cannot escape the influence of New World approaches, such as anthropology, and in many respects chapters by Bender, Muller and Merritt give context to other chapters within the book. Finally, one must consider text as a means of constructing landscape and this is considered by Heyd, who eloquently deconstructs the travel diary of a 17th century Japanese poet.
This will be an important volume for archaeologists, landscape scholars and students. The many approaches used are tried and tested, forming an invaluable resource and not just another edited book.
BAR S1832 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 24 Babies Reborn: Infant/Child Burials in Pre- and Protohistory Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 24, Session WS26 edited by Krum Bacvarov. ISBN 9781407303161. £38.00. x+213 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, mapss, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Babies Reborn: Infant/Child Burials in Pre- and Protohistory’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, September 2006. Contents: 1) Early Deliberate Child Burials: Bioarchaeological insights from the Near Eastern Mediterranean (Anne-Marie Tillier); 2) The Gravettian Infant Burials from Krems-Wachtberg, Austria (Thomas Einwögerer, Marc Händel, Christine Neugebauer-Maresch, Ulrich Simon, and Maria Teschler-Nicola); 3) Infant Burials in Pre-Pottery Neolithic Cyprus: Evidence from Khirokitia (Françoise Le Mort); 4) Suffer the Children: ‘Visualising’ children in the archaeological record (Malcolm Lillie); 5) Çatalhöyük’s Foundation Burials: Ritual child sacrifice or convenient deaths? (Sharon Moses); 6) Des morts peu fiables: les sépultures néolithiques d’immatures en Grèce (Maia Pomadère); 7) A Long Way to the West: Earliest jar burials in southeast Europe and the Near East (Krum Bacvarov); 8) Infant Jar Burials – a ritual associated with early agriculture? (Estelle Orrelle); 9) The Jar Burials of the Chalcolithic “Necropolis” at Byblos (Gassia Artin); 10) Mobilier funéraire de nouveau-nés et d’enfants: cas d’étude de la Bulgarie (Yavor Boyadžiev and Maria Gurova); 11) Late Neolithic Boys at the Gomolava Cemetery (Serbia) (Sofija Stefanović); 12) Child Burials in Intramural and Extramural Contexts From the Neolithic and Chalcolithic of Romania: The problem of “inside” and “outside” 9Raluca Kogălniceanu); 13) The Changing Relationship between the Living and the Dead: Child burial at the site of Kenan Tepe, Turkey (David Hopwood); 14) Childhood in Late Neolithic Vietnam: Bio-mortuary insights into an ambiguous life stage (Marc Oxenham, Hirofumi Matsumura, Kate Domett, Nguyen Kim Thuy, Nguyen Kim Dung, Nguyen Lan Cuong, Damien Huffer, and Sarah Muller); 15) A Social Aspect of Intramural Infant Burials’ Analysis: The case of EBA Tell Yunatsite, Bulgaria (Tatiana Mishina); 16) Pre-Adult and Adult Burials of East Manych Catacomb Culture: Was infanticide really impossible? (Marina Andreeva); 17) Infant/Child Burials and Social Reproduction in the Bronze Age and Early Iron Age (c. 2100-800 BC) of Central Italy (Erik van Rossenberg); 18) A Biocultural Study of Children From Iron Age South Siberia (Eileen Murphy); 19) Infant Burials in Iron Age Britain (Belinda Tibbetts); 20) Special Burials, Special Buildings? An Anglo-Saxon perspective on the interpretation of infant burials in association with rural settlement structures (Sally Crawford); 21) Enfants Huaca: Sépultures en Ollas des enfants nés dans des circonstances spéciales selon les extirpateurs d’idolâtries andines du XVIIème siècle (Mariel López).
BAR S1831 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 21 Space and Time: Which Diachronies, which Synchronies, which Scales? / Typology vs Technology Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 21, Sessions C64 and C65. edited by Thierry Aubry, Francisco Almeida, Ana Cristina Araújo, Marc Tiffagom. ISBN 9781407303154. £39.00. ix+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Space and Time: Which Diachronies, which Synchronies, which Scales? / Typology vs Technology’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, September 2006. Contents: 1) Caracterisation et discontinuites des registres pedo-sedimentaires de l’occident peninsulaire entre 30.000 et 10.000 BP : Implications sur l’interpretation archeologique (Thierry Aubry, Miguel Almeida, Luca Dimuccio, Cristina Gameiro, Maria João Neves, Laurent Klari); 2) Approche pluridisciplinare pour la reconstitution de processus pedo-sedimentaires et anthropiques pendant le pleniglaciaire superieur : Application au occupations solutreennes du site des maitreaux (France) (Thierry Aubry, Miguel Almeida, Morgane Liard, Bertrand Walter, Maria João Neves); 3) Le gisement paleolithique moyen et superieur de Combemenue (Brignac-la-Plaine, Correze). Du microvestige au territoire, reflexions sur les perspectives d’une approche multiscalaire (M. Brenet, C. Cretin); 4) Du silex, de l’os et des coquillages: matieres et espaces geographiques dans le Gravettien Pyreneen (Pascal Foucher, Cristina San Juan-Foucher); 5) L’exploitation des matieres premieres lithiques au Magdalenien final en Estremadure Portugaise : donnees sur les sites de Lapa dos Coelhos et de l’abri 1 de Vale dos Covões (Cristina Gameiro, Thierry Aubry, Francisco Almeida); 6) Big puzzles, short stories: advantages of refitting for micro-scale spatial analysis of lithic scatters from Gravettian occupations in Portuguese Estre | | | |
